Compare commits
No commits in common. "master" and "v4.0.1" have entirely different histories.
734 changed files with 89005 additions and 203507 deletions
|
|
@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# EditorConfig configuration for pacman
|
||||
# https://editorconfig.org
|
||||
|
||||
# Top-most EditorConfig file
|
||||
root = true
|
||||
|
||||
# Unix-style newlines without trailing whitespaces, but with a newline
|
||||
# ending every file, utf-8 charset, set indent to tabs
|
||||
[*]
|
||||
end_of_line = lf
|
||||
insert_final_newline = true
|
||||
trim_trailing_whitespace = true
|
||||
charset = utf-8
|
||||
indent_style = tab
|
||||
|
||||
[{NEWS,HACKING}]
|
||||
indent_style = space
|
||||
|
||||
[meson.build]
|
||||
indent_style = space
|
||||
indent_size = 2
|
||||
|
||||
[*.py]
|
||||
indent_style = space
|
||||
18
.gitignore
vendored
18
.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,21 @@
|
|||
*~
|
||||
*.o
|
||||
aclocal.m4
|
||||
autom4te.cache
|
||||
config.h
|
||||
config.h.in
|
||||
config.log
|
||||
config.status
|
||||
config.status.lineno
|
||||
configure
|
||||
configure.lineno
|
||||
cscope.in.out
|
||||
cscope.out
|
||||
cscope.po.out
|
||||
libtool
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
Makefile.in
|
||||
pacman-*.tar.gz
|
||||
root
|
||||
stamp-h1
|
||||
tags
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
132
.gitlab-ci.yml
132
.gitlab-ci.yml
|
|
@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
|||
variables:
|
||||
MAKEFLAGS: "-j10"
|
||||
VERBOSE: 1
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
after_script:
|
||||
- build-aux/print-failed-test-output build/meson-logs/testlog.json
|
||||
|
||||
.arch-test:
|
||||
image: archlinux:base-devel
|
||||
before_script:
|
||||
- >
|
||||
pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm
|
||||
git
|
||||
gpgme libarchive curl
|
||||
python
|
||||
fakeroot fakechroot
|
||||
meson
|
||||
artifacts:
|
||||
when: always
|
||||
paths:
|
||||
- build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
|
||||
|
||||
arch:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-debug:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup --buildtype=debug --werror build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-docs:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
|
||||
- meson setup -Ddoc=enabled build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-clang:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm clang
|
||||
- CC=clang meson setup build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
#arch-valgrind:
|
||||
# extends: .arch-test
|
||||
# script:
|
||||
# - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm valgrind
|
||||
# - pacman -U --noconfirm https://geo.mirror.pkgbuild.com/core-debug/os/x86_64/glibc-debug-$(pacman -S --print-format %v glibc)-x86_64.pkg.tar.zst
|
||||
# - meson setup build
|
||||
# - ninja -C build
|
||||
# - PACTEST_VALGRIND=1 fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-nettle:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Dcrypto=nettle --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-no-gpg:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Dgpgme=disabled --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-no-curl:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Dcurl=disabled --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-no-nls:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Di18n=false --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
debian:
|
||||
image: debian:bookworm
|
||||
before_script:
|
||||
- apt update
|
||||
- >
|
||||
apt -y install --no-install-recommends
|
||||
git pkg-config meson gcc libtool
|
||||
libgpgme-dev libarchive-dev libcurl4-openssl-dev libssl-dev curl
|
||||
gettext python3 python3-setuptools dash gawk ca-certificates
|
||||
fakeroot fakechroot
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
fedora:
|
||||
image: fedora
|
||||
before_script:
|
||||
- >
|
||||
dnf -y install
|
||||
git findutils patch sed
|
||||
meson gcc libtool bsdtar
|
||||
gpgme-devel libarchive-devel libcurl-devel openssl-devel gettext-devel
|
||||
asciidoc python3 dash gawk
|
||||
fakeroot fakechroot
|
||||
perl-Module-Load-Conditional
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
pages:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
|
||||
- meson setup -Ddoc=enabled build
|
||||
- ninja -C build html
|
||||
artifacts:
|
||||
paths:
|
||||
- build/doc
|
||||
publish: build/doc
|
||||
rules:
|
||||
- if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == "release/6.1.x"
|
||||
5
.mailmap
5
.mailmap
|
|
@ -3,8 +3,6 @@ Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
|
|||
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
|
||||
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <allan.mcrae@qimr.edu.au>
|
||||
Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> <stderr@mail.com>
|
||||
Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
|
||||
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
|
||||
Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com> <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
|
||||
Christos Nouskas <nous@archlinux.us> <nouskas@gmail.com>
|
||||
Daenyth Blank <daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
|
@ -12,7 +10,6 @@ Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
|
|||
Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org> <d@falconindy.com>
|
||||
甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
|
||||
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
|
||||
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org> <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
|
||||
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
|
||||
Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org> <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
|
||||
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,7 +17,6 @@ Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar> <jotapesan@gmail.com>
|
|||
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org> <manutortosa@gmail.com>
|
||||
Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
|
||||
Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de> <siquame@web.de>
|
||||
morganamilo <morganamilo@archlinux.org> <morganamilo@gmail.com>
|
||||
Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> <djszapi2@gmail.com>
|
||||
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,7 +25,6 @@ Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org> <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
|
|||
Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com> <xilonmu@gmail.com>
|
||||
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> <vogo@seznam.cz>
|
||||
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> Vojtech Gondzala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
|
||||
William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
|
||||
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
|
||||
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
|
||||
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <xav@chantry.homelinux.org>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
|
|||
[main]
|
||||
host = https://www.transifex.com
|
||||
host = https://www.transifex.net
|
||||
|
||||
[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:libalpm-pot]
|
||||
[archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot]
|
||||
file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po
|
||||
source_file = lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:pacman-pot]
|
||||
[archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot]
|
||||
file_filter = src/pacman/po/<lang>.po
|
||||
source_file = src/pacman/po/pacman.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:pacman-scripts-pot]
|
||||
[archlinux-pacman.pacman-scripts-pot]
|
||||
file_filter = scripts/po/<lang>.po
|
||||
source_file = scripts/po/pacman-scripts.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
95
HACKING
95
HACKING
|
|
@ -6,13 +6,16 @@ concerns when hacking on pacman. If you are interested in contributing, please
|
|||
read link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] and
|
||||
link:translation-help.html[translation-help] as well.
|
||||
|
||||
Coding Style
|
||||
Coding style
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
1. All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
|
||||
this file.) A tab size of two spaces is used when calculating line widths,
|
||||
which should be a maximum of 80 characters. An EditorConfig file is used
|
||||
to set this project-wide default.
|
||||
this file) By default, source files contain the following VIM modeline:
|
||||
+
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
2. When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
|
||||
brace on the same line as the beginning of the codeblock. The closing brace
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,7 +73,15 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
|
|||
NOT
|
||||
return(0);
|
||||
|
||||
6. When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
|
||||
6. The sizeof() operator should accept a type, not a value. (TODO: in certain
|
||||
cases, it may be better- should this be a set guideline? Read "The Practice
|
||||
of Programming")
|
||||
|
||||
sizeof(alpm_list_t);
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
sizeof(*mylist);
|
||||
|
||||
7. When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
|
||||
conditional statement, use != 0 or == 0 and not the negation (!) operator.
|
||||
It reads much cleaner for humans (using a negative to check for success is
|
||||
confusing) and the compiler will treat it correctly anyway.
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,61 +90,6 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
|
|||
NOT
|
||||
if(!strcmp(a, b))
|
||||
|
||||
7. Use spaces around almost all arithmetic, comparison and assignment
|
||||
operators and after all ',;:' separators.
|
||||
|
||||
foobar[2 * size + 1] = function(a, 6);
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
foobar[2*size+1]=function(a,6);
|
||||
|
||||
for(a = 0; a < n && n > 0; a++, n--) {}
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
for(a=0;a<n&&n>0;a++,n--) {}
|
||||
|
||||
8. Declare all variables at the start of the block.
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = url;
|
||||
if(!newurl) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl = url;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!newurl) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Other Concerns
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,6 +103,8 @@ general pattern, including blank lines:
|
|||
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <standardheader.h>
|
||||
#include <another.h>
|
||||
#include <...>
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,4 +133,19 @@ For pacman:
|
|||
#include "anythingelse.h"
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Never directly include config.h. This will always be added via Makefiles.
|
||||
GDB and Valgrind Usage
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
When using GDB or valgrind on pacman, you will want to run it on the actual
|
||||
binary rather than the shell script wrapper produced by libtool. The actual
|
||||
binary lives at `src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman`, and will exist after running
|
||||
`./src/pacman/pacman` at least once.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, to run valgrind:
|
||||
|
||||
./src/pacman/pacman
|
||||
valgrind --leak-check=full -- src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Syu
|
||||
|
||||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
243
INSTALL
Normal file
243
INSTALL
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
|||
Installation Instructions
|
||||
*************************
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
|
||||
2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
|
||||
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
Basic Installation
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
You will need to build and install two libraries before you can
|
||||
properly build pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
libarchive
|
||||
http://code.google.com/p/libarchive/
|
||||
|
||||
libcurl
|
||||
http://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/
|
||||
|
||||
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
|
||||
configure, build, and install this package. The following
|
||||
instructions are generic. Run `./configure --help` for specific
|
||||
options.
|
||||
|
||||
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
|
||||
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
|
||||
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
|
||||
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
|
||||
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
|
||||
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
|
||||
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
|
||||
debugging `configure').
|
||||
|
||||
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
|
||||
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
|
||||
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
|
||||
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
|
||||
cache files.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
|
||||
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
|
||||
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
|
||||
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
|
||||
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
|
||||
may remove or edit it.
|
||||
|
||||
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
|
||||
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
|
||||
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
|
||||
of `autoconf'.
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest way to compile this package is:
|
||||
|
||||
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
|
||||
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
|
||||
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
|
||||
the package.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
|
||||
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
|
||||
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
|
||||
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
|
||||
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
|
||||
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
|
||||
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
Compilers and Options
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
|
||||
`configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for
|
||||
details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
|
||||
|
||||
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
|
||||
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
|
||||
is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
|
||||
|
||||
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
|
||||
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
|
||||
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
|
||||
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
|
||||
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
|
||||
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
|
||||
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
|
||||
|
||||
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
|
||||
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
|
||||
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
|
||||
reconfiguring for another architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
Installation Names
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
|
||||
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
|
||||
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
|
||||
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
|
||||
|
||||
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
|
||||
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
|
||||
pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
|
||||
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
|
||||
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
|
||||
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
|
||||
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
|
||||
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
|
||||
|
||||
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
|
||||
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
|
||||
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional Features
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
|
||||
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
|
||||
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
|
||||
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
|
||||
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
|
||||
package recognizes.
|
||||
|
||||
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
|
||||
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
|
||||
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
|
||||
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
Specifying the System Type
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
|
||||
but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
|
||||
Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
|
||||
architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
|
||||
message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
|
||||
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
|
||||
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
|
||||
|
||||
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
|
||||
|
||||
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
|
||||
|
||||
OS KERNEL-OS
|
||||
|
||||
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
|
||||
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
|
||||
need to know the machine type.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
|
||||
use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
|
||||
produce code for.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
|
||||
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
|
||||
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
|
||||
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
|
||||
|
||||
Sharing Defaults
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
|
||||
can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
|
||||
values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
|
||||
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
|
||||
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
|
||||
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
|
||||
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
|
||||
|
||||
Defining Variables
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
|
||||
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
|
||||
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
|
||||
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
|
||||
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
|
||||
|
||||
causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
|
||||
overridden in the site shell script).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
|
||||
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' Invocation
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help'
|
||||
`-h'
|
||||
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--version'
|
||||
`-V'
|
||||
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
|
||||
script, and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--cache-file=FILE'
|
||||
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
|
||||
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
|
||||
disable caching.
|
||||
|
||||
`--config-cache'
|
||||
`-C'
|
||||
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
|
||||
|
||||
`--quiet'
|
||||
`--silent'
|
||||
`-q'
|
||||
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
|
||||
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
|
||||
messages will still be shown).
|
||||
|
||||
`--srcdir=DIR'
|
||||
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
|
||||
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
|
||||
`configure --help' for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
44
Makefile.am
Normal file
44
Makefile.am
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc test/pacman test/util contrib
|
||||
if WANT_DOC
|
||||
SUBDIRS += doc
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 --install
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure we test and build manpages when doing distcheck
|
||||
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --enable-doc --disable-git-version
|
||||
|
||||
# Some files automatically included, so they aren't specified below:
|
||||
# AUTHORS, COPYING, NEWS, README
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = HACKING
|
||||
|
||||
# Sample makepkg prototype files
|
||||
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
|
||||
dist_pkgdata_DATA = \
|
||||
proto/PKGBUILD.proto \
|
||||
proto/PKGBUILD-split.proto \
|
||||
proto/proto.install \
|
||||
proto/ChangeLog.proto
|
||||
|
||||
# run the pactest test suite and vercmp tests
|
||||
check-local: test/pacman test/util src/pacman src/util
|
||||
LC_ALL=C $(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py --debug=1 \
|
||||
--test $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/*.py \
|
||||
-p $(top_builddir)/src/pacman/pacman
|
||||
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/pacsorttest.sh \
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/src/util/pacsort
|
||||
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/vercmptest.sh \
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/src/util/vercmp
|
||||
|
||||
# create the pacman DB and cache directories upon install
|
||||
install-data-local:
|
||||
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/pacman" "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/cache/pacman/pkg"; do \
|
||||
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
update-po:
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C lib/libalpm/po update-po
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C scripts/po update-po
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C src/pacman/po update-po
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
817
NEWS
817
NEWS
|
|
@ -1,798 +1,5 @@
|
|||
VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
7.0.0 - Add DownloadUser configuration option used to drop-privileges
|
||||
when downloading files.
|
||||
- Download files to a temporary directory owned by DownloadUser
|
||||
- On Linux systems, ensure the download process does not write
|
||||
outside the download directory
|
||||
- Add DisableSandbox option and --disable-sandbox flag to
|
||||
disable the download write restrictions on Linux systems
|
||||
- Ensure database and signature are downloaded from the same
|
||||
location. Fixes the use of XferCommand.
|
||||
- Use snprintf instead of sprintf
|
||||
- Fix issue preventing use of _FORITIFY_SOURCE=3 when compiling
|
||||
- Fix read-after-free issue when parsing config files
|
||||
- Fix searching for files in an non-NULL by empty filelist
|
||||
- Prevent buffer overflow with long scriptlet shell path
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- Fix issue with missing argument in parsepots for -k/--key
|
||||
- Handle lack of newline at the end of .PKGINFO
|
||||
- create empty databases when requested
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- Remove GITFLAGS support - this required multiple breaking
|
||||
changes to git source handling in order to fully support.
|
||||
- Prevent MAKEFLAGS and CHOST from being disabled with
|
||||
options=(!buildenv)
|
||||
- Fix unstable git checksumming, and dependence on user
|
||||
config
|
||||
- Make "not a clone of" source errors visible with a new
|
||||
return code
|
||||
- Document makepkg.conf.d dropin configuration
|
||||
- Drop sudo permissions after use
|
||||
- Prevent PKGBUILDs overriding BUILDENV
|
||||
- only copy source files once when creating a debug package
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- Fix permissions check for non-root operations
|
||||
6.1.0 - Add cache server support
|
||||
- Improvements to --sysroot option - NOTE: targets to -U are no
|
||||
longer interpreted relative to sysroot
|
||||
- Add more format specifiers for --print operations
|
||||
- Add extended data field for arbitrary package data
|
||||
- Do not run hooks with --dbonly
|
||||
- Provide more details when encountering file conflicts or
|
||||
corrupt packages
|
||||
- Improved WKD support (FS#73703, FS#73534)
|
||||
- Improved handling of malformed download headers (FS#73704)
|
||||
- Use openssl interfaces for calculating sha256 and md5 sums
|
||||
- Fix multi download bar chomps
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- Replace libdepends and libprovides with autodeps
|
||||
- Support configuration via makepkg.conf.d drop-ins
|
||||
- Add GITFLAGS environment variable to customize checkouts
|
||||
- Add -D option to change directory before building
|
||||
- Implement verify() function for custom source verificaton
|
||||
- Add checksum support for git/mercurial/bzr sources
|
||||
- Improved stripping and debug package support
|
||||
- Configurable LTO support
|
||||
- Add source signing PGP keys to package if available
|
||||
- Store "pkgtype" in xdata
|
||||
- Remove md5sum from mtree files
|
||||
- Document MAKEPKG_LIBRARY
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- Do not include package signature details in the repo. Add
|
||||
the --include-sigs to revert to old behaviour.
|
||||
- Do not add md5sum to the repo database
|
||||
6.0.1 - Prevent download error pages ending up in package files
|
||||
(FS#71083)
|
||||
- Give -U downloads a random .part file name if needed
|
||||
(FS#71464)
|
||||
- Fix downloading signatures with redirecting URLs (FS#71148)
|
||||
- Fix double free when importing PGP keys (FS#71107)
|
||||
- Ensure signature files are named after original file
|
||||
following redirects (FS#71274)
|
||||
- Order downloads by size - largest to smallest (FS#70172)
|
||||
- Fix reproducibility of man pages (FS#71154)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- Fix stripping debug symbols with binutils 2.37 (FS#71722)
|
||||
- Export PYTHONHASHSEED for reproducible python packages
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- Quieten trust db checks.
|
||||
6.0.0 - internal downloader can retrieve files in parallel (FS#20056)
|
||||
- an additional progress bar is added to track total download
|
||||
progress. This replaces the previous TotalDownload option.
|
||||
- fix download rates becoming negative
|
||||
- skip mirror servers with too many errors (FS#29293)
|
||||
- package signatures are always retrieved even if signature is
|
||||
embedded in repo database or package is in cache (FS#33992)
|
||||
- detached package signatures found in CacheDir can be used to
|
||||
verify packages if signature is not in the database. Also
|
||||
verify packages checksums from repo db when using detached
|
||||
signatures.
|
||||
- add support for multiple 'Architecture' values
|
||||
- -Qkk now validates file checksums in addition to date/size
|
||||
- colored upgrade summary now dulls version numbers for contrast
|
||||
- libalpm frontends can now supply context to callbacks (FS#12721)
|
||||
- support xattr when extracting packages
|
||||
- allow setting --noprogressbar in pacman.conf
|
||||
- fix output alignment for CJK translated text (FS#59229)
|
||||
- fix reading targets from stdin when using --sysroot (FS#68630)
|
||||
- fix deleting signatures for existing databases with -Sc
|
||||
- check for and forbid duplicate download filenames (FS#67850)
|
||||
- -Fx now reports error for invalid regex
|
||||
- remove support for the autotools build system
|
||||
- meson: properly compile internal symbols as hidden
|
||||
- meson: make -uninstalled.pc correct
|
||||
- fix build errors on systems like FreeBSD
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- add link time optimization support to makepkg
|
||||
- add support for sources using the fossil VCS
|
||||
- allow specifying alternative authentication commands when
|
||||
running pacman as root (FS#32621)
|
||||
- support zstd decompression for sources
|
||||
- strip: fix removing file attributes such as xattr
|
||||
- switch to CRC as default integrity checksum
|
||||
- record $startdir for reproducible builds
|
||||
- record name of build orchestration tool for reproducible builds
|
||||
- fix signing of source packages
|
||||
- add optional argument support to parseopts
|
||||
- reduce dependency on file for detecting ELF files
|
||||
- remove dependency on GNU sed
|
||||
- avoid trailing whitespace in --printsrcinfo output
|
||||
- libprovides: don't provide both versioned and unversioned
|
||||
sonames
|
||||
- don't double-layer distcc on ccache
|
||||
- fix detection of source file names for debug packages with
|
||||
gcc 11
|
||||
- strip: silence warnings emitted by readelf while detecting
|
||||
source filenames
|
||||
- fix use of spaces in source file renaming (FS#70254)
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- --refresh-keys queries WKD before keyserver
|
||||
- be less noisy when populating the keyring (FS#64142)
|
||||
- warn about time taken for master key generation
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- support the same compression methods as makepkg
|
||||
- zsh completion: add pacman-conf support
|
||||
- various documentation updates
|
||||
- after a decade and a half of promising libalpm.3 documentation
|
||||
"once we get around to doing good Doxygen documentation", it
|
||||
has happened!
|
||||
5.2.2 - fix pacman test suite under python 3.8
|
||||
- only prompt to import new keys once in a transaction
|
||||
- fix handling of fully downloaded .part files
|
||||
- increase maximum database size (FS#65197)
|
||||
- fix segfault in alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled
|
||||
- change config parsing warnings to errors to match actual
|
||||
behavior
|
||||
- fix key extraction for signatures with two-octet sub-packet
|
||||
headers
|
||||
- fix documentation typos (FS#67000)
|
||||
- change master signing key to RSA4096
|
||||
- improve error message when building without autoconf-archive
|
||||
- pacman-conf:
|
||||
- allow querying ILoveCandy individually
|
||||
- fix querying NoExtract individually
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- fix seccmp-related error while stripping binaries (FS#65100)
|
||||
- fix extraction of file:// sources (FS#64648)
|
||||
- allow $pkgname in install and changelog file names (FS#64932)
|
||||
- sort libprovides for reproducibility
|
||||
- strip: don't re-add the same debug source multiple times
|
||||
- error on empty refspecs in git sources
|
||||
- correctly handle missing download clients
|
||||
- fix splitting multi-line error messages across stdout and
|
||||
stderr
|
||||
- handle GPGKEY with spaces (FS#66949)
|
||||
- do not accept public-only keys for signing
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- handle GPGKEY with spaces (FS#66949)
|
||||
- do not accept public-only keys for signing
|
||||
5.2.1 - fix segfault on importing PGP keys for -U operations
|
||||
- fix distribution of meson files
|
||||
- fix inode command for darwin/bsd
|
||||
- distribute all documentation files
|
||||
- update bash/zsh completion for -F changes, remove --force
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- fix calculation of package sizes in presence of hardlinks
|
||||
- do not warn about PACKAGER format if not set
|
||||
- only run --clean when a package is built
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- fix compression of databases with zstd (FS#64213)
|
||||
5.2.0 - completely remove delta support (CVE-2019-18183)
|
||||
- add support to pacman and pacman-key for downloading PGP
|
||||
signing keys using the WKD protocol (FS#63171)
|
||||
- completely remove the --force option
|
||||
- renovate and simplify the UI for -F (FS#47949)
|
||||
- hooks: rename type File to Path, for accuracy
|
||||
- add the meson build system as an alternative to autotools, and
|
||||
distribute it in autotools dist tarballs
|
||||
- switch from system() to exec() when using alternative download
|
||||
agents for XferCommand; this prevents a potential source of
|
||||
shell injection (CVE-2019-18182)
|
||||
- ignore .hook suffix when sorting libalpm hooks
|
||||
- update the minimum requirement of bash to 4.4
|
||||
- scripts: pass on options such as set -x to child processes
|
||||
- show group and installed status during -Fs
|
||||
- user-visible log when validity check fails due to access
|
||||
- port pactest to python3
|
||||
- process --needed before group selection when resolving the
|
||||
dependencies to prompt for (FS#22870)
|
||||
- don't error when a group exists but all packages are ignored
|
||||
- bash completion now completes when it should, and doesn't
|
||||
complete when it shouldn't (FS#59965)
|
||||
- improve error message when gpg support is missing (FS#60880)
|
||||
- don't emit confusing errors when a package is simultaneously
|
||||
replaced and upgraded (FS#50875, FS#55534)
|
||||
- better warning message when skipping duplicate targets
|
||||
(FS#49377)
|
||||
- libalpm: parse {check, make}depends when reading database
|
||||
(FS#60347)
|
||||
- add [ignored] to -Qu output for packages in repos that are not
|
||||
Usage = Upgrade (FS#59854)
|
||||
- prevent 301 redirect loop from hanging libalpm
|
||||
- use standard, consistent units in the download progress
|
||||
(FS#59201)
|
||||
- fix segfault when Usage is specified without a value
|
||||
- include timezones in pacman.log
|
||||
- bash-completion: use POSIX character classes for portability
|
||||
- correctly report a download failure for 404s
|
||||
- fix handling of signals during SIGSEGV
|
||||
- fix buffer overread in pacman/callback
|
||||
- fix crash when downloading files with a Content-Disposition
|
||||
that has no directory component
|
||||
- pacman-conf, testpkg are now properly localized
|
||||
- when -F returns zero results, set a failing exit code
|
||||
- improve wording for the error message when a package cannot be
|
||||
removed due to dependencies
|
||||
- fix segfaults and other incorrect behavior when using -Qip if
|
||||
pacman was compiled without GPGME support
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- implement extendable source/signature verification routines
|
||||
within libmakepkg (FS#49076)
|
||||
- if pacman is in use, wait until it is available before
|
||||
continuing (FS#28840)
|
||||
- add support for lzip, lz4 and zst compressed packages
|
||||
(FS#56676, FS#59081)
|
||||
- add new checksum algorithm, b2sum
|
||||
- various improvements to PKGBUILD linting
|
||||
- when signing packages, report package filename on failure
|
||||
- fix pkgver() function not aborting on errors
|
||||
- remove checksum algorithm whirlpoolsum as it has not worked
|
||||
for a long time
|
||||
- reject PKGBUILDs with both split and non-split package
|
||||
functions
|
||||
- send status messages to stderr rather than stdout (FS#17173)
|
||||
- ensure debug buildflags are unset when they are supposed to be
|
||||
- buildenv and executable detection, definitions for the
|
||||
PKGBUILD schema, and makepkg.conf loading are now part of
|
||||
libmakepkg
|
||||
- fix broken check for the fakeroot binary
|
||||
- improve the error message for invalid dependency versioning
|
||||
- add routine for linting $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
|
||||
- fix the error code when no PKGBUILD exists
|
||||
- use --unneeded when removing build deps to allow runtime-only
|
||||
deps to work well with makepkg -sir (FS#32723)
|
||||
- compute package sizes correctly across different filesystems
|
||||
- use shared clones for git sources to save space when building
|
||||
- fix reporting of invalid archive extensions
|
||||
- correctly handle hg sources with updates on a non-default
|
||||
branch
|
||||
- install pkg-config file for libmakepkg's library directory
|
||||
- propagate error codes when package failed to sign correctly
|
||||
- be compatible with file 5.37's application/gzip MIME type
|
||||
- forbid non-ASCII pkgname and pkgver (FS#49342)
|
||||
- fix exiting on failure without ensuring dependencies are
|
||||
prompted for removal (FS#63000)
|
||||
- quiet superfluous warnings for missing debug source files for
|
||||
artificial symbols
|
||||
- add routine for linting $PACKAGER to check that it has a
|
||||
valid name and email address, and document the desired format
|
||||
in makepkg.conf(5)
|
||||
- add rust support for *FLAGS and debug-prefix-map
|
||||
- correctly handle a system file command with seccomp enabled
|
||||
(FS#58626)
|
||||
- try to more thoroughly clean up logpipe during unusual exit
|
||||
states such as CTRL-C
|
||||
- when installing packages with -sir, be more robust against
|
||||
conflicting makedepends by always uninstalling them first
|
||||
- fix exit code when removing deps fails
|
||||
- reproducible builds: suppress filesystem-specific archive
|
||||
metadata from built packages as they are not needed
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- just accept one file to verify, and enforce detached sigs
|
||||
(FS#52022)
|
||||
- after recent GnuPG updates, ensure the Web of Trust is still
|
||||
used
|
||||
- clean keys during import to reduce size consumed by unusable
|
||||
signatures
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- add support for zst compressed databases
|
||||
- print the name of the database when extracting
|
||||
- do not infinitely loop on malformed arguments with embedded
|
||||
globs
|
||||
- add option to prevent downgrading (FS#17752)
|
||||
- various documentation updates
|
||||
5.1.3 - Sanitize file name received from Content-Disposition header
|
||||
during -U (CVE-2019-9686)
|
||||
5.1.2 - pacman-conf: add missing DisableDownloadTimeout support
|
||||
- Include version when checking optdepend install status
|
||||
during -Qi (FS#60106)
|
||||
- Improve error message for unresolvable urls (FS#48285)
|
||||
- Do not raise SIGINT when a downloaded file exceeds the expected
|
||||
size
|
||||
- Fix previous download interruption status carrying over to new
|
||||
downloads
|
||||
- Reset known signal handlers before running install scripts or
|
||||
hooks (FS#56756)
|
||||
- Properly handle signal interrupts while running install scripts
|
||||
or hooks (FS#60396)
|
||||
- Allow explicitly disabling signature checks when compiled
|
||||
without signature support (FS#60880)
|
||||
- makepkg: fix linting error on environment variables (FS#60681)
|
||||
5.1.1 - Allow full path including root prefix to be passed to
|
||||
--overwrite
|
||||
- Revert deprecation of --root
|
||||
- Document comment syntax restrictions in pacman.conf
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- handle pre-existing directories when checking for write
|
||||
permissions
|
||||
- reduce restrictions on pkgver in depends listings (FS#58776)
|
||||
- permit versioned optdepends
|
||||
- remove unintended chmod of $BUILDDIR (FS#58790)
|
||||
- fix issue when $startdir was not an absolute path (FS#58865)
|
||||
- fix syntax error when $pkgname is empty
|
||||
- fix --nocolor being passed to pacman (FS#58820)
|
||||
- fix issues with trap handling
|
||||
- fix several issues with debug packages (signing, printing of
|
||||
package names, clearing of global package options, source
|
||||
file inclusion)
|
||||
- fix --help text for --packagelist
|
||||
- pacman-conf: Fix detection of Usage option
|
||||
5.1.0 - Add new --overwrite option and deprecate --force. This accepts a
|
||||
glob pattern with far more control than the widely abused force
|
||||
option which mostly just causes issues (FS#31549)
|
||||
- Add new --sysroot option and deprecate --root. This uses the
|
||||
guest configuration instead of the host configuration, which is
|
||||
what most people erroneously thought --root would do
|
||||
- introduce a 'disable-download-timeout' option
|
||||
- remove contrib - this is now maintained in a separate project
|
||||
- report the owner of an existing file, if any, when erroring out
|
||||
on a file conflict
|
||||
- resolve cyclic dependencies when calculating unneeded dependency
|
||||
trees (FS#41031)
|
||||
- report the needed command to download missing databases for the
|
||||
-F and -S actions
|
||||
- don't error if -Qo cannot find the file it is querying on disk
|
||||
(FS#55856)
|
||||
- support new-style OpenPGP format packets lengths
|
||||
- support EDDSA from gpgme 1.7.0
|
||||
- fix continuously trying to open invalid databases and reporting
|
||||
excessively excessive redundant error messages excessively
|
||||
- fix the download callback erroneously reporting itself too many
|
||||
times with --noprogressbar, or reporting inaccurate times for
|
||||
small files (FS#56408, FS#56468)
|
||||
- fix erroneous negative speed in download progressbar (FS#43434)
|
||||
- parse stdin as newline-separated instead of whitespace-separated
|
||||
(FS#52992)
|
||||
- when printing urls in the package cache, print the file url
|
||||
instead (FS#15868)
|
||||
- add color to group selection dialogs and -{F,Q}o
|
||||
- the -Q option now respects provides (FS#20650)
|
||||
- remove notification of system upgrade when only printing URLs
|
||||
- print replacements when using -Sup (FS#35812)
|
||||
- fix -Qk and -r checking for the root prefix twice (FS#48563)
|
||||
- Do not recognize # as a comment unless it is at the beginning of
|
||||
a line. This allows using it as a value in ini files (FS#48702)
|
||||
- ignore comments when examining INSTALL files (FS#51916)
|
||||
- match multi-byte user input properly (FS#47992)
|
||||
- abort transactions if even one database fails to sync (FS#47599)
|
||||
- do not resolve uid/gid to names when extracting files with -r
|
||||
- --dbonly now properly extracts metadata files (FS#52052)
|
||||
- remove support for internal checksumming implementations, and
|
||||
require at least one of openssl or nettle to exist
|
||||
- consider provides to satisfy optdepends when warning for removal
|
||||
or logging new optdepends during a transaction, as was already
|
||||
the case for -Qi
|
||||
- -Dk now reports if it is successful (FS#50087)
|
||||
- consider version for optdepends (FS#44957)
|
||||
- remove vim modelines in favor of EditorConfig
|
||||
- implement pacman-conf, a new tool to safely parse pacman.conf,
|
||||
and use it in internal scripts
|
||||
- bash completion now completes -Qn
|
||||
- various small documentation updates
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- Reproducible build support. makepkg now respects environment
|
||||
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH when creating package metadata, and unifies
|
||||
source file timestamps to match
|
||||
- add more info to .BUILDINFO to aid in reproducing the build
|
||||
environment of a package
|
||||
- it is now possible to check the signature of VCS sources
|
||||
(currently only git is supported)
|
||||
- use informative exit codes when exiting with errors (FS#54204)
|
||||
- lint_pkgbuild has vastly improved linting of pkgname and
|
||||
variables that can contain pkgname/pkgver (FS#57833)
|
||||
- implement linting for makepkg.conf
|
||||
- fix using libmakepkg in external scripts without extglob
|
||||
- fix handling of configurable directories e.g. PKGDEST to align
|
||||
with their documented behavior, and consistently check that
|
||||
they can be used (FS#43537)
|
||||
- parseopts, srcinfo, and integrity are now part of libmakepkg
|
||||
- consistently use coreutils for checksumming instead of openssl
|
||||
(which may be replaced by nettle in pacman)
|
||||
- lint build_references now prints affected filenames (FS#31558)
|
||||
- lint_package can now abort on fatal packaging errors
|
||||
- lint_package now checks for filenames with newline characters
|
||||
- lint_package now checks for root-level /.dotfiles
|
||||
- debug packages are now per pkgbase, not per pkgname
|
||||
- debug packages now contain source files to allow the debugger
|
||||
to step through code
|
||||
- remove optipng and upx support - these can now be plugged into
|
||||
libmakepkg
|
||||
- fix emptydirs support with newer findutils (FS#48515)
|
||||
- ignore architecture for --printsrcinfo
|
||||
- makepkg --printsrcinfo now correctly lists depends_$CARCH
|
||||
instead of merging this into depends
|
||||
- fix bug in is_array that broke packages with arch-dependent
|
||||
sources only (FS#48340)
|
||||
- move package signing outside of fakeroot which is incompatible
|
||||
with recent gnupg versions (FS#49946)
|
||||
- makepkg --clean now cleans up logfiles (FS#51039)
|
||||
- when using $PKGDEST, do not symlink build artifacts into
|
||||
current directory
|
||||
- --packagelist now lists the built filenames, rather than all
|
||||
possible basenames without extensions
|
||||
- fix --geninteg not properly ignoring renamed signature files
|
||||
- use localized date strings
|
||||
- ensure sane umask is set both before and after installing deps
|
||||
- adapt to file(1) changes in order to continue to strip PIE
|
||||
executables
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- don't recreate the database when only verifying signature
|
||||
(FS#48085)
|
||||
- fix error when repo directory path contains spaces (FS#50285)
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- reject armored signatures
|
||||
- don't set a default keyserver, deferring to gpg's sane default
|
||||
- disable scdaemon as we don't use it and it breaks --lsign when
|
||||
a smartcard is plugged into the machine
|
||||
- vercmp:
|
||||
- remove duplicate, undocumented --usage option
|
||||
- fail when the wrong number of arguments are used (FS#49093)
|
||||
5.0.2 - fix database file checks with -Qkk and non-standard root
|
||||
(FS#48563)
|
||||
- improve optdepend detection for status messages (FS#44957)
|
||||
- make Y/N prompt multi-byte-character aware (FS#47992)
|
||||
- properly detect dependency cycles with --recursive (FS#41031)
|
||||
- improve free disk space calculation (FS#37402)
|
||||
- extract database files with --dbonly (FS#52052)
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- do not alter the database if only verifying signature
|
||||
(FS#48085)
|
||||
- fix error for directories containing whitespace (FS#50285)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- fix building packages with only architecture-specific
|
||||
sources (FS#48340)
|
||||
- ignore PKGBUILD architecture for --printsrcinfo
|
||||
- do not die on non-empty directories under !emptydirs
|
||||
(FS#48515)
|
||||
- preserve checksum type for architecture-specific sources
|
||||
5.0.1 - fix alignment issues with wide character locales (FS#47980)
|
||||
- fix removal of .pacnew files (FS#47993)
|
||||
- fix triggering of Install hooks (FS#47996)
|
||||
- fix handling of stdin scripts called by pacman
|
||||
- hook activity is logged
|
||||
- documentation updates for alpm-hooks (FS#48080)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- increase robustness of variable array checks
|
||||
- makepkg -g does not perform current architecture checks
|
||||
- do not run prepare() with --noextract
|
||||
- all directories in the packaging directory are cleared
|
||||
before each build
|
||||
- fix translations issues (FS#48057, FS#48298)
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- fix checking for non-existent database
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- zsh_completion: updated makepkg options
|
||||
5.0.0 - pacman can run hooks pre- and post-transaction. See the
|
||||
alpm-hooks(5) man page for details and an example hook (FS#2985)
|
||||
- pacman can now sync and read .files databases (-Fy) and do basic
|
||||
searching for files in sync repos (-Fs, -Fo) (FS#23787)
|
||||
- pacman can check the validity of the local and sync databases
|
||||
(-Dk and -Dkk respectively). This replaces the 'testdb'
|
||||
software (FS#42444)
|
||||
- the package description output (-Si ,-Qi) is now correctly
|
||||
aligned regardless of locale (FS#43983, FS#45997)
|
||||
- ensure internal package version matches database version after
|
||||
downloading (FS#45687)
|
||||
- improved signal handling and lock file removal (FS#45995,
|
||||
FS#46375, FS#47011)
|
||||
- print more information when encountering dependency errors
|
||||
- improved configuration parsing with a new ini parser
|
||||
- handle a symlink to a directory being replaced by a directory
|
||||
- The 'pkgbase' variable is now recorded in the local package db
|
||||
- Remove support for ".pacorig" files. Instead, packages files
|
||||
are extracted as a ".pacnew" and the original stays in place
|
||||
- prevent install scriptlets using stdin for user interaction
|
||||
- provides are considered when displaying optdepends install
|
||||
status (FS#36412)
|
||||
- always update corrupt database whether or not a newer version
|
||||
is found on the remote server
|
||||
- fix build issues when libarchive was in a non-standard location
|
||||
- Many issues found using Coverity were address (primarily freeing
|
||||
memory on error conditions)
|
||||
- The pactest suite was upgraded to allow parallel testing using
|
||||
the tap.sh library
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- makepkg is in the process of being split into a library. This
|
||||
allows various areas to be extended by adding a file into
|
||||
libmakepkg (e.g. package/PKGBUILD checking, adjusting
|
||||
files before creating the final package).
|
||||
- PKGBUILD variables checked to be arrays or not as appropriate
|
||||
- pkgver() and prepare() are now run with --noextract (FS#43498,
|
||||
FS#46800)
|
||||
- the ability to build a single package in a PKGBUILD has been
|
||||
removed
|
||||
- the output when checking checksums for architecture specific
|
||||
sources is improved (FS#43444)
|
||||
- improved handling of bazaar sources (FS#43448)
|
||||
- fix source package signing with SRCPKGDIR set
|
||||
- add option to compress png images with optipng
|
||||
- add --packagelist option, which lists all packages build from
|
||||
a PKGBUILD
|
||||
- add --printsrcinfo flag to print SRCINFO file for a PKGBUILD
|
||||
- record build information in a .BUILDINFO file
|
||||
- add whirlpool to list of hashing options (FS#45859)
|
||||
- makepkg-template:
|
||||
- support multiple --template-dir
|
||||
- added a testsuite
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- Always generate the .files database
|
||||
- Only update database if the entire operation succeeds
|
||||
- unarmored package signatures are rejected
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- checkupdates: give error when fakeroot is missing
|
||||
- checkupdates: provide packages versions in output
|
||||
- checkupdates: fix failure in some locales (FS#40405)
|
||||
- paccache: Add -q/--quiet
|
||||
- pacdiff: do not require DIFFPROG for -o/--output (FS#46184)
|
||||
- zsh_completion: updated to fix many missing options
|
||||
4.2.1 - Remove warnings about incorrect directory ownership until
|
||||
packaging files with dynamic users/groups is improved
|
||||
- Do not require a specific automake version when building from
|
||||
the source tarball (FS#43655)
|
||||
- A number of typos and translation errors have been fixed
|
||||
(FS#43257, FS#43280, FS#43279, FS#43617, FS#43739)
|
||||
- set sane umask in pacman-db-upgrade (FS#43200) and make it
|
||||
more verbose
|
||||
- Use correct permissions when creating the log file
|
||||
- Fix memory management for file list storage
|
||||
- Set package origin when adding to db cache
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- Fix error when encountering an expired PGP key (FS#43269)
|
||||
- Fix error extracting PKGBUILD attributes (FS#43387)
|
||||
- Fix removal of static libraries when the shared library
|
||||
uses the absolute path in symbolic links (FS#43395)
|
||||
- Improve Bazaar cloning (FS#43448)
|
||||
- Fix issues with architecture dependent checksum
|
||||
verification (FS#43192)
|
||||
- Fix .SRCINFO file with architecture dependent fields
|
||||
(FS#43247)
|
||||
- Fix compatibility with older bash versions
|
||||
- Allow git checkouts to be downloaded into directory ending
|
||||
with ".git".
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- updpkgsums no longer changes file permissions (FS#43272)
|
||||
- paccache does not remove all packages on libalpm error
|
||||
(FS#43286)
|
||||
4.2.0 - symlinks to directories on the filesystem are no longer
|
||||
treated as directories
|
||||
- pacman-db-upgrade - fix local database for files installed
|
||||
into directory symlinks
|
||||
- added --assume-installed option to help upgrades where not all
|
||||
installed packages have been rebuilt
|
||||
- --unrequired now filters needed optdepends too. Use twice
|
||||
to only filter direct dependencies
|
||||
- improved dependency resolving ensures correct ordering when
|
||||
installing updates (FS#32764)
|
||||
- A new configure keyword Usage can limit what operations a
|
||||
repository is used for
|
||||
- NoExtract and NoUpgrade can use inverted pattern matches
|
||||
(FS#31749)
|
||||
- Group queries can be filtered with --explicit/--deps (FS#19716)
|
||||
- Filesystem checking now only produces a warning for altered
|
||||
backup files (FS#34739)
|
||||
- pacman prints a warning if an installed directory has different
|
||||
permission to that already on the filesystem (FS#34740)
|
||||
- both current and new versions are displayed when querying
|
||||
updates
|
||||
- --print-format now implies --print
|
||||
- package scriptlets are not run when using --dbonly
|
||||
- invalid option combinations cause pacman to abort (FS#20950)
|
||||
- improve output when a package is missing a required signature
|
||||
(FS#28014)
|
||||
- PGP signature key IDs are listed with -Sii (FS#34742)
|
||||
- indicate ignored packages in -Qu output
|
||||
- use appropriate file size units with -Si/-Qi
|
||||
- plugged several memory leaks
|
||||
- read filelists from a packages .MTREE file if possible
|
||||
- ensure packages have all the required metadata before installing
|
||||
(FS#35514)
|
||||
- always remove lock file on exit (FS#35603)
|
||||
- fix overflow in integrity checking progress bar (FS#36608)
|
||||
- ensure downloads use correct filename even if the mirror uses a
|
||||
redirect (FS#36791)
|
||||
- cache PGP key IDs during availability checking (FS#38042)
|
||||
- fix reading responses with leading whitespace (FS#39976)
|
||||
- fix potential issues when handling of UTF8 filenames
|
||||
(FS#40805, FS#40762)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- PKGBUILDs can now specify architecture specific sources,
|
||||
dependencies, etc.
|
||||
- A .SRCINFO file is added to source packages for easy parsing
|
||||
- VCS package building attempts to be incremental (FS#35050)
|
||||
- bzr sources can have a '+' in them (FS#35244)
|
||||
- allow sources containing "::"
|
||||
- add --noprepare option
|
||||
- add -C/--cleanbuild option (FS#17175)
|
||||
- add --noarchive option
|
||||
- remove --asroot and enforce fakeroot usage
|
||||
- all PKGBUILDs require a package() function
|
||||
- PKGBUILDs can no longer be read from stdin
|
||||
- enable make-style environment variable overrides
|
||||
- Read CARCH environment variable (FS#35030)
|
||||
- makedepends and checkdepends are installed together (FS#31557)
|
||||
- added support for sha224 checksums (FS#36776)
|
||||
- remove warning when license is not specified in PKGBUILD
|
||||
(FS#37011)
|
||||
- only remove static libraries if they have a shared version
|
||||
- prevent makepkg creating armored signatures (FS#38503)
|
||||
- support stripping kernel modules
|
||||
- support the kernel.org PGP signing scheme (FS#31592)
|
||||
- sign created source package when using --sign
|
||||
- enforce source signatures to be trusted or have their full
|
||||
fingerprint listed in the validpgpkeys array of the PKGBUILD
|
||||
- look for configuration in XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf
|
||||
(FS#43030)
|
||||
- ensure vcs tools are available when source entries require
|
||||
them
|
||||
- disallow pkgver/pkgrel/epoch overrides in split packages
|
||||
- improve parsing of PKGBUILD variables (FS#40361)
|
||||
- makepkg-template - new package build templating utility
|
||||
(FS#10375)
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- add option to remove package files from disk
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- checkupdates: rename CHECKUPDATE_DB to CHECKUPDATES_DB
|
||||
- pacdiff: add a "Quit" option, and many other improvements
|
||||
- pacsysclean is removed
|
||||
4.1.2 - validate %FILEPATH% when parsing repos to prevent arbitrary
|
||||
file overwrites from malicious databases
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- restrict package name from starting with a dot
|
||||
- fix Bazaar source revision support (FS#35281)
|
||||
- Use LOGDEST for log pipe
|
||||
- fix distcc disabling (FS#35741)
|
||||
- correct stat usage on BSD/Darwin (FS#35469)
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- Do not reinterpret keys from revoked keyrings
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- paccache: remove broken su privilege escalation (FS#35173)
|
||||
- pacscripts: update for current pacman options
|
||||
- checkupdates: be consistent with naming (FS#35755)
|
||||
4.1.1 - fix bug causing negative "Total Installed Size" (FS#34616)
|
||||
- report libalpm version it is pkg-config file (FS#34967)
|
||||
- various translation fixes and updates (FS#34395, FS#34704,
|
||||
FS#34716, FS#35097)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- improve SVN VCS PKGBUILD handling (FS#34675, FS#34636)
|
||||
- allow "lp:" URLs for Bazaar sources (FS#34650)
|
||||
- prevent pkgver() capturing stderr (FS#34974)
|
||||
- fix attempt to remove package twice on failure (FS#34672)
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- fix privilege escalation in paccache (FS#34656)
|
||||
4.1.0 - check file properties when using -Qkk (FS#11091)
|
||||
- add color to pacman output - new configuration option "Color"
|
||||
- add informational messages for optdepends installation
|
||||
status (FS#13035, FS#27116)
|
||||
- add number suffix to pacsave files instead of overwriting
|
||||
(FS#24192)
|
||||
- improve needed key importing for Upgrade (FS#26520)
|
||||
- add options to specify require signature level for
|
||||
Upgrade operations (FS#26729)
|
||||
- directory ownership can be queried
|
||||
- allow wildcards in NoUpgrade, NoExtract, IgnorePkg,
|
||||
IgnoreGroup and HoldPkg (FS#20360, FS#18988)
|
||||
- remove -f short option for --force
|
||||
- SyncFirst option has been removed (FS#26445)
|
||||
- offer to delete downloaded packages failing signature check
|
||||
(FS#28014)
|
||||
- configure shell for running install scriptlets (FS#20557)
|
||||
- make path to ldconfig configurable
|
||||
- display repo in VerbosePkgLists output
|
||||
- do not check file conflicts or disk space with --dbonly
|
||||
(FS#25667)
|
||||
- UseDelta takes a ratio for the largest delta to use
|
||||
- track how installed packages were validated (FS#28040)
|
||||
- add pkg-config file for libalpm
|
||||
- avoid false ownership matches for files in / (FS#30388)
|
||||
- only load filesystem space information when needed
|
||||
- allow leading "local/" in query options
|
||||
- allow cleaning only some cachedirs
|
||||
- do not remove source package and package databases from
|
||||
cache (FS#25166)
|
||||
- improve conflict checking with directory symlinks (FS#30681)
|
||||
- remove Cygwin support
|
||||
- add program prefix to pacman log entries
|
||||
- add --native filter to pacman -Q
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- require bash>=4.0
|
||||
- support for VCS URLs (git, bzr, svn and hg) (FS#7816,
|
||||
FS#8890, FS#13727, FS#15895, FS#16384, FS#16872, FS#19459,
|
||||
FS#19476, FS#20841, FS#21098, FS#28605)
|
||||
- split debugging symbols into separate package (FS#10975)
|
||||
- use SKIP in checksums to skip integrity check (FS#19735)
|
||||
- add prepare() function to PKGBUILD (FS#30582)
|
||||
- add pkgver() function to auto-update pkgver/pkgrel
|
||||
- pkgrel must be in decimal format
|
||||
- PKGBUILDs without package() functions are deprecated
|
||||
- support specifying CPPFLAGS in makepkg.conf
|
||||
- support PACKAGER environment variable
|
||||
- allow source renaming to work on signature files
|
||||
- configurable compression options (FS#27430)
|
||||
- allow multiple packages to be build when using
|
||||
BUILDDIR (FS#28417)
|
||||
- add makedepends/checkdepends information to .PKGINFO
|
||||
- url can be overridden in split packages
|
||||
- allow wildcards in PURGE_TARGETS
|
||||
- pass --asdep and --needed flags to pacman when installing
|
||||
- use last match in BUILDENV/OPTIONS arrays (FS#26701)
|
||||
- fix "arch" handling in split packages (FS#27204)
|
||||
- add LOGDEST configuration option
|
||||
- install makedepends with --repackage
|
||||
- repo-add:
|
||||
- honor TMPDIR environment variable
|
||||
- add makedepends/checkdepends information to database
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- fix importing keys with quotes in file name (FS#28445)
|
||||
- allow verification of multiple sig files
|
||||
- add zsh completion (FS#29062)
|
||||
- pkgdelta: add ratio and package size limits
|
||||
- pactree: improve output
|
||||
- contrib:
|
||||
- updpkgsums: update checksums in a PKGBUILD
|
||||
- checkupdates: new - safely check for package updates
|
||||
- pacsort: add --files option to support parsing filenames
|
||||
- pacdiff: improve usability
|
||||
- add zsh completion
|
||||
4.0.3 - frontend database cleanup enhancements (FS#28714)
|
||||
- frontend package cleanup enhancements (FS#25166)
|
||||
- back out changes related to SyncFirst in 4.0.0
|
||||
- remove recursive/needed automatic flags on SyncFirst
|
||||
- remove poorly implemented `-S --recursive` option
|
||||
- improve error messages on database locking failures
|
||||
- use full delta size as max download size (FS#28345)
|
||||
- improved handling and fix crash after failed downloads
|
||||
- fix key lookup when using gpg 2.X as GPG program
|
||||
- match only full path components in disk space checking
|
||||
- skip disk space checks when using --dbonly
|
||||
- scripts: unset CDPATH bash variable in all scripts
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- fix syntax error in remove_deps (FS#28448)
|
||||
- small fixes related to multiple libdeps, parsing issues
|
||||
- exit via default handler in trap_exit (FS#28491)
|
||||
- attempt to work around Btrfs file/block size reporting issues
|
||||
- pacman-key:
|
||||
- remove signature verification in --populate
|
||||
- make -e option work as advertised without arguments
|
||||
- exit with correct return codes when verifying signature
|
||||
- pacsysclean: fix description, fix option parsing (FS#28434)
|
||||
- pkgdelta: use bsdtar -q option for better performance
|
||||
- translations: various updates and corrections
|
||||
4.0.2 - allow comments after a repository header in pacman.conf
|
||||
- search for and import PGP subkeys if necessary (FS#27612)
|
||||
- fix rare segfault on removal operations (FS#27805, FS#28195)
|
||||
- skip all unknown files when cleaning package cache
|
||||
- restore looking for files in cache before downloading via -U
|
||||
- ensure '[removal]' is displayed in trans confirmation (FS#27981)
|
||||
- implement disk space checking code for Illumos
|
||||
- use TCP keepalive in download to prevent dropped connections
|
||||
- round and show -0.00 values as 0.00 (FS#27924)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- ensure all source files are included in --source (FS#26580)
|
||||
- fix locale sort/comm related issues (FS#26580)
|
||||
- abort on missing download agent
|
||||
- restrict flags passed to pacman (FS#28012)
|
||||
- work around certain zipman glob/existence issues
|
||||
- fix non-writable SRCPKGDEST error message (FS#28197)
|
||||
- fix printf interpreting gettext string as arg (FS#28069)
|
||||
- don't abort on non-zero hg return codes (FS#28248)
|
||||
- disable extglob when sourcing BUILDSCRIPT (FS#27780)
|
||||
- pacman-key: improve return codes of operations (FS#26730)
|
||||
- repo-add: enforce maximum signature file size (FS#27453)
|
||||
- contrib/paclist: support --help (FS#27258)
|
||||
- contrib/pacsysclean: new script
|
||||
- contrib/*_completion: fix completion for uncompressed packages
|
||||
- translations: extensive updates and corrections
|
||||
4.0.1 - ensure VerbosePkgList table display supports multibyte chars
|
||||
- always use stderr for warning/error messages (FS#26555)
|
||||
- add guidance message for users when public keyring not found
|
||||
|
|
@ -836,8 +43,8 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- split package verification and load stages
|
||||
- sync database reading refactor for performance
|
||||
- use a larger buffer for package checksum validation
|
||||
- file lists now have a dedicated type with metadata
|
||||
- disk space check no longer requires iterating package archives
|
||||
- filelists now have a dedicated type with metadata
|
||||
- diskspace check no longer requires iterating package archives
|
||||
- update and add checksum routines from PolarSSL
|
||||
- validate sync database sha256sum if available
|
||||
- correctly parse sizes in database > 2GiB
|
||||
|
|
@ -899,7 +106,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- fix default path substitution in documentation
|
||||
- makepkg: quote variables that may contain spaces (FS#24002)
|
||||
- makepkg: fix creation of source package with -p (FS#24567)
|
||||
- repo-add: include dotfiles in file lists (FS#24534)
|
||||
- repo-add: include dotfiles in filelists (FS#24534)
|
||||
- minor translation updates: de, fi, fr, sk, zh_CN
|
||||
3.5.2 - ensure we show correct missing dependency info (FS#23424)
|
||||
- pacman usage/--help updates (FS#23433, FS#23369)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1046,7 +253,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- translations:
|
||||
- zh_CN: fix positional parameter usage in makepkg (FS#16983)
|
||||
- el: fix Y/N response translation (FS#16568)
|
||||
3.3.2 - fix infinite file size download issue (FS#16359)
|
||||
3.3.2 - fix infinite filesize download issue (FS#16359)
|
||||
- fix bogus download size on TotalDownload
|
||||
- documentation updates
|
||||
- small translation updates
|
||||
|
|
@ -1110,7 +317,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- repo-add: use openssl instead of md5sum
|
||||
- simplify doc building process for ease of development
|
||||
- ensure correct handling of syscall interruptions
|
||||
- re-add missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
|
||||
- readd missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
|
||||
- fix TotalDownload regression (FS#11339)
|
||||
- makepkg:
|
||||
- replace getopt with an internal function
|
||||
|
|
@ -1300,7 +507,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- fix overzealous use of macros
|
||||
- entire codebase builds with -pedantic GCC option
|
||||
- libalpm-specific changes:
|
||||
- moved location of sync DBs into their own directory to thwart
|
||||
- moved location of sync DBs into their own folder to thwart
|
||||
deletion and remove naming limitations
|
||||
- REQUIREDBY entries are no longer used in local DB but are
|
||||
computed on the fly when needed, which should resolve
|
||||
|
|
@ -1317,7 +524,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- conflicts checking speedups and fixes
|
||||
- move lockfile location to inside the DB
|
||||
- remove gettext calls from DEBUG messages
|
||||
- remove faulty disk space checking
|
||||
- remove faulty diskspace checking
|
||||
- move functions out of alpm.c to where they belong
|
||||
- rewrite of file extraction code (FS#7484)
|
||||
- makepkg-specific changes:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1338,7 +545,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- add source package creation option
|
||||
- rankmirrors- allow reading from stdin (FS#8043)
|
||||
- and many other updates: 198 bugs/FRs closed since 3.0.0 release
|
||||
- switch to Git for source code management
|
||||
- switch to GIT for source code management
|
||||
3.0.6 - config files updated to reflect current -> core change
|
||||
- fix symlink overwriting issue (FS#7484)
|
||||
- fix config parsing with tr_TR locale (FS#7235)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1490,7 +697,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- Cleanup db_loadpkgs(), add list_add_sorted()
|
||||
- Fixed a memory leak in db_find_conflicts()
|
||||
2.8.3 - Fixed a little makepkg bug with bash 3.0
|
||||
- Fixed resolvedeps to always prefer literals over providers
|
||||
- Fixed resolvedeps to always prefer literals over provisios
|
||||
- Added --config option to specify an alternate config file
|
||||
- Added "Include" directive to include repositories from
|
||||
config files (inspired by Michael Baehr's patch)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1556,7 +763,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
external download utility like wget
|
||||
- added a license field to package meta-data
|
||||
- add url support to -A and -U operations (download packages)
|
||||
- -Ss now searches through provides fields
|
||||
- -Ss now searches thru provides fields
|
||||
- added --dbonly option to -R
|
||||
2.7.6 - added --print-uris option
|
||||
- fixed an http download bug (FS#667)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1582,7 +789,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
- HTTP/1.1 support
|
||||
- an improved progress bar with transfer rates and ETA
|
||||
- cleaned up warning output a bit
|
||||
2.7.2 - Suppressed "No such file" messages during stripping
|
||||
2.7.2 - Supressed "No such file" messages during stripping
|
||||
- Removed extra newlines in /var/log/pacman.log
|
||||
- Added a --noextract option to makepkg to skip source extraction
|
||||
2.7.1 - Fixed a couple obscure segfaults
|
||||
|
|
@ -1714,3 +921,5 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
|||
backed up, then it will be copied to "file.save"
|
||||
- Changed db_find_conflicts() to ignore directories
|
||||
1.0 - Initial Release
|
||||
|
||||
vim: set et spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
373
README
373
README
|
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Package Management) library. This document, while not exhaustive, also
|
|||
indicates some limitations (on purpose, or sometimes due to its poor design) of
|
||||
the library at the present time.
|
||||
|
||||
There is one special file, "alpm.h", which is the public interface that
|
||||
There is one special file,"alpm.h", which is the public interface that
|
||||
should be distributed and installed on systems with the library. Only
|
||||
structures, data and functions declared within this file are made available to
|
||||
the frontend. Lots of structures are of an opaque type and their fields are
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,15 +52,9 @@ library is initialized.
|
|||
* logcb: The callback function for "log" operations.
|
||||
* dlcb: The callback function for download progress of each package.
|
||||
* fetchcb: Callback for custom download function.
|
||||
* eventcb: Callback for transaction messages.
|
||||
* questioncb: Callback for selecting amongst choices.
|
||||
* progresscb: Callback to handle display of transaction progress.
|
||||
* gpgdir: Directory where GnuPG files are stored.
|
||||
* arch: Allowed package architecture.
|
||||
* checkspace: Check disk space before installing.
|
||||
* default_siglevel: Default signature verification level.
|
||||
* local_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for local file upgrades.
|
||||
* remote_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for remote file upgrades.
|
||||
* totaldlcb: The callback function for overall download progress.
|
||||
* root: The root directory for pacman to install to (Default: /)
|
||||
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory (Default: /var/lib/pacman)
|
||||
* logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: /var/log/pacman.log)
|
||||
* usesyslog: Log to syslog instead of `logfile` for file-base logging.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,10 +71,14 @@ alpm_option_{get,set}_noupgrades -> alpm_option_{add,remove}_noupgrade.
|
|||
|
||||
The following options are read-only, having ONLY alpm_option_get_* functions:
|
||||
|
||||
* root: The root directory for pacman to install to
|
||||
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory
|
||||
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database (Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
|
||||
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database
|
||||
(Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
|
||||
* localdb: A alpm_db_t structure for the local (installed) database
|
||||
* syncdbs: A list of alpm_db_t structures to which pacman can sync from.
|
||||
|
||||
The following options are write-only, having ONLY alpm_option_set_* functions:
|
||||
|
||||
* usedelta: Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible.
|
||||
|
||||
[Transactions]
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -194,8 +192,8 @@ remove.c and sync.c).
|
|||
|
||||
The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf". Some
|
||||
of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly the ones used to
|
||||
control the output like verbosepkglist, or the behavior with cleanmethod).
|
||||
The rest is used to configure the library.
|
||||
control the output like totaldownload, or the behavior with cleanmethod and
|
||||
syncfirst). The rest is used to configure the library.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +237,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.1 AND 3.2
|
|||
- alpm_checkdbconflicts()
|
||||
- alpm_sync_newversion()
|
||||
- alpm_deptest()
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
- error codes :
|
||||
PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD and
|
||||
PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,7 +350,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
|
|||
- alpm_db_get_pkg() for normal targets
|
||||
- alpm_find_dbs_satisfier() for versioned provisions
|
||||
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs() for groups
|
||||
- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexible alpm_find_satisfier()
|
||||
- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexibile alpm_find_satisfier()
|
||||
- size_t used for alpm_list_t sizes
|
||||
- return type for alpm_list_count()
|
||||
- parameter type in alpm_list_msort() and alpm_list_nth()
|
||||
|
|
@ -362,12 +360,11 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
|
|||
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_flags()
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
|
||||
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
|
||||
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
|
||||
|
||||
PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
|
||||
- flags
|
||||
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
|
||||
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
|
||||
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,7 +389,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
|
|||
- PM_ prefixes for enum values are now ALPM_
|
||||
- pm prefixes for structs and enums are now alpm_
|
||||
- alpm_initialize now has parameters: char *root, char *dbpath,
|
||||
alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
|
||||
_alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
|
||||
- alpm_release now takes an alpm_handle_t *.
|
||||
- alpm_db_register_sync() now requires a extra parameter of a alpm_siglevel_t.
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_load() now requires an extra parameter of an alpm_siglevel_t
|
||||
|
|
@ -419,7 +416,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
|
|||
- alpm_release
|
||||
- alpm_remove_pkg
|
||||
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade
|
||||
- several structs are no longer opaque:
|
||||
- several structs are no longer opaque
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_t
|
||||
- alpm_delta_t
|
||||
- alpm_depend_t
|
||||
|
|
@ -431,328 +428,20 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
|
|||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- option functions:
|
||||
- alpm_{get,set}_eventcb()
|
||||
- alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb()
|
||||
- alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
|
||||
alpm_{get,set}_eventcb(), alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb(),
|
||||
alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
|
||||
- package signing functions:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_gpgdir()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_gpgdir()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_siglist_cleanup()
|
||||
- alpm_db_check_pgp_signature()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_origin()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
|
||||
alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(), alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(),
|
||||
alpm_option_get_gpgdir(), alpm_option_set_gpgdir(), alpm_db_get_siglevel(),
|
||||
alpm_siglist_cleanup(), alpm_db_check_pgp_signature(), alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature(),
|
||||
alpm_pkg_get_origin(), alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum(), alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
|
||||
- list functions:
|
||||
- alpm_list_to_array()
|
||||
- alpm_list_previous()
|
||||
alpm_list_to_array(), alpm_list_previous()
|
||||
- structs:
|
||||
- alpm_backup_t
|
||||
- alpm_file_t
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_t
|
||||
alpm_backup_t, alpm_file_t, alpm_filelist_t
|
||||
- enums:
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t
|
||||
- alpm_sigstatus_t
|
||||
- alpm_sigvalidity_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkgfrom_t
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t, alpm_sigstatus_t, alpm_sigvalidity_t, alpm_pkgfrom_t
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_GPGME,
|
||||
ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID,
|
||||
ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.0 AND 4.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_list_getdata()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_pkgfrom_t members are now prefixed with ALPM_
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t - added members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
|
||||
- alpm_depend_t - additional desc member
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_t - additional resolved_path member
|
||||
- alpm_pgpkey_t - added members length, revoked, pubkey_algo
|
||||
- alpm_logaction - added caller identifier argument
|
||||
- function renaming:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_localdb -> alpm_get_localdb
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_syncdbs -> alpm_get_syncdbs
|
||||
- alpm_db_register_sync -> alpm_register_syncdb
|
||||
- alpm_db_unregister_all -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
|
||||
- alpm_db_readgroup -> alpm_db_get_group
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason -> alpm_pkg_set_reason (handle parameter removed)
|
||||
- alpm_time_t typedef used for all times:
|
||||
- members of alpm_pgpkey_t
|
||||
- return types of alpm_pkg_get_builddate and alpm_pkg_get_installdate
|
||||
- delta options now use required ratio rather than on/off:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_usedelta -> alpm_option_get_deltaratio
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_usedelta -> alpm_option_set_deltaratio
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- tracking of how a package was validated:
|
||||
- alpm_pkgvalidation_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_validation()
|
||||
- adjustable signature verification levels for upgrade operations:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- sync database usage functions:
|
||||
- alpm_db_usage_t
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_usage()
|
||||
- wrapper functions for reading mtree files:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_mtree_open()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_mtree_next()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_mtree_close()
|
||||
- utility functions:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_find()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_compute_optionalfor()
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_contains()
|
||||
- types:
|
||||
- alpm_time_t
|
||||
- alpm_errno_t
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED, ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_START, ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_START,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_PROGRESS_KEYRING_START
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.1 AND 4.2
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_t - removed member resolved_path
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_contains - now returns alpm_file_t
|
||||
- event callback:
|
||||
- alpm_event_t renamed to alpm_event_type_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_t union added
|
||||
- alpm_event_cb now takes only an alpm_event_t parameter
|
||||
- alpm_event_any_t, alpm_package_operation_t, alpm_event_package_operation_t,
|
||||
alpm_event_optdep_removal_t, alpm_event_delta_patch_t, alpm_event_scriptlet_info_t,
|
||||
alpm_event_database_missing_t, alpm_event_pkgdownload_t, alpm_event_pacnew_created_t,
|
||||
alpm_event_pacsave_created_t, alpm_event_pacorig_created_t added
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_*_START -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_*_DONE -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE
|
||||
- question callback:
|
||||
- alpm_question_t renamed to alpm_question_type_t
|
||||
- alpm_question_t union added
|
||||
- alpm_cb_question now takes only an alpm_question_t parameter
|
||||
- alpm_question_any_t, alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t, alpm_question_replace_t
|
||||
alpm_question_conflict_t, alpm_question_corrupted_t, alpm_question_remove_pkgs_t,
|
||||
alpm_question_select_provider_t, alpm_question_import_key_t added
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- memory management:
|
||||
- alpm_fileconflict_free()
|
||||
- alpm_depmissing_free()
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_free()
|
||||
- alpm_dep_free()
|
||||
- database usage:
|
||||
- alpm_db_usage_t
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_usage()
|
||||
- assume installed:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- using noupgrade/noextract:
|
||||
- alpm_option_match_noupgrade()
|
||||
- alpm_option_match_noextract()
|
||||
- utility functions:
|
||||
- alpm_dep_from_string()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_should_ignore()
|
||||
- alpm_decode_signature()
|
||||
- alpm_extract_keyid()
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REMOVAL,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACSVAE_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.2 AND 5.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t - removed members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
|
||||
- removed .pacorig generation:
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
|
||||
- alpm_event_pacorig_created_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_t.pacorig_created
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- hook support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_hookdirs()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_hookdirs()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_hookdir()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_hookdir()
|
||||
- alpm_event_hook_t, alpm_event_hook_run_t
|
||||
- alpm_hook_when_t
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE
|
||||
- ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED
|
||||
- different database extension support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_dbext()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_dbext()
|
||||
- pkgbase accessor:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_base()
|
||||
- transaction events:
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_START, ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_DONE
|
||||
- database unlocking:
|
||||
- alpm_unlock()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.0 AND 5.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_OK
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t - value of ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT changed
|
||||
- functions using bitfields return/pass an int instead of an enum:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_register_syncdb()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_load()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_validation()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_flags()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_init()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- overwrite support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_overwrite_files()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_overwrite_files()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_overwrite_file()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_overwrite_file()
|
||||
- download timeout control:
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_disable_dl_timeout()
|
||||
- access make/checkdepends info:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_checkdepends()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_makedepends()
|
||||
- check pacman capabilities:
|
||||
- alpm_capabilities()
|
||||
- duplicate and add to list:
|
||||
- alpm_list_append_strdup()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.1 AND 5.2
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- package delta support:
|
||||
- alpm_delta_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_delta_patch_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_t union - removed alpm_event_delta_patch_t
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_DONE,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_DONE,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_FAILED
|
||||
- ALPM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_deltaratio()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_deltaratio()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_deltas()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
|
||||
- alpm_transflag_t - removed member ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
|
||||
- alpm_sync_newversion() replaced with alpm_sync_get_new_version() which
|
||||
does not filter on any ALPM_DB_USAGE_*.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.2 AND 6.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED
|
||||
- ALPM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND
|
||||
- old TotalDownload implementation:
|
||||
- alpm_cb_totaldl
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_totaldlcb()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_totaldlcb()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_db_update() now accepts a list of databases rather than a single database.
|
||||
- alpm_fetch_pkgurl() accepts a list of packages to download.
|
||||
- alpm_db_search() now has an additional parameter and returns success status
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_* -> ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_* and ALPM_EVENT_PKG_RETRIEVE_*
|
||||
- alpm_cb_download pass event and data
|
||||
- multi architecture support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_arch() -> alpm_option_get_architectures()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_arch() -> alpm_option_set_architectures()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_servers() copies parameter data
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- parallel download support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_parallel_downloads()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_parallel_downloads()
|
||||
- file download events:
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_type_t
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_init_t
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_progress_t
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_completed_t
|
||||
- download misc:
|
||||
- ALPM_DOWNLOAD_RETRY
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_retry_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_pkg_retrieve_t
|
||||
- multiarchitecture support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_architecture()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_architecture()
|
||||
- misc:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_sig()
|
||||
- callbacks add front-end provided context
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 6.0 AND 6.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_trans_t
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_t - full package added as member, removing package name and name
|
||||
hash members
|
||||
- alpm_question_import_key_t - holds key uid and fingerprint rather than alpm_pgpkey_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkgreason_t - added ALPM_PKG_REASON_UNKNOWN
|
||||
- alpm_transflag_t - added ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOHOOKS
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- extensible package data type:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_xdata_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_xdata()
|
||||
- accessor functions:
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_handle()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_handle()
|
||||
- cache server support:
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_cache_servers()
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_cache_servers()
|
||||
- alpm_db_add_cache_server()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 6.1 AND 7.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- sandbox functions:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_sandboxuser()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_sandboxuser()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_disable_sandbox()
|
||||
- alpm_sandbox_setup_child()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 7.0 AND 7.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING renamed to PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITTING
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
34
RELEASE
34
RELEASE
|
|
@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
|
|||
The following checklist should be used for making a pacman release.
|
||||
|
||||
- Ensure "ninja dist" succeeds
|
||||
- Call a freeze to development.
|
||||
- Send translation updates to Transifex at least two weeks before a major
|
||||
release (see below). At this stage, strings can only be changed for a
|
||||
major issue.
|
||||
- Update NEWS and README files
|
||||
- Pull translation updates from Transifex
|
||||
- Update version in meson.build as described in file
|
||||
- Update doc/index.asciidoc
|
||||
- Create a signed git tag (git tag -s vX.Y.Z -m "commit message")
|
||||
- Create and sign release tarballs (generate with "ninja dist")
|
||||
- Create release on gitlab project page
|
||||
- Upload release tarball and signature to gitlab ("glab release upload ...")
|
||||
- Create branch release/?.?.x (with ?.? replaced by major version number)
|
||||
- Update .gitlab-ci.yml to point the website pages run at release branch
|
||||
|
||||
Transifex updates are handled using the transifex client. The basic process is:
|
||||
- Pull updates from transifex ("tx pull -f --minimum-perc 75")
|
||||
- Update po files ("./build-aux/update-po")
|
||||
- Fix all translation errors found (e.g. using "mint-check-translations")
|
||||
- Add any new locales to the relevant LINGUAS file
|
||||
- Optional: Make any manual changes needed (e.g. fixing spacing in a string)
|
||||
and update po files again
|
||||
- Push updated po files to transifex ("tx push -s -t --skip")
|
||||
|
||||
Point releases:
|
||||
- all bugs fixes slated for the release branch must first land on master
|
||||
(unless no longer relevant)
|
||||
- following the initial post-release period when the release and master
|
||||
branches may be kept in sync, commits are backported to the release branch
|
||||
using "git cherry-pick -x"
|
||||
- translation updates should be pulled onto the release branch only
|
||||
|
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ currently. Our translations are currently maintained in Transifex; please read
|
|||
doc/translation-help.txt for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Below is a list of past translators before we switched to Transifex; more can
|
||||
be found by looking in the Git history.
|
||||
be found by looking in the GIT history.
|
||||
|
||||
If your language is not already in the various po/ subdirectories and you wish
|
||||
it was, set up a team in Transifex for your language and we will be happy to
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
150
acinclude.m4
Normal file
150
acinclude.m4
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
|||
dnl acinclude.m4 - configure macros used by pacman and libalpm
|
||||
dnl Add some custom macros for pacman and libalpm
|
||||
|
||||
dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
|
||||
dnl adds -lssp to LIBS if it is available
|
||||
dnl ssp is usually provided as part of libc, but was previously a separate lib
|
||||
dnl It does not hurt to add -lssp even if libc provides SSP - in that case
|
||||
dnl libssp will simply be ignored.
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB],[
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libssp exists], ssp_cv_lib,
|
||||
[ssp_old_libs="$LIBS"
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -lssp"
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK(,, ssp_cv_lib=yes, ssp_cv_lib=no)
|
||||
LIBS="$ssp_old_libs"
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test $ssp_cv_lib = yes; then
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS -lssp"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
|
||||
dnl checks -fstack-protector-all with the C compiler, if it exists then updates
|
||||
dnl CFLAGS and defines ENABLE_SSP_CC
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC],[
|
||||
AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
|
||||
if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector-all],
|
||||
ssp_cv_cc,
|
||||
[ssp_old_cflags="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector-all"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, ssp_cv_cc=yes, ssp_cv_cc=no)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$ssp_old_cflags"
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test $ssp_cv_cc = yes; then
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector-all"
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SSP_CC], 1, [Define if SSP C support is enabled.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
|
||||
dnl checks -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE with the C compiler, if it exists then updates
|
||||
dnl CFLAGS
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC],[
|
||||
AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
|
||||
if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for FORTIFY_SOURCE support)
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <features.h>], [
|
||||
int main() {
|
||||
#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1) )
|
||||
#error No FORTIFY_SOURCE support
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
], [
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2"
|
||||
], [
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
|
||||
dnl checks -fvisibility=internal with the C compiler, if it exists then
|
||||
dnl defines ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC in both configure script and Makefiles
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([GCC_VISIBILITY_CC],[
|
||||
AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
|
||||
if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CC} accepts -fvisibility=internal],
|
||||
visibility_cv_cc,
|
||||
[visibility_old_cflags="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fvisibility=internal"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, visibility_cv_cc=yes, visibility_cv_cc=no)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$visibility_old_cflags"
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test $visibility_cv_cc = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC], 1, [Define if symbol visibility C support is enabled.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC], test "x$visibility_cv_cc" = "xyes")
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
|
||||
dnl checks -fgnu89-inline with the C compiler, if it exists then defines
|
||||
dnl ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC in both configure script and Makefiles
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC],[
|
||||
AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
|
||||
if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -fgnu89-inline],
|
||||
gnu89_inline_cv_cc,
|
||||
[ gnu89_inline_old_cflags="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fgnu89-inline"
|
||||
AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, gnu89_inline_cv_cc=yes, gnu89_inline_cv_cc=no)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$gnu89_inline_old_cflags"
|
||||
])
|
||||
if test $gnu89_inline_cv_cc = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC], 1, [Define if gnu89 inlining semantics should be used.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC], test "x$gnu89_inline_cv_cc" = "xyes")
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Checks for getmntinfo and determines whether it uses statfs or statvfs
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([FS_STATS_TYPE],
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([filesystem statistics type], fs_stats_cv_type,
|
||||
[AC_CHECK_FUNC(getmntinfo,
|
||||
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
|
||||
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
|
||||
# include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
# include <sys/mount.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
|
||||
#include <sys/ucred.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern int getmntinfo (struct statfs **, int);
|
||||
]],
|
||||
[])],
|
||||
[fs_stats_cv_type="struct statfs"],
|
||||
[fs_stats_cv_type="struct statvfs"])],
|
||||
[AC_CHECK_FUNC(getmntent,
|
||||
[fs_stats_cv_type="struct statvfs"])]
|
||||
)]
|
||||
)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(FSSTATSTYPE, [$fs_stats_cv_type],
|
||||
[Defined as the filesystem stats type ('statvfs' or 'statfs')])
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_func_getmntinfo = yes; then
|
||||
if test "$fs_stats_cv_type" = "struct statvfs"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATVFS], 1, [Define if getmntinfo() uses statvfs.])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATFS], 1, [Define if getmntinfo() uses statfs.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Checks for PATH_MAX and defines it if not present
|
||||
AC_DEFUN([PATH_MAX_DEFINED],
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([PATH_MAX defined], path_max_cv_defined,
|
||||
[AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [[
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#if defined(PATH_MAX)
|
||||
yes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
]],
|
||||
[path_max_cv_defined=yes],
|
||||
[path_max_cv_defined=no])]
|
||||
)
|
||||
if test $path_max_cv_defined = no; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([PATH_MAX], 4096, [Define if PATH_MAX is undefined by limits.h.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
32
autoclean.sh
Executable file
32
autoclean.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh -xu
|
||||
|
||||
[ -f Makefile ] && make distclean
|
||||
rm -rf autom4te.cache
|
||||
rm -f {Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f {config.h.in,config.h}
|
||||
rm -f config.status
|
||||
rm -f configure
|
||||
rm -f stamp*
|
||||
rm -f aclocal.m4
|
||||
rm -f compile
|
||||
rm -f libtool
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f lib/libalpm/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f src/util/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f src/pacman/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f scripts/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f etc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f etc/pacman.d/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f etc/abs/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f test/{pacman,util}{,/tests}/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f contrib/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f doc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f test/pacman/*.pyc
|
||||
rm -f doc/html/*.html
|
||||
rm -f doc/man3/*.3
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
|
||||
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/POTFILES
|
||||
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/stamp-po
|
||||
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/*.gmo
|
||||
6
autogen.sh
Executable file
6
autogen.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh -xu
|
||||
|
||||
aclocal -I m4 --install
|
||||
autoheader
|
||||
automake --foreign
|
||||
autoconf
|
||||
2
build-aux/.gitignore
vendored
2
build-aux/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
*
|
||||
!ltmain-asneeded.patch
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/usr/bin/python3
|
||||
|
||||
import sys
|
||||
|
||||
for path in sys.argv[1:]:
|
||||
print('# -----------------------------------')
|
||||
print('# ' + path + ':')
|
||||
print('# -----------------------------------')
|
||||
with open(path, 'r') as f:
|
||||
for line in f:
|
||||
print('# ' + line, end='')
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!@BASH@
|
||||
|
||||
input=$1
|
||||
output=$2
|
||||
mode=$3
|
||||
|
||||
sed \
|
||||
-e "s|@rootdir[@]|@ROOTDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@localedir[@]|@LOCALEDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@sysconfdir[@]|@sysconfdir@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@localstatedir[@]|@localstatedir@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@libmakepkgdir[@]|@LIBMAKEPKGDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|@PKGDATADIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@keyringdir[@]|@KEYRINGDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@prefix[@]|@PREFIX@|g" \
|
||||
-e "1s|#!/bin/bash|#!@BASH@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|@PACKAGE_VERSION@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|@PACKAGE_NAME@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@BUILDSCRIPT[@]|@BUILDSCRIPT@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@TEMPLATE_DIR[@]|@TEMPLATE_DIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@DEBUGSUFFIX[@]|@DEBUGSUFFIX@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@INODECMD[@]|@INODECMD@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@FILECMD[@]|@FILECMD@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@BSDTAR_NO_READ_SPARSE[@]|@BSDTAR_NO_READ_SPARSE@|g" \
|
||||
"$input" >"$output"
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $mode ]]; then
|
||||
chmod "$mode" "$output"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
set -eu
|
||||
|
||||
# this is needed mostly because $DESTDIR is provided as a variable,
|
||||
# and we need to create the target directory...
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir -vp "$(dirname "${DESTDIR:-}$2")"
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f "${DESTDIR:-}$2"
|
||||
ln -vs "$1" "${DESTDIR:-}$2"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/usr/bin/python
|
||||
|
||||
import json
|
||||
import sys
|
||||
|
||||
def print_result(result):
|
||||
print('==================================================================')
|
||||
print(result['name'])
|
||||
print(' '.join(result['command']))
|
||||
print('==================================================================')
|
||||
print(result['stdout'])
|
||||
|
||||
with open(sys.argv[1], 'r') as f:
|
||||
for line in f:
|
||||
result = json.loads(line)
|
||||
if result['result'] == 'FAIL':
|
||||
print_result(result)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
# This script serves as a trampoline for running scripts which depend on
|
||||
# libmakepkg with the libmakepkg within the build tree.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEPKG_LIBRARY=@BUILDDIR@/libmakepkg exec @BASH@ -$- @REAL_PROGPATH@ "$@"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
OLD=$1
|
||||
NEW=$2
|
||||
|
||||
for file in $(git grep -l "Copyright .* Pacman Development" | grep -v "\.po"); do \
|
||||
sed -i -e "/Copyright (/s/-${OLD}/-${NEW}/" -e "/Copyright (/s/ ${OLD}/ ${OLD}-${NEW}/" "$file"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
find_build_directory() {
|
||||
local build_dirs=(*/build.ninja)
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ ! -e ${build_dirs[0]} ]]; then
|
||||
echo "error: No build directory found. Have you run 'meson build' yet?" >&2
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
elif (( ${#build_dirs[*]} > 1 )); then
|
||||
echo "error: Multiple build directories found. Unable to proceed." >&2
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
printf '%s\n' "${build_dirs[0]%/*}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
filter_targets_by_name() {
|
||||
if command -v jq &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
jq --arg re "$1" -r 'map(.name)[] | select(match($re))'
|
||||
else
|
||||
json_pp | awk -v filter="$1" -F'[:"]' \
|
||||
'$2 == "name" && $(NF - 1) ~ filter { print $(NF - 1) }'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Make things simple and require that we're in the build root rather than
|
||||
# trying to chase down the location of this script and the relative build dir.
|
||||
if [[ ! -d .git ]]; then
|
||||
echo "This script must be run from the root of the repository" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
build_dir=$(find_build_directory) || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
mapfile -t targets < \
|
||||
<(meson introspect "$build_dir" --targets | filter_targets_by_name "-update-po$")
|
||||
|
||||
ninja -C "$build_dir" "${targets[@]}"
|
||||
1505
config.guess
vendored
Executable file
1505
config.guess
vendored
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
614
config.rpath
Executable file
614
config.rpath
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
|
||||
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
|
||||
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
|
||||
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
|
||||
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
|
||||
# should be set by the caller.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
|
||||
|
||||
# Known limitations:
|
||||
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
|
||||
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
|
||||
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
|
||||
# directory and/or the installation directory.
|
||||
|
||||
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
|
||||
# which needs '.lib').
|
||||
libext=a
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
|
||||
host="$1"
|
||||
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
|
||||
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
|
||||
|
||||
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
|
||||
case $cc_temp in
|
||||
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
|
||||
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
|
||||
\-*) ;;
|
||||
*) break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
|
||||
|
||||
wl=
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
icc* | ecc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ccc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
como)
|
||||
wl='-lopt='
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
|
||||
*Sun\ C*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sco3.2v5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
wl='-Qoption ld '
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
unicos*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
|
||||
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=no
|
||||
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix*)
|
||||
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
|
||||
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
|
||||
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
|
||||
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
|
||||
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
|
||||
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
|
||||
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
|
||||
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
|
||||
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
|
||||
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
|
||||
# them.
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix3*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
|
||||
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
|
||||
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
|
||||
# are no directories specified by -L.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
|
||||
# broken collect2.
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix4* | aix5*)
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
|
||||
# have to do anything special.
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
|
||||
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
|
||||
# need to do runtime linking.
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
|
||||
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
|
||||
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
|
||||
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
|
||||
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
|
||||
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
|
||||
then
|
||||
# We have reworked collect2
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
# We have old collect2
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
|
||||
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conftest.c conftest
|
||||
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
|
||||
else
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
|
||||
libext=lib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2.2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux10*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux11*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
hppa*64*|ia64*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4)
|
||||
case $host_vendor in
|
||||
sni)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
|
||||
;;
|
||||
siemens)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
motorola)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4.3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
if test -d /usr/nec; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
|
||||
libname_spec='lib$name'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix4* | aix5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
shrext=.dylib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
kfreebsd*-gnu)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
ia64*)
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hppa*64*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
irix5* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
libsuff= shlibsuff=
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case $LD in
|
||||
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
|
||||
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
|
||||
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
knetbsd*-gnu)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
nto-qnx*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
libname_spec='$name'
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
|
||||
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
|
||||
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
|
||||
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
|
||||
wl="$escaped_wl"
|
||||
|
||||
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
|
||||
libext="$libext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
|
||||
shlibext="$shlibext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
|
||||
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
1739
config.sub
vendored
Executable file
1739
config.sub
vendored
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
404
configure.ac
Normal file
404
configure.ac
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
|
|||
# -*- Autoconf -*-
|
||||
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
# Minimum version of autoconf required
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.62)
|
||||
|
||||
# UPDATING VERSION NUMBERS FOR RELEASES
|
||||
#
|
||||
# libalpm:
|
||||
# current
|
||||
# The most recent interface number that this library implements.
|
||||
# revision
|
||||
# The implementation number of the current interface.
|
||||
# age
|
||||
# The difference between the newest and oldest interfaces that this library
|
||||
# implements. In other words, the library implements all the interface
|
||||
# numbers in the range from number current - age to current.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library.
|
||||
# 2. Update the version information only immediately before a public release of
|
||||
# your software. More frequent updates are unnecessary, and only guarantee
|
||||
# that the current interface number gets larger faster.
|
||||
# 3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last update, then
|
||||
# increment revision (`c:r:a' becomes `c:r+1:a').
|
||||
# 4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the last
|
||||
# update, increment current, and set revision to 0.
|
||||
# 5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release, then
|
||||
# increment age.
|
||||
# 6. If any interfaces have been removed since the last public release, then
|
||||
# set age to 0.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pacman:
|
||||
# Extreme huge major changes:
|
||||
# pacman_version_major += 1
|
||||
# pacman_version_minor = 0
|
||||
# pacman_version_micro = 0
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Real releases:
|
||||
# pacman_version_minor += 1
|
||||
# pacman_version_micro = 0
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Bugfix releases:
|
||||
# pacman_version_micro += 1
|
||||
|
||||
m4_define([lib_current], [7])
|
||||
m4_define([lib_revision], [1])
|
||||
m4_define([lib_age], [0])
|
||||
|
||||
m4_define([pacman_version_major], [4])
|
||||
m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [0])
|
||||
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [1])
|
||||
m4_define([pacman_version],
|
||||
[pacman_version_major.pacman_version_minor.pacman_version_micro])
|
||||
|
||||
# Autoconf initialization
|
||||
AC_INIT([pacman], [pacman_version], [pacman-dev@archlinux.org])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
|
||||
|
||||
LIB_VERSION=`expr lib_current - lib_age`.lib_age.lib_revision
|
||||
LIB_VERSION_INFO="lib_current:lib_revision:lib_age"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set subsitution values for version stuff in Makefiles and anywhere else,
|
||||
# and put LIB_VERSION in config.h
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LIB_VERSION], ["$LIB_VERSION"], [libalpm version number])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for root directory
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(root-dir,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of the root operating directory]),
|
||||
[ROOTDIR=$withval], [ROOTDIR=/])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for package extension
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(pkg-ext,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkg-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by packages]),
|
||||
[PKGEXT=$withval], [PKGEXT=.pkg.tar.gz])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for source package directory
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(src-ext,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-src-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by source packages]),
|
||||
[SRCEXT=$withval], [SRCEXT=.src.tar.gz])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for buildscript filename
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(buildscript,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-buildscript=name], [set the build script name used by makepkg]),
|
||||
[BUILDSCRIPT=$withval], [BUILDSCRIPT=PKGBUILD])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for using OpenSSL
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(openssl,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-openssl], [use OpenSSL crypto implementations instead of internal routines]),
|
||||
[], [with_openssl=check])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for using gpgme
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(gpgme,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gpgme], [use GPGME for PGP signature verification]),
|
||||
[], [with_gpgme=check])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for useable libcurl
|
||||
LIBCURL_CHECK_CONFIG([yes], [7.19.4], [with_libcurl=yes], [with_libcurl=no])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for documentation
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(doc,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-doc], [prevent make from looking at doc/ dir]),
|
||||
[wantdoc=$enableval], [wantdoc=yes])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for doxygen
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(doxygen,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-doxygen], [build your own API docs via Doxygen]),
|
||||
[wantdoxygen=$enableval], [wantdoxygen=no])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for debug
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [enable debugging support]),
|
||||
[debug=$enableval], [debug=no])
|
||||
|
||||
# Help line for using git version in pacman version string
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(git-version,
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-git-version],
|
||||
[enable use of git version in version string if available]),
|
||||
[wantgitver=$enableval], [wantgitver=no])
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for programs.
|
||||
AC_PROG_AWK
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC_C99
|
||||
AC_PROG_CXX
|
||||
AC_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
AC_PROG_LN_S
|
||||
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
|
||||
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
|
||||
AC_PROG_RANLIB
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2 python], [false])
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4 bash3], [false])
|
||||
|
||||
# find installed gettext
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13.1)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([m], [fabs], ,
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([libm is needed to compile pacman!]))
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for libarchive
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([archive], [archive_read_data], ,
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([libarchive is needed to compile pacman!]))
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for OpenSSL
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libssl)
|
||||
AS_IF([test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"],
|
||||
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([ssl], [MD5_Final], ,
|
||||
[if test "x$with_openssl" != "xcheck"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-openssl was given, but -lssl was not found])
|
||||
fi],
|
||||
[-lcrypto])
|
||||
with_openssl=$ac_cv_lib_ssl_MD5_Final],
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBSSL], [test "x$with_openssl" = "xyes"])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for gpgme
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libgpgme)
|
||||
AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" != "xno"],
|
||||
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([gpgme], [gpgme_check_version], ,
|
||||
[if test "x$with_gpgme" != "xcheck"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-ggpme was given, but -lgpgme was not found])
|
||||
fi],
|
||||
[-lgpgme])
|
||||
with_gpgme=$ac_cv_lib_gpgme_gpgme_check_version],
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [test "x$with_gpgme" = "xyes"])
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for header files.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h float.h glob.h libintl.h limits.h locale.h \
|
||||
mntent.h stddef.h string.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mount.h \
|
||||
sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h sys/time.h sys/types.h \
|
||||
sys/ucred.h syslog.h termios.h wchar.h])
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
|
||||
AC_C_INLINE
|
||||
AC_TYPE_INT64_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_OFF_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_PID_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
|
||||
AC_STRUCT_TM
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UID_T
|
||||
AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
|
||||
PATH_MAX_DEFINED
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for library functions.
|
||||
AC_FUNC_FORK
|
||||
AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
|
||||
AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
|
||||
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
|
||||
AC_FUNC_MKTIME
|
||||
AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 getcwd geteuid getmntinfo gettimeofday memmove memset \
|
||||
mkdir realpath regcomp rmdir setenv setlocale strcasecmp \
|
||||
strchr strcspn strdup strerror strndup strrchr strsep strstr \
|
||||
strtol swprintf tcflush wcwidth uname])
|
||||
|
||||
# For the diskspace code
|
||||
FS_STATS_TYPE
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_flag],,,[[#include <sys/statvfs.h>]])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_flags],,,[[#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/mount.h>]])
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable large file support if available
|
||||
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if we can use symbol visibility support in GCC
|
||||
GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
|
||||
# Check if we have -fgnu89-inline flag
|
||||
GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
|
||||
|
||||
# Host-dependant definitions
|
||||
SIZECMD="stat -L -c %s"
|
||||
SEDINPLACE="sed -i"
|
||||
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
|
||||
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
|
||||
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
|
||||
case "${host_os}" in
|
||||
*bsd*)
|
||||
SIZECMD="stat -L -f %z"
|
||||
SEDINPLACE="sed -i \"\""
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin*)
|
||||
host_os_cygwin=yes
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DCYGWIN"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
host_os_darwin=yes
|
||||
SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -L -f %z"
|
||||
SEDINPLACE="/usr/bin/sed -i ''"
|
||||
STRIP_BINARIES=""
|
||||
STRIP_SHARED="-S"
|
||||
STRIP_STATIC="-S"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([CYGWIN], test "x$host_os_cygwin" = "xyes")
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([DARWIN], test "x$host_os_darwin" = "xyes")
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROGS([DUPATH], [du], [du], [/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/bin] )
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SIZECMD)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SEDINPLACE)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(STRIP_BINARIES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC)
|
||||
|
||||
# Variables plugged into makepkg.conf
|
||||
CARCH="${host%%-*}"
|
||||
CHOST="${host}"
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CARCH)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CHOST)
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for documentation support and status
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building documentation])
|
||||
if test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
if test $ASCIIDOC ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, enabled by configure])
|
||||
else
|
||||
asciidoc="(warning : asciidoc not installed)"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes $asciidoc])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
wantdoc=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
|
||||
wantdoc=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_DOC, test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes")
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for doxygen support and status
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for doxygen])
|
||||
if test "x$wantdoxygen" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
if test $DOXYGEN ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
usedoxygen=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, doxygen missing])
|
||||
usedoxygen=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
|
||||
usedoxygen=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_DOXYGEN, test "x$usedoxygen" = "xyes")
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable or disable debug code
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for debug mode request)
|
||||
if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([PACMAN_DEBUG], , [Enable debug code])
|
||||
# Check for mcheck
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([mcheck.h])
|
||||
# Check for -fstack-protector availability
|
||||
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
|
||||
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
|
||||
GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g -Wall -Werror"
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable or disable use of git version in pacman version string
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use git version if available)
|
||||
if test "x$wantgitver" = "xyes" ; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
|
||||
if test $GIT -a "x$hasgitdir" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
usegitver=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([USE_GIT_VERSION], , [Use GIT version in version string])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, git or .git dir missing])
|
||||
usegitver=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
|
||||
usegitver=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_GIT_VERSION, test "x$usegitver" = "xyes")
|
||||
|
||||
# Set root directory
|
||||
AC_SUBST(ROOTDIR)
|
||||
# Set package file extension
|
||||
AC_SUBST(PKGEXT)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PKGEXT], "$PKGEXT", [The file extension used by pacman packages])
|
||||
# Set source package file extension
|
||||
AC_SUBST(SRCEXT)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SRCEXT], "$SRCEXT", [The file extension used by pacman source packages])
|
||||
# Set makepkg build script name
|
||||
AC_SUBST(BUILDSCRIPT)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BUILDSCRIPT], "$BUILDSCRIPT", [The build script name used by makepkg])
|
||||
|
||||
# Configuration files
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
|
||||
lib/libalpm/Makefile
|
||||
lib/libalpm/po/Makefile.in
|
||||
src/pacman/Makefile
|
||||
src/pacman/po/Makefile.in
|
||||
src/util/Makefile
|
||||
scripts/Makefile
|
||||
scripts/po/Makefile.in
|
||||
doc/Makefile
|
||||
etc/Makefile
|
||||
test/pacman/Makefile
|
||||
test/pacman/tests/Makefile
|
||||
test/util/Makefile
|
||||
contrib/Makefile
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
||||
|
||||
echo "
|
||||
${PACKAGE_NAME}:
|
||||
|
||||
Build information:
|
||||
source code location : ${srcdir}
|
||||
prefix : ${prefix}
|
||||
sysconfdir : $(eval echo ${sysconfdir})
|
||||
conf file : $(eval echo ${sysconfdir})/pacman.conf
|
||||
localstatedir : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})
|
||||
database dir : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/lib/pacman/
|
||||
cache dir : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/cache/pacman/pkg/
|
||||
|
||||
compiler : ${CC}
|
||||
preprocessor flags : ${CPPFLAGS}
|
||||
compiler flags : ${CFLAGS}
|
||||
defines : ${DEFS}
|
||||
library flags : ${LIBS}
|
||||
linker flags : ${LDFLAGS}
|
||||
|
||||
Architecture : ${CARCH}
|
||||
Host Type : ${CHOST}
|
||||
Filesize command : ${SIZECMD}
|
||||
In-place sed command : ${SEDINPLACE}
|
||||
|
||||
libalpm version : ${LIB_VERSION}
|
||||
libalpm version info : ${LIB_VERSION_INFO}
|
||||
pacman version : ${PACKAGE_VERSION}
|
||||
using git version : ${usegitver}
|
||||
|
||||
Directory and file information:
|
||||
root working directory : ${ROOTDIR}
|
||||
package extension : ${PKGEXT}
|
||||
source pkg extension : ${SRCEXT}
|
||||
build script name : ${BUILDSCRIPT}
|
||||
|
||||
Compilation options:
|
||||
Use libcurl : ${with_libcurl}
|
||||
Use GPGME : ${with_gpgme}
|
||||
Use OpenSSL : ${with_openssl}
|
||||
Run make in doc/ dir : ${wantdoc} ${asciidoc}
|
||||
Doxygen support : ${usedoxygen}
|
||||
debug support : ${debug}
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
10
contrib/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
10
contrib/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
|||
bacman
|
||||
bash_completion
|
||||
paccache
|
||||
pacdiff
|
||||
paclist
|
||||
paclog-pkglist
|
||||
pacscripts
|
||||
pacsearch
|
||||
wget-xdelta.sh
|
||||
zsh_completion
|
||||
65
contrib/Makefile.am
Normal file
65
contrib/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
|||
OURSCRIPTS = \
|
||||
bacman \
|
||||
paccache \
|
||||
pacdiff \
|
||||
paclist \
|
||||
paclog-pkglist \
|
||||
pacscripts \
|
||||
pacsearch
|
||||
|
||||
OURFILES = \
|
||||
bash_completion \
|
||||
zsh_completion
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
PKGBUILD.vim \
|
||||
bacman.in \
|
||||
bash_completion.in \
|
||||
paccache.in \
|
||||
paclog-pkglist.in \
|
||||
pacdiff.in \
|
||||
paclist.in \
|
||||
pacscripts.in \
|
||||
pacsearch.in \
|
||||
vimprojects \
|
||||
zsh_completion.in \
|
||||
README
|
||||
|
||||
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
|
||||
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES) *.tmp
|
||||
|
||||
edit = sed \
|
||||
-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@SIZECMD[@]|$(SIZECMD)|g' \
|
||||
-e '1s|!/bin/bash|!$(BASH_SHELL)|g'
|
||||
|
||||
$(OURSCRIPTS): Makefile
|
||||
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
|
||||
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
|
||||
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
|
||||
@chmod +x $@.tmp
|
||||
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
|
||||
@mv $@.tmp $@
|
||||
|
||||
$(OURFILES): Makefile
|
||||
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
|
||||
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
|
||||
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
|
||||
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
|
||||
@mv $@.tmp $@
|
||||
|
||||
all-am: $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES)
|
||||
|
||||
bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.in
|
||||
bash_completion: $(srcdir)/bash_completion.in
|
||||
paccache: $(srcdir)/paccache.in
|
||||
pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.in
|
||||
paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.in
|
||||
paclog-pkglist: $(srcdir)/paclog-pkglist.in
|
||||
pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.in
|
||||
pacsearch: $(srcdir)/pacsearch.in
|
||||
pactree: $(srcdir)/pactree.in
|
||||
zsh_completion: $(srcdir)/zsh_completion.in
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
278
contrib/PKGBUILD.vim
Normal file
278
contrib/PKGBUILD.vim
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
|
|||
" Vim syntax file
|
||||
" Language: PKGBUILD
|
||||
" Maintainer: Alessio 'mOLOk' Bolognino <themolok at gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2007/05/08
|
||||
" Version Info: PKGBUILD-0.2 (colorphobic)
|
||||
|
||||
" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
|
||||
" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
|
||||
if version < 600
|
||||
syntax clear
|
||||
elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let b:main_syntax = "sh"
|
||||
let b:is_bash = 1
|
||||
runtime! syntax/sh.vim
|
||||
|
||||
" case on
|
||||
syn case match
|
||||
|
||||
" pkgname
|
||||
" FIXME if '=' is in pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_pkgname pkgname contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidPkgname /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgname
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalPkgname /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbPkgnameGroup /^pkgname=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgname,pb_k_pkgname,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" pkgbase
|
||||
" FIXME if '=' is in pkgbase/pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_pkgbase pkgbase contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidPkgbase /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgbase
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalPkgbase /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbPkgbaseGroup /^pkgbase=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgbase,pb_k_pkgbase,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" pkgver
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_pkgver pkgver contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidPkgver /\([[:alnum:]]\|\.\|+\|_\)/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalPkgver /[^[:alnum:]+=\.\_]\|=.*=/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbPkgverGroup /^pkgver=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgver,pbValidPkgver,pb_k_pkgver,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" pkgrel
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_pkgrel pkgrel contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgrel
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalPkgrel /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbPkgrelGroup /^pkgrel=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgrel,pbValidPkgrel,pb_k_pkgrel,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" pkgdesc
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_desc pkgdesc contained
|
||||
" 90 chars: 80 for description, 8 for pkgdesc and 2 for ''
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalPkgdesc /.\{90,}\|=['"]\?.*['" ]\+[iI][sS] [aA]/ contained contains=pbPkgdescSign
|
||||
syn match pbValidPkgdesc /[^='"]\.\{,80}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc
|
||||
syn match pbPkgdescGroup /^pkgdesc=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc,pb_k_desc,pbValidPkgdesc,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
syn match pbPkgdescSign /[='"]/ contained
|
||||
|
||||
" epoch
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_epoch epoch contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidEpoch /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalEpoch
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalEpoch /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbEpochGroup /^epoch=.*/ contains=pbIllegalEpoch,pbValidEpoch,pb_k_epoch,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" url
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_url url contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidUrl /['"]*\(https\|http\|ftp\)\:\/.*\.\+.*/ contained
|
||||
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalUrl /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidUrl
|
||||
syn match pbUrlGroup /^url=.*/ contains=pbValidUrl,pb_k_url,pbIllegalUrl,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" license
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_license license contained
|
||||
" echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep '/usr/share/licenses/common/' | cut -d'/' -f6 | sort -u)
|
||||
syn keyword pbLicense APACHE CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RALINK RUBY ZPL contained
|
||||
" special cases from http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
|
||||
syn keyword pbLicenseSpecial BSD MIT ZLIB Python contained
|
||||
syn match pbLicenseCustom /custom\(:[[:alnum:]]*\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense
|
||||
syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
|
||||
|
||||
" backup
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_backup backup contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidBackup /\.\?[[:alpha:]]*\/[[:alnum:]\{\}+._$-]*]*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbBackupGroup start=/^backup=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_backup,pbValidBackup,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" arch
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_arch arch contained
|
||||
syn keyword pbArch i686 x86_64 ppc any contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalArch /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbArch
|
||||
syn region pbArchGroup start=/^arch=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_arch,pbArch,pbIllegalArch
|
||||
|
||||
" groups
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_groups groups contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidGroups /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbGroupsGroup start=/^groups=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_groups,pbValidGroups,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" depends
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_depends depends contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidDepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbDependsGroup start=/^depends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_depends,pbValidDepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" makedepends
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_makedepends makedepends contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidMakedepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbMakedependsGroup start=/^makedepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_makedepends,pbValidMakedepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" optdepends
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_optdepends optdepends contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidOptdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbOptdependsGroup start=/^optdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_optdepends,pbValidOptdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" checkdepends
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_ckdepends ckdepends contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidCkdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbCkdependsGroup start=/^checkdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_ckdepends,pbValidCkdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" conflicts
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_conflicts conflicts contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidConflicts /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbConflictsGroup start=/^conflicts=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_conflicts,pbValidConflicts,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" provides
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_provides provides contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidProvides /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbProvidesGroup start=/^provides=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_provides,pbValidProvides,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" replaces
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_replaces replaces contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidReplaces /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbReplacesGroup start=/^replaces=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_replaces,pbValidReplaces,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" install
|
||||
" XXX remove install from bashStatement, fix strange bug
|
||||
syn clear bashStatement
|
||||
syn keyword bashStatement chmod clear complete du egrep expr fgrep find gnufind gnugrep grep less ls mkdir mv rm rmdir rpm sed sleep sort strip tail touch
|
||||
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_install install contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidInstall /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*\.install/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalInstall /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidInstall
|
||||
syn match pbInstallGroup /^install=.*/ contains=pb_k_install,pbValidInstall,pbIllegalInstall,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" changelog
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_changelog changelog contained
|
||||
syn match pbValidChangelog /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalChangelog /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidChangelog
|
||||
syn match pbChangelogGroup /^changelog=.*/ contains=pb_k_changelog,pbValidChangelog,pbIllegalChangelog,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" source:
|
||||
" XXX remove source from shStatement, fix strange bug
|
||||
syn clear shStatement
|
||||
syn keyword shStatement xxx wait getopts return autoload whence printf true popd nohup enable r trap readonly fc fg kill ulimit umask disown stop pushd read history logout times local exit test pwd time eval integer suspend dirs shopt hash false newgrp bg print jobs continue functions exec help cd break unalias chdir type shift builtin let bind
|
||||
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_source source contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalSource /\(http\|ftp\|https\).*\.\+\(dl\|download.\?\)\.\(sourceforge\|sf\).net/
|
||||
syn region pbSourceGroup start=/^source=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_source,pbIllegalSource,shNumber,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote,pbDerefEmulation
|
||||
syn match pbDerefEmulation /\$[{]\?[[:alnum:]_]*[}]\?/ contained
|
||||
hi def link pbDerefEmulation PreProc
|
||||
|
||||
" md5sums
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_md5sums md5sums contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalMd5sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
|
||||
syn match pbValidMd5sums /\x\{32\}/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbMd5sumsGroup start=/^md5sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_md5sums,pbMd5Quotes,pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums keepend
|
||||
syn match pbMd5Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums
|
||||
syn match pbMd5Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
|
||||
hi def link pbMd5Quotes Keyword
|
||||
hi def link pbMd5Hash Error
|
||||
hi def link pbValidMd5sums Number
|
||||
|
||||
" sha1sums
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_sha1sums sha1sums contained
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalSha1sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
|
||||
syn match pbValidSha1sums /\x\{40\}/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbSha1sumsGroup start=/^sha1sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha1sums,pbSha1Quotes,pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums keepend
|
||||
syn match pbSha1Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums
|
||||
syn match pbSha1Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
|
||||
hi def link pbSha1Quotes Keyword
|
||||
hi def link pbSha1Hash Error
|
||||
hi def link pbValidSha1sums Number
|
||||
|
||||
" options
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_options options contained
|
||||
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbOptionsNeg /\!/ contained
|
||||
syn match pbOptionsDeprec /no/ contained
|
||||
syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
syn match pbIllegalOption /[^!"'()= ]/ contained contains=pbOptionsDeprec,pbOptions
|
||||
|
||||
" noextract
|
||||
syn match pbNoextract /[[:alnum:]+._${}-]\+/ contained
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_noextract noextract contained
|
||||
syn region pbNoextractGroup start=/^noextract=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_noextract,pbNoextract,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
|
||||
|
||||
" comments
|
||||
syn keyword pb_k_maintainer Maintainer Contributor contained
|
||||
syn match pbMaintainerGroup /Maintainer.*/ contains=pbMaintainer contained
|
||||
|
||||
syn match pbDate /[0-9]\{4}\/[0-9]\{2}\/[0-9]\{2}/ contained
|
||||
|
||||
syn cluster pbCommentGroup contains=pbTodo,pb_k_maintainer,pbMaintainerGroup,pbDate
|
||||
syn keyword pbTodo contained COMBAK FIXME TODO XXX
|
||||
syn match pbComment "^#.*$" contains=@pbCommentGroup
|
||||
syn match pbComment "[^0-9]#.*$" contains=@pbCommentGroup
|
||||
|
||||
" quotes are handled by sh.vim
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbComment Comment
|
||||
hi def link pbTodo Todo
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalPkgname Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_pkgname pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalPkgbase Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_pkgbase pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalPkgver Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_pkgver pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalPkgrel Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_pkgrel pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalPkgdesc Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_desc pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalEpoch Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_epoch pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalUrl Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_url pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_license pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalLicense Error
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_backup pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_arch pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalArch Error
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_groups pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_makedepends pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_optdepends pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_ckdepends pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_depends pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_replaces pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_conflicts pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_provides pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalInstall Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_install pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalChangelog Error
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_changelog pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_source pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalSource Error
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_md5sums pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalMd5sums Error
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_sha1sums pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalSha1sums Error
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_options pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbOptionsDeprec Todo
|
||||
hi def link pbIllegalOption Error
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_noextract pbKeywords
|
||||
hi def link pbNoextract Normal
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pb_k_maintainer pbKeywords
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbKeywords Keyword
|
||||
|
||||
hi def link pbDate Special
|
||||
|
||||
"syntax include @SHELL syntax/sh.vim
|
||||
"syntax region BUILD start=/^build()/ end=/^}/ contains=@SHELL
|
||||
"let b:current_syntax = "PKGBUILD"
|
||||
|
||||
" vim: ft=vim
|
||||
30
contrib/README
Normal file
30
contrib/README
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
|||
Here is a brief description of the files included in this directory:
|
||||
|
||||
PKGBUILD.vim - a vim/gvim syntax file for PKGBUILDs. Colors known variable
|
||||
names, highlights common errors such as invalid characters in pkgname or
|
||||
pkgver, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
bash_completion - a bash completion script for pacman, install in
|
||||
/etc/bash_completion.d/ for use (but rename to something descriptive!).
|
||||
|
||||
zsh_completion - a zsh completion script, install (with a rename) to
|
||||
/usr/share/zsh/site-functions/.
|
||||
|
||||
pacdiff - a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater for /etc/.
|
||||
|
||||
paclist - list all packages installed from a given repository. Useful for
|
||||
seeing which packages you may have installed from the testing repository,
|
||||
for instance.
|
||||
|
||||
pacscripts - tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
|
||||
scripts of a given package.
|
||||
|
||||
pacsearch - a colorized search combining both -Ss and -Qs output. Installed
|
||||
packages are easily identified with a *** and local-only packages are also
|
||||
listed.
|
||||
|
||||
bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
|
||||
database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
|
||||
|
||||
vimprojects - a project file for the vim project plugin.
|
||||
|
||||
306
contrib/bacman.in
Executable file
306
contrib/bacman.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# bacman: recreate a package from a running system
|
||||
# This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
|
||||
# stored into the pacman database and system files
|
||||
#
|
||||
# (c) 2008 - locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
shopt -s extglob
|
||||
shopt -s nullglob
|
||||
|
||||
readonly progname="bacman"
|
||||
readonly progver="0.2.1"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# User Friendliness
|
||||
#
|
||||
usage() {
|
||||
echo "This program recreates a package using pacman's db and system files"
|
||||
echo "Usage: $progname <installed package name>"
|
||||
echo "Example: $progname kernel26"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (( $# != 1 )); then
|
||||
usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $1 == "--help" || $1 == "-h" ]]; then
|
||||
usage
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $1 == "--version" || $1 == "-v" ]]; then
|
||||
echo "$progname version $progver"
|
||||
echo "Copyright (C) 2008 locci"
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Fakeroot support
|
||||
#
|
||||
if (( EUID )); then
|
||||
if [[ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]]; then
|
||||
echo "Entering fakeroot environment"
|
||||
export INFAKEROOT="1"
|
||||
/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- "$0" "$@"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "WARNING: installing fakeroot or running ${progname} as root is required to"
|
||||
echo " preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting environmental variables
|
||||
#
|
||||
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]]; then
|
||||
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
|
||||
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}/local"
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf ]]; then
|
||||
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
source "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
|
||||
if [[ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]]; then
|
||||
source ~/.makepkg.conf
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_arch=${CARCH:-'unknown'}
|
||||
pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
|
||||
pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_name="$1"
|
||||
pkg_dir=("$pac_db/$pkg_name"-+([^-])-+([^-]))
|
||||
pkg_namver=("${pkg_dir[@]##*/}")
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Checks everything is in place
|
||||
#
|
||||
if [[ ! -d $pac_db ]]; then
|
||||
echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if (( ${#pkg_dir[@]} != 1 )); then
|
||||
printf "ERROR: %d entries for package %s found in pacman database\n" \
|
||||
${#pkg_dir[@]} "${pkg_name}"
|
||||
printf "%s\n" "${pkg_dir[@]}"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ ! -d $pkg_dir ]]; then
|
||||
printf "ERROR: package %s is found in pacman database,\n" "${pkg_name}"
|
||||
printf " but \`%s' is not a directory\n" "${pkg_dir}"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Begin
|
||||
#
|
||||
echo "Package: ${pkg_namver}"
|
||||
work_dir=$(mktemp -d --tmpdir bacman.XXXXXXXXXX)
|
||||
cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File copying
|
||||
#
|
||||
echo "Copying package files..."
|
||||
|
||||
cat "$pkg_dir"/files |
|
||||
while read i; do
|
||||
if [[ -z $i ]]; then
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $i == %+([A-Z])% ]]; then
|
||||
current=$i
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$current" in
|
||||
%FILES%)
|
||||
ret=0
|
||||
if [[ -e /$i ]]; then
|
||||
bsdtar -cnf - "/$i" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf -
|
||||
|
||||
# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
|
||||
if ! [[ -e $work_dir/$i || -L $work_dir/$i ]]; then
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "ERROR: unable to add /$i to the package"
|
||||
echo " If your user does not have permssion to read this file then"
|
||||
echo " you will need to run $progname as root"
|
||||
rm -rf "$work_dir"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "WARNING: package file /$i is missing"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
ret=$?
|
||||
if (( ret )); then
|
||||
rm -rf "$work_dir"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# .PKGINFO stuff
|
||||
# TODO adopt makepkg's write_pkginfo() into this or scripts/library
|
||||
#
|
||||
echo Generating .PKGINFO metadata...
|
||||
echo "# Generated by $progname $progver" > .PKGINFO
|
||||
if [[ $INFAKEROOT == "1" ]]; then
|
||||
echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
echo "#" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
|
||||
cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files} |
|
||||
while read i; do
|
||||
if [[ -z $i ]]; then
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $i == %+([A-Z])% ]]; then
|
||||
current=$i
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$current" in
|
||||
# desc
|
||||
%NAME%)
|
||||
echo "pkgname = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%VERSION%)
|
||||
echo "pkgver = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%DESC%)
|
||||
echo "pkgdesc = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%URL%)
|
||||
echo "url = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%LICENSE%)
|
||||
echo "license = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%ARCH%)
|
||||
echo "arch = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%BUILDDATE%)
|
||||
echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%PACKAGER%)
|
||||
echo "packager = $pkg_pkger" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%SIZE%)
|
||||
echo "size = $pkg_size" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%GROUPS%)
|
||||
echo "group = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%REPLACES%)
|
||||
echo "replaces = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%DEPENDS%)
|
||||
echo "depend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%OPTDEPENDS%)
|
||||
echo "optdepend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%CONFLICTS%)
|
||||
echo "conflict = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
%PROVIDES%)
|
||||
echo "provides = $i" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
# files
|
||||
%BACKUP%)
|
||||
# strip the md5sum after the tab
|
||||
echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}" >> .PKGINFO
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
comp_files=".PKGINFO"
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ -f $pkg_dir/install ]]; then
|
||||
cp "$pkg_dir/install" "$work_dir/.INSTALL"
|
||||
comp_files+=" .INSTALL"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if [[ -f $pkg_dir/changelog ]]; then
|
||||
cp "$pkg_dir/changelog" "$work_dir/.CHANGELOG"
|
||||
comp_files+=" .CHANGELOG"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Fixes owner:group and permissions for .PKGINFO, .CHANGELOG, .INSTALL
|
||||
#
|
||||
chown root:root "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
|
||||
chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Generate the package
|
||||
#
|
||||
echo "Generating the package..."
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_file="$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch${PKGEXT}"
|
||||
ret=0
|
||||
|
||||
# TODO: Maybe this can be set globally for robustness
|
||||
shopt -s -o pipefail
|
||||
bsdtar -cf - $comp_files * |
|
||||
case "$PKGEXT" in
|
||||
*tar.gz) gzip -c -f -n ;;
|
||||
*tar.bz2) bzip2 -c -f ;;
|
||||
*tar.xz) xz -c -z - ;;
|
||||
*tar.Z) compress -c -f ;;
|
||||
*tar) cat ;;
|
||||
*) echo "WARNING: '%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
|
||||
"$PKGEXT" >&2; cat ;;
|
||||
esac > "${pkg_file}"; ret=$?
|
||||
|
||||
if (( ret )); then
|
||||
echo "ERROR: unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
|
||||
echo " Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
|
||||
rm -rf "$work_dir"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
rm -rf "$work_dir"
|
||||
|
||||
echo Done
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
|
||||
129
contrib/bash_completion.in
Normal file
129
contrib/bash_completion.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
|||
# This file is in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
_arch_compgen() {
|
||||
local i r
|
||||
COMPREPLY=($(compgen -W '$*' -- "$cur"))
|
||||
for ((i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++)); do
|
||||
for r in ${!COMPREPLY[@]}; do
|
||||
if [[ ${COMP_WORDS[i]} = ${COMPREPLY[r]} ]]; then
|
||||
unset 'COMPREPLY[r]'; break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_arch_ptr2comp() {
|
||||
local list= x y
|
||||
for x; do
|
||||
for y in '0 --' '1 -'; do
|
||||
eval 'set -- ${'$x'[${y% *}]}'
|
||||
list+=\ ${@/#/${y#* }}
|
||||
done
|
||||
done
|
||||
_arch_compgen $list
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_arch_incomp() {
|
||||
local r="\s-(-${1#* }\s|\w*${1% *})"; [[ $COMP_LINE =~ $r ]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_pacman_key() {
|
||||
local cur opts prev
|
||||
COMPREPLY=()
|
||||
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
|
||||
if [[ $cur = -* &&
|
||||
$prev != -@(a|-add|c|-config|g|-gpgdir|h|-help|import?(-trustdb)) ]]; then
|
||||
opts=('add delete export finger help list-keys recv-keys updatedb verify version
|
||||
config edit-key gpgdir import import-trustdb init keyserver list-sigs
|
||||
lsign-key populate refresh-keys'
|
||||
'a d e f h l r u v V')
|
||||
_arch_ptr2comp opts
|
||||
fi
|
||||
true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_makepkg() {
|
||||
local cur opts prev
|
||||
COMPREPLY=()
|
||||
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
|
||||
if [[ $cur = -* && ! $prev =~ ^-(-(config|help)$|\w*[Chp]) ]]; then
|
||||
opts=('allsource asroot check clean config force geninteg help holdver ignorearch
|
||||
install log nobuild nocheck nocolor noconfirm nodeps noextract noprogressbar
|
||||
nosign pkg repackage rmdeps sign skipinteg source syncdeps'
|
||||
'A L R S c d e f g h i m o p r s')
|
||||
_arch_ptr2comp opts
|
||||
fi
|
||||
true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_pacman_pkg() {
|
||||
_arch_compgen "$(
|
||||
if [[ $2 ]]; then
|
||||
\pacman -$1 | \cut -d' ' -f1 | \sort -u
|
||||
else
|
||||
\pacman -$1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
)"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_pacman() {
|
||||
local common core cur database prev query remove sync upgrade o
|
||||
COMPREPLY=()
|
||||
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
|
||||
database=('asdeps asexplicit')
|
||||
query=('changelog check deps explicit file foreign groups info list owns
|
||||
search unrequired upgrades' 'c e g i k l m o p s t u')
|
||||
remove=('cascade dbonly nodeps nosave print recursive unneeded' 'c n p s u')
|
||||
sync=('asdeps asexplicit clean dbonly downloadonly force groups ignore ignoregroup
|
||||
info list needed nodeps print refresh recursive search sysupgrade'
|
||||
'c f g i l p s u w y')
|
||||
upgrade=('asdeps asexplicit force needed nodeps print recursive' 'f p')
|
||||
common=('arch cachedir config dbpath debug help logfile noconfirm
|
||||
noprogressbar noscriptlet quiet root verbose' 'b d h q r v')
|
||||
core=('database help query remove sync upgrade version' 'D Q R S U V h')
|
||||
|
||||
for o in 'D database' 'Q query' 'R remove' 'S sync' 'U upgrade'; do
|
||||
_arch_incomp "$o" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
|
||||
_arch_ptr2comp core
|
||||
elif [[ ! $prev =~ ^-\w*[Vbhr] &&
|
||||
! $prev = --@(cachedir|config|dbpath|help|logfile|root|version) ]]
|
||||
then
|
||||
[[ $cur = -* ]] && _arch_ptr2comp ${o#* } common ||
|
||||
case ${o% *} in
|
||||
D|R)
|
||||
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
|
||||
Q)
|
||||
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Qg sort; } ||
|
||||
{ _arch_incomp 'p file' && _pacman_file; } ||
|
||||
_arch_incomp 'o owns' || _arch_incomp 'u upgrades' ||
|
||||
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
|
||||
S)
|
||||
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Sg; } ||
|
||||
{ _arch_incomp 'l list' && _pacman_pkg Sl sort; } ||
|
||||
_pacman_pkg Slq;;
|
||||
U)
|
||||
_pacman_file;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $(type -t compopt) = "builtin" ]]; then
|
||||
_pacman_file() {
|
||||
compopt -o filenames; _filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
|
||||
}
|
||||
complete -F _pacman -o default pacman
|
||||
else
|
||||
_pacman_file() {
|
||||
_filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
|
||||
}
|
||||
complete -F _pacman -o filenames -o default pacman
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
complete -F _makepkg -o default makepkg
|
||||
complete -F _pacman_key -o default pacman-key
|
||||
|
||||
# ex:et ts=2 sw=2 ft=sh
|
||||
303
contrib/paccache.in
Executable file
303
contrib/paccache.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pacache - flexible pacman cache cleaning
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
shopt -s extglob
|
||||
|
||||
declare -a candidates=() cmdopts=() whitelist=() blacklist=()
|
||||
declare -i delete=0 dryrun=0 filecount=0 move=0 needsroot=0 totalsaved=0 verbose=0
|
||||
declare cachedir=@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg delim=$'\n' keep=3 movedir= scanarch=
|
||||
|
||||
msg() {
|
||||
local mesg=$1; shift
|
||||
printf "==> $mesg\n" "$@"
|
||||
} >&2
|
||||
|
||||
error() {
|
||||
local mesg=$1; shift
|
||||
printf "==> ERROR: $mesg\n" "$@"
|
||||
} >&2
|
||||
|
||||
die() {
|
||||
error "$@"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# reads a list of files on stdin and prints out deletion candidates
|
||||
pkgfilter() {
|
||||
# there's whitelist and blacklist parameters passed to this
|
||||
# script after the block of awk.
|
||||
|
||||
awk -v keep="$1" -v scanarch="$2" '
|
||||
function parse_filename(filename, parts, count, i, pkgname, arch) {
|
||||
|
||||
count = split(filename, parts, "-")
|
||||
|
||||
i = 1
|
||||
pkgname = parts[i++]
|
||||
while (i <= count - 3) {
|
||||
pkgname = pkgname "-" parts[i++]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
arch = substr(parts[count], 1, index(parts[count], ".") - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
# filter on whitelist or blacklist
|
||||
if (wlen && !whitelist[pkgname]) return
|
||||
if (blen && blacklist[pkgname]) return
|
||||
|
||||
if ("" == packages[pkgname,arch]) {
|
||||
packages[pkgname,arch] = filename
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
packages[pkgname,arch] = packages[pkgname,arch] SUBSEP filename
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN {
|
||||
# create whitelist
|
||||
wlen = ARGV[1]; delete ARGV[1]
|
||||
for (i = 2; i < 2 + wlen; i++) {
|
||||
whitelist[ARGV[i]] = 1
|
||||
delete ARGV[i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# create blacklist
|
||||
blen = ARGV[i]; delete ARGV[i]
|
||||
while (i++ < ARGC) {
|
||||
blacklist[ARGV[i]] = 1
|
||||
delete ARGV[i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# read package filenames
|
||||
while (getline < "/dev/stdin") {
|
||||
parse_filename($0)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (pkglist in packages) {
|
||||
# idx[1,2] = idx[pkgname,arch]
|
||||
split(pkglist, idx, SUBSEP)
|
||||
|
||||
# enforce architecture match if specified
|
||||
if (!scanarch || scanarch == idx[2]) {
|
||||
count = split(packages[idx[1], idx[2]], pkgs, SUBSEP)
|
||||
for(i = 1; i <= count - keep; i++) {
|
||||
print pkgs[i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}' "${@:3}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_to_human() {
|
||||
awk -v size="$1" '
|
||||
BEGIN {
|
||||
suffix[1] = "B"
|
||||
suffix[2] = "KiB"
|
||||
suffix[3] = "MiB"
|
||||
suffix[4] = "GiB"
|
||||
suffix[5] = "TiB"
|
||||
count = 1
|
||||
|
||||
while (size > 1024) {
|
||||
size /= 1024
|
||||
count++
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sizestr = sprintf("%.2f", size)
|
||||
sub(/\.?0+$/, "", sizestr)
|
||||
printf("%s %s", sizestr, suffix[count])
|
||||
}'
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
runcmd() {
|
||||
if (( needsroot )); then
|
||||
msg "Privilege escalation required"
|
||||
if sudo -v &>/dev/null && sudo -l &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
sudo "$@"
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf '%s ' 'root'
|
||||
su -c "$(printf '%q ' "$@")"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
summarize() {
|
||||
local -i filecount=$1; shift
|
||||
local seenarch= seen= arch= name=
|
||||
local -r pkg_re='(.+)-[^-]+-[0-9]+-([^.]+)\.pkg.*'
|
||||
|
||||
if (( delete )); then
|
||||
printf -v output 'finished: %d packages removed' "$filecount"
|
||||
elif (( move )); then
|
||||
printf -v output "finished: %d packages moved to \`%s'" "$filecount" "$movedir"
|
||||
elif (( dryrun )); then
|
||||
if (( verbose )); then
|
||||
msg "Candidate packages:"
|
||||
while read -r pkg; do
|
||||
if (( verbose >= 3 )); then
|
||||
[[ $pkg =~ $pkg_re ]] && name=${BASH_REMATCH[1]} arch=${BASH_REMATCH[2]}
|
||||
if [[ -z $seen || $seenarch != "$arch" || $seen != "$name" ]]; then
|
||||
seen=$name seenarch=$arch
|
||||
printf '%s (%s):\n' "$name" "$arch"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
printf ' %s\n' "$pkg"
|
||||
elif (( verbose >= 2 )); then
|
||||
printf "$PWD/%s$delim" "$pkg"
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf "%s$delim" "$pkg"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done < <(printf '%s\n' "$@" | pacsort)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
printf -v output 'finished dry run: %d candidates' "$filecount"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
printf '\n' >&2
|
||||
msg "$output (diskspace saved: %s)" "$(size_to_human "$totalsaved")"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usage() {
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
usage: ${0##*/} <operation> [options] [targets...]
|
||||
|
||||
${0##*/} is a flexible pacman cache cleaning utility, which has numerous
|
||||
options to help control how much, and what, is deleted from any directory
|
||||
containing pacman package tarballs.
|
||||
|
||||
Operations:
|
||||
-d perform a dry run, only finding candidate packages.
|
||||
-m <movedir> move candidate packages to 'movedir'.
|
||||
-r remove candidate packages.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
-a <arch> scan for 'arch' (default: all architectures).
|
||||
-c <cachedir> scan 'cachedir' for packages (default: @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg).
|
||||
-f apply force to mv(1) and rm(1) operations.
|
||||
-h display this help message.
|
||||
-i <pkgs> ignore 'pkgs', which is a comma separated. Alternatively,
|
||||
specify '-' to read package names from stdin, newline delimited.
|
||||
-k <num> keep 'num' of each package in 'cachedir' (default: 3).
|
||||
-u target uninstalled packages.
|
||||
-v increase verbosity. specify up to 3 times.
|
||||
-z use null delimiters for candidate names (only with -v and -vv)
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (( ! UID )); then
|
||||
error "Do not run this script as root. You will be prompted for privilege escalation."
|
||||
exit 42
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
while getopts ':a:c:dfhi:k:m:rsuvz' opt; do
|
||||
case $opt in
|
||||
a) scanarch=$OPTARG ;;
|
||||
c) cachedir=$OPTARG ;;
|
||||
d) dryrun=1 ;;
|
||||
f) cmdopts=(-f) ;;
|
||||
h) usage
|
||||
exit 0 ;;
|
||||
i) if [[ $OPTARG = '-' ]]; then
|
||||
[[ ! -t 0 ]] && IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign
|
||||
else
|
||||
IFS=',' read -r -a ign <<< "$OPTARG"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
|
||||
unset i ign ;;
|
||||
k) keep=$OPTARG
|
||||
if [[ -z $keep || -n ${keep//[0-9]/} ]]; then
|
||||
die 'argument to option -k must be a non-negative integer'
|
||||
else
|
||||
keep=$(( 10#$keep ))
|
||||
fi ;;
|
||||
m) move=1 movedir=$OPTARG ;;
|
||||
r) delete=1 ;;
|
||||
u) IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign < <(pacman -Qq)
|
||||
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
|
||||
unset ign ;;
|
||||
v) (( ++verbose )) ;;
|
||||
z) delim='\0' ;;
|
||||
:) die "option '--%s' requires an argument" "$OPTARG" ;;
|
||||
?) die "invalid option -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift $(( OPTIND - 1 ))
|
||||
|
||||
# remaining args are a whitelist
|
||||
whitelist=("$@")
|
||||
|
||||
# sanity checks
|
||||
case $(( dryrun+delete+move )) in
|
||||
0) die "no operation specified (use -h for help)" ;;
|
||||
[^1]) die "only one operation may be used at a time" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
[[ -d $cachedir ]] ||
|
||||
die "cachedir \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
|
||||
|
||||
[[ $movedir && ! -d $movedir ]] &&
|
||||
die "move-to directory \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$movedir"
|
||||
|
||||
if (( move || delete )); then
|
||||
# make it an absolute path since we're about to chdir
|
||||
[[ ${movedir:0:1} != '/' ]] && movedir=$PWD/$movedir
|
||||
[[ ! -w $cachedir || ( $movedir && ! -w $movedir ) ]] && needsroot=1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# unlikely that this will fail, but better make sure
|
||||
cd "$cachedir" || die "failed to chdir to \`%s'" "$cachedir"
|
||||
|
||||
# note that these results are returned in an arbitrary order from awk, but
|
||||
# they'll be resorted (in summarize) iff we have a verbosity level set.
|
||||
IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a candidates < \
|
||||
<(printf '%s\n' *.pkg.tar?(.+([^.])) | pacsort |
|
||||
pkgfilter "$keep" "$scanarch" \
|
||||
"${#whitelist[*]}" "${whitelist[@]}" \
|
||||
"${#blacklist[*]}" "${blacklist[@]}")
|
||||
|
||||
if (( ! ${#candidates[*]} )); then
|
||||
msg 'no candidate packages found for pruning'
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# grab this prior to signature scavenging
|
||||
pkgcount=${#candidates[*]}
|
||||
|
||||
# copy the list, merging in any found sigs
|
||||
for cand in "${candidates[@]}"; do
|
||||
candtemp+=("$cand")
|
||||
[[ -f $cand.sig ]] && candtemp+=("$cand.sig")
|
||||
done
|
||||
candidates=("${candtemp[@]}")
|
||||
unset candtemp
|
||||
|
||||
# do this before we destroy anything
|
||||
totalsaved=$(@SIZECMD@ "${candidates[@]}" | awk '{ sum += $1 } END { print sum }')
|
||||
|
||||
# crush. kill. destroy.
|
||||
(( verbose )) && cmdopts+=(-v)
|
||||
if (( delete )); then
|
||||
runcmd rm "${cmdopts[@]}" "${candidates[@]}"
|
||||
elif (( move )); then
|
||||
runcmd mv "${cmdopts[@]}" "${candidates[@]}" "$movedir"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
summarize "$pkgcount" "${candidates[@]}"
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
80
contrib/pacdiff.in
Executable file
80
contrib/pacdiff.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
# pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-vimdiff}
|
||||
diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
|
||||
locate=0
|
||||
|
||||
usage() {
|
||||
echo "pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater"
|
||||
echo "Usage : pacdiff [-l]"
|
||||
echo " -l/--locate makes pacdiff use locate rather than find"
|
||||
echo " DIFFPROG variable allows to override the default vimdiff"
|
||||
echo " DIFFSEARCHPATH allows to override the default /etc path"
|
||||
echo "Example : DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH=\"/boot /etc /usr\" pacdiff"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cmd() {
|
||||
if [ $locate -eq 1 ]; then
|
||||
locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave
|
||||
else
|
||||
find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave \) -print0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $# -gt 0 ]; then
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-l|--locate)
|
||||
locate=1;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
usage; exit 0;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020
|
||||
while IFS= read -u 3 -r -d '' pacfile; do
|
||||
file="${pacfile%.pac*}"
|
||||
echo "File: $file"
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
echo " $file does not exist"
|
||||
rm -i "$pacfile"
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
check="$(cmp "$pacfile" "$file")"
|
||||
if [ -z "${check}" ]; then
|
||||
echo " Files are identical, removing..."
|
||||
rm "$pacfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo -n " File differences found. (V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove: [v/s/r] "
|
||||
while read c; do
|
||||
case $c in
|
||||
r|R) rm "$pacfile"; break ;;
|
||||
v|V)
|
||||
$diffprog "$pacfile" "$file"
|
||||
rm -i "$pacfile"; break ;;
|
||||
s|S) break ;;
|
||||
*) echo -n " Invalid answer. Try again: [v/s/r] "; continue ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done 3< <(cmd)
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
43
contrib/paclist.in
Executable file
43
contrib/paclist.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
# paclist - List all packages installed from a given repo
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
|
||||
export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
|
||||
|
||||
# determine whether we have gettext; make it a no-op if we do not
|
||||
if ! type gettext &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
gettext() {
|
||||
echo "$@"
|
||||
}
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ -z $1 ]]; then
|
||||
printf '%s - List all packages installed from a given repo\n' "${0##*/}"
|
||||
printf 'Usage: %s <repo>\n' "${0##*/}"
|
||||
printf 'Example: %s testing\n' "${0##*/}"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
printf -v installed '[%s]' "$(gettext installed)"
|
||||
pacman -Sl $1 | awk -v i="$installed" '$NF == i { print $2,$3 }'
|
||||
|
||||
# exit with pacman's return value, not awk's
|
||||
exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
68
contrib/paclog-pkglist.in
Executable file
68
contrib/paclog-pkglist.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# paclog-pkglist - Parse a log file into a list of currently installed packages
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dave@archlinux.org>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
|
||||
export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
|
||||
declare logfile=${1:-@localstatedir@/log/pacman.log}
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $1 ]]; then
|
||||
if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
|
||||
printf 'usage: %s [pacman log]\n' "${0##*/}"
|
||||
printf 'example: %s @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n' "${0##*/}"
|
||||
printf '\ndefaults to: @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n'
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
elif [[ ! -e $logfile ]]; then
|
||||
printf $"target not found: %s\n" "$1"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
<"$logfile" awk '
|
||||
{
|
||||
action = $3
|
||||
pkgname = $4
|
||||
pkgver = $5
|
||||
upgver = $7
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NF == 5 && action == "installed" {
|
||||
gsub(/[()]/, "", pkgver)
|
||||
pkg[pkgname] = pkgver
|
||||
next
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NF == 7 && action == "upgraded" {
|
||||
sub(/\)/, "", upgver)
|
||||
pkg[pkgname] = upgver
|
||||
next
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NF == 5 && action == "removed" {
|
||||
pkg[pkgname] = -1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
END {
|
||||
for (i in pkg) {
|
||||
if (pkg[i] != -1) {
|
||||
printf "%s %s\n",i,pkg[i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}' | sort
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
132
contrib/pacscripts.in
Executable file
132
contrib/pacscripts.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pacscripts : tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
|
||||
# scripts of a given package
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2009 Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# bash options
|
||||
set -o nounset
|
||||
set -o errexit
|
||||
|
||||
progname=$(basename $0)
|
||||
progver="0.4"
|
||||
|
||||
conf="@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ! -r "$conf" ]; then
|
||||
echo "ERROR: unable to read $conf"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
|
||||
eval $(awk '/CacheDir/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
|
||||
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman}/local"
|
||||
pac_cache="${CacheDir:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}"
|
||||
|
||||
error() {
|
||||
local mesg=$1; shift
|
||||
printf "==> $(gettext "ERROR:") ${mesg}\n" "$@" >&2
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usage() {
|
||||
echo "This program prints out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade} scripts"
|
||||
echo "of a given package."
|
||||
echo "Usage: $progname pkgname|pkgfile"
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo " OPTIONS:"
|
||||
echo " -h, --help Print this help message"
|
||||
echo " -v, --version Print program name and version"
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor"
|
||||
echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor-2.24.1-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
spacman() {
|
||||
if [ $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
|
||||
pacman "$@"
|
||||
else
|
||||
if ! type -p sudo; then
|
||||
error "Cannot find the sudo binary! Is sudo installed?"
|
||||
error "Otherwise try to run the program as root"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
sudo pacman "$@"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_db() {
|
||||
pkg=$(pacman -Q "$1")
|
||||
pkg=${pkg/ /-}
|
||||
if [ -f $pac_db/$pkg*/install ]; then
|
||||
cat $pac_db/$pkg*/install
|
||||
echo
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_pkg() {
|
||||
if ! bsdtar -xOf "$1" .INSTALL 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_scriptlet() {
|
||||
if [ -f "$1" ]; then
|
||||
if bsdtar tf "$1" .PKGINFO &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
print_pkg "$1"
|
||||
return
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if pacman -Q "$1" &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
print_db "$1"
|
||||
return
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if ! pacman -Si $1 &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
error "Package $1 not found"
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
url=$(spacman -Sdp $1 | tail -n1)
|
||||
filename=$(basename $url)
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$pac_cache/$filename" ]; then
|
||||
if ! spacman -Sdw --noconfirm $1 >&2; then
|
||||
error "Failed to download $1"
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo >&2
|
||||
fi
|
||||
print_pkg "$pac_cache/$filename"
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
|
||||
usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$1" in
|
||||
--help|-h) usage; exit 0 ;;
|
||||
--version|-v) echo "$progname version $progver"; exit 0 ;;
|
||||
*) print_scriptlet $1 ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
138
contrib/pacsearch.in
Executable file
138
contrib/pacsearch.in
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
|||
#!/usr/bin/perl
|
||||
# pacsearch - Adds color and install information to a 'pacman -Ss' search
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Based off original shell script version:
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
#TODO: colors flag on commandline
|
||||
|
||||
use strict;
|
||||
use warnings;
|
||||
|
||||
my $progname = "pacsearch";
|
||||
my $version = "2.0";
|
||||
|
||||
if ($#ARGV lt 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
|
||||
print "$progname - Add color and install information to a pacman -Ss search\n";
|
||||
print "Usage: $progname <pattern>\n";
|
||||
print "Example: $progname ^gnome\n";
|
||||
if ($#ARGV lt 0) {
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
|
||||
print "$progname version $version\n";
|
||||
print "Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Dan McGee\n";
|
||||
exit 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# define our colors to use when printing
|
||||
my $CLR1 = "\e[0;34m";
|
||||
my $CLR2 = "\e[0;32m";
|
||||
my $CLR3 = "\e[0;35m";
|
||||
my $CLR4 = "\e[0;36m";
|
||||
my $CLR5 = "\e[0;31m";
|
||||
my $CLR6 = "\e[0;33m";
|
||||
my $CLR7 = "\e[1;36m";
|
||||
my $INST = "\e[1;31m";
|
||||
my $BASE = "\e[0m";
|
||||
|
||||
# color a "repo/pkgname pkgver" line based on the repository name
|
||||
sub to_color {
|
||||
my $line = shift;
|
||||
# get the installed text colored first
|
||||
$line =~ s/(\[.*\]$)/$INST$1$BASE/;
|
||||
# and now the repo and dealings
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^core\/.*)/$CLR1$1$BASE/;
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^extra\/.*)/$CLR2$1$BASE/;
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^community\/.*)/$CLR3$1$BASE/;
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^testing\/.*)/$CLR4$1$BASE/;
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^community-testing\/.*)/$CLR5$1$BASE/;
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^multilib\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^local\/.*)/$CLR7$1$BASE/;
|
||||
# any other unknown repository
|
||||
$line =~ s/(^[\w-]*\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
|
||||
return $line;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
my %allpkgs = ();
|
||||
|
||||
my $syncout = `pacman -Ss '@ARGV'`;
|
||||
# split each sync search entry into its own array entry
|
||||
my @syncpkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $syncout);
|
||||
# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
|
||||
if ($#syncpkgs >= 0) {
|
||||
chomp($syncpkgs[$#syncpkgs]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# counter var for packages, used here and in the query loop too
|
||||
my $cnt = 0;
|
||||
foreach $_ (@syncpkgs) {
|
||||
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
|
||||
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
|
||||
if(not @pkgfields) {
|
||||
# skip any non-matching line and just print it for the user
|
||||
print $_, "\n";
|
||||
next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
|
||||
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
|
||||
# add a fifth field that indicates original order
|
||||
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
|
||||
# add each sync pkg by name/ver to a hash table for quick lookup
|
||||
$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
my $queryout = `pacman -Qs '@ARGV'`;
|
||||
# split each querysearch entry into its own array entry
|
||||
my @querypkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $queryout);
|
||||
# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
|
||||
if ($#querypkgs >= 0) {
|
||||
chomp ($querypkgs[$#querypkgs]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach $_ (@querypkgs) {
|
||||
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
|
||||
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
|
||||
# skip any non-matching line
|
||||
next if not defined $pkgfields[1];
|
||||
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
|
||||
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
|
||||
# check if the package was listed in the sync out
|
||||
if (not exists $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]}) {
|
||||
$pkgfields[2] = "[installed]";
|
||||
# add a fifth field that indicates original order (after sync)
|
||||
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
|
||||
# add our local-only package to the hash
|
||||
$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# sort by original order (the fifth field) and print
|
||||
foreach $_ ( sort{ @{$allpkgs{$a}}[4] <=> @{$allpkgs{$b}}[4] } keys %allpkgs) {
|
||||
my @v = @{$allpkgs{$_}};
|
||||
my $line = "$v[0]/$v[1] $v[2]";
|
||||
$line = to_color($line);
|
||||
# print colorized "repo/pkgname pkgver" string with possible installed text
|
||||
print "$line\n";
|
||||
print "$v[3]\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#vim: set noet:
|
||||
25
contrib/vimprojects
Normal file
25
contrib/vimprojects
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
This is a project file
|
||||
for the vim-project plugin.
|
||||
Save it as ~/.vimprojects
|
||||
|
||||
$ pacman -S vim-project
|
||||
change the pacman path below
|
||||
$ vim
|
||||
:Project
|
||||
|
||||
Press \r in the project view
|
||||
on a project name to generate
|
||||
the list of files
|
||||
|
||||
pacman=~/devel/pacman/ CD=. filter="*.ac *.am" flags=S {
|
||||
libalpm=lib/libalpm/ filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
|
||||
}
|
||||
pacman=src/pacman/ filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
|
||||
}
|
||||
scripts=scripts/ filter="*.sh.in *.py.in *.am" {
|
||||
}
|
||||
utils=src/util filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
|
||||
}
|
||||
contrib=contrib CD=. {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
336
contrib/zsh_completion.in
Normal file
336
contrib/zsh_completion.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
|
|||
#compdef pacman pacman.static=pacman
|
||||
|
||||
# copy this file to /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/_pacman
|
||||
|
||||
typeset -A opt_args
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: main pacman commands
|
||||
_pacman_opts_commands=(
|
||||
'-Q[Query the package database]'
|
||||
'-R[Remove a package from the system]'
|
||||
'-S[Synchronize packages]'
|
||||
'-U[Upgrade a package]'
|
||||
'-V[Display version and exit]'
|
||||
'-h[Display usage]'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: options common to all commands
|
||||
_pacman_opts_common=(
|
||||
'-b[Alternate database location]:database_location:_files -/'
|
||||
'-h[Display syntax for the given operation]'
|
||||
'-r[Set alternate installation root]:installation root:_files -/'
|
||||
'-v[Be more verbose]'
|
||||
'--cachedir[Alternate package cache location]:cache_location:_files -/'
|
||||
'--config[An alternate configuration file]:config file:_files'
|
||||
'--logfile[An alternate log file]:config file:_files'
|
||||
'--noconfirm[Do not ask for confirmation]'
|
||||
'--noprogressbar[Do not show a progress bar when downloading files]'
|
||||
'--noscriptlet[Do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists]'
|
||||
'--print[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --upgrade commands
|
||||
_pacman_opts_pkgfile=(
|
||||
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
|
||||
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
|
||||
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
|
||||
'--needed[Do not reinstall up to date packages]'
|
||||
'--recursive[Reinstall all dependencies of target packages]'
|
||||
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: subactions for --query command
|
||||
_pacman_opts_query_actions=(
|
||||
'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->query_group'
|
||||
'-o[Query the package that owns a file]:file:_files'
|
||||
'-p[Package file to query]:*:package file:->query_file'
|
||||
'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->query_search'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --query and subcommands
|
||||
_pacman_opts_query_modifiers=(
|
||||
'-c[List package changelog]'
|
||||
'-d[List packages installed as dependencies]'
|
||||
'-e[List packages explicitly installed]'
|
||||
'-i[View package information]'
|
||||
'-ii[View package information including backup files]'
|
||||
'-k[Check package files]'
|
||||
'-l[List package contents]'
|
||||
'-m[List installed packages not found in sync db(s)]'
|
||||
'-t[List packages not required by any package]'
|
||||
'-u[List packages that can be upgraded]'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --remove command
|
||||
_pacman_opts_remove=(
|
||||
'-c[Remove all dependent packages]'
|
||||
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
|
||||
'-n[Remove protected configuration files]'
|
||||
'-s[Remove dependencies not required by other packages]'
|
||||
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
|
||||
'*:installed package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
|
||||
_pacman_opts_sync_actions=(
|
||||
'*-c[Remove old packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
|
||||
'*-cc[Remove all packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
|
||||
'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->sync_group'
|
||||
'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->sync_search'
|
||||
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
|
||||
'--needed[Do not reinstall up to date packages]'
|
||||
'--recursive[Reinstall all dependencies of target packages]'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
|
||||
_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers=(
|
||||
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
|
||||
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
|
||||
'-i[View package information]'
|
||||
'-l[List all packages in a repository]'
|
||||
'-p[Print download URIs for each package to be installed]'
|
||||
'-u[Upgrade all out-of-date packages]'
|
||||
'-w[Download packages only]'
|
||||
'-y[Download fresh package databases]'
|
||||
'*--ignore[Ignore a package upgrade]:package:
|
||||
_pacman_completions_all_packages'
|
||||
'*--ignoregroup[Ignore a group upgrade]:package group:
|
||||
_pacman_completions_all_groups'
|
||||
'--asdeps[Install packages as non-explicitly installed]'
|
||||
'--asexplicit[Install packages as explicitly installed]'
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
# handles --help subcommand
|
||||
_pacman_action_help() {
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_commands[@]"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# handles cases where no subcommand has yet been given
|
||||
_pacman_action_none() {
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_commands[@]"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# handles --query subcommand
|
||||
_pacman_action_query() {
|
||||
local context state line
|
||||
typeset -A opt_args
|
||||
|
||||
# _arguments -s : \
|
||||
# "$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
# "$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
|
||||
# "$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]"
|
||||
|
||||
case $state in
|
||||
query_file)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
query_group)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:groups:_pacman_completions_installed_groups'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
query_owner)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:file:_files'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
query_search)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:search text: '
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# handles --remove subcommand
|
||||
_pacman_action_remove() {
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_remove[@]"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# handles --sync subcommand
|
||||
_pacman_action_sync() {
|
||||
local context state line
|
||||
typeset -A opt_args
|
||||
|
||||
# _arguments -s : \
|
||||
# "$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
# "$_pacman_opts_sync_actions[@]" #\
|
||||
# #"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]"
|
||||
|
||||
case $state in
|
||||
sync_clean)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*-c[Remove old packages from cache]' \
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sync_group)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sync_search)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:search text: '
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package:_pacman_completions_all_packages'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# handles --upgrade subcommand
|
||||
_pacman_action_upgrade() {
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_pkgfile[@]"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# handles --version subcommand
|
||||
_pacman_action_version() {
|
||||
# no further arguments
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# provides completions for package groups
|
||||
_pacman_completions_all_groups() {
|
||||
local -a cmd groups
|
||||
_pacman_get_command
|
||||
groups=( $(_call_program groups $cmd[@] -Sg) )
|
||||
typeset -U groups
|
||||
compadd "$@" -a groups
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# provides completions for packages available from repositories
|
||||
# these can be specified as either 'package' or 'repository/package'
|
||||
_pacman_completions_all_packages() {
|
||||
local -a cmd packages repositories packages_long
|
||||
_pacman_get_command
|
||||
|
||||
if compset -P1 '*/*'; then
|
||||
packages=( $(_call_program packages $cmd[@] -Sql ${words[CURRENT]%/*}) )
|
||||
typeset -U packages
|
||||
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd ${(@)packages}
|
||||
else
|
||||
packages=( $(_call_program packages $cmd[@] -Sql) )
|
||||
typeset -U packages
|
||||
_wanted packages expl "packages" compadd - "${(@)packages}"
|
||||
|
||||
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
|
||||
typeset -U repositories
|
||||
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd -S "/" $repositories
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# provides completions for package groups
|
||||
_pacman_completions_installed_groups() {
|
||||
local -a cmd groups
|
||||
_pacman_get_command
|
||||
groups=(${(o)${(f)"$(_call_program groups $cmd[@] -Qg)"}% *})
|
||||
typeset -U groups
|
||||
compadd "$@" -a groups
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# provides completions for installed packages
|
||||
_pacman_completions_installed_packages() {
|
||||
local -a cmd packages packages_long
|
||||
packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/*(/))
|
||||
packages=( ${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/}%-*-*} )
|
||||
compadd "$@" -a packages
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# provides completions for repository names
|
||||
_pacman_completions_repositories() {
|
||||
local -a cmd repositories
|
||||
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
|
||||
# Uniq the array
|
||||
typeset -U repositories
|
||||
compadd "$@" -a repositories
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# builds command for invoking pacman in a _call_program command - extracts
|
||||
# relevant options already specified (config file, etc)
|
||||
# $cmd must be declared by calling function
|
||||
_pacman_get_command() {
|
||||
# this is mostly nicked from _perforce
|
||||
cmd=( "pacman" )
|
||||
integer i
|
||||
for (( i = 2; i < CURRENT - 1; i++ )); do
|
||||
if [[ ${words[i]} = "--config" || ${words[i]} = "--root" ]]; then
|
||||
cmd+=( ${words[i,i+1]} )
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# main dispatcher
|
||||
_pacman() {
|
||||
case $words[2] in
|
||||
-Q*g*) # ipkg groups
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:groups:_pacman_completions_installed_groups'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-Q*o*) # file
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package file:_files'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.*
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-Q*) _pacman_action_query ;;
|
||||
-R*) _pacman_action_remove ;;
|
||||
-S*c*) # no completion
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-S*l*) # repos
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package repo:_pacman_completions_repositories' \
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-S*g*) # pkg groups
|
||||
_arguments -s : \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
|
||||
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
|
||||
'*:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-S*) _pacman_action_sync ;;
|
||||
-U*) _pacman_action_upgrade ;;
|
||||
-V*) _pacman_action_version ;;
|
||||
-h*) _pacman_action_help ;;
|
||||
- ) _pacman_action_none ;;
|
||||
* ) return 1 ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# run the main dispatcher
|
||||
_pacman "$@"
|
||||
630
depcomp
Executable file
630
depcomp
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
|
||||
# Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
|
||||
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
|
||||
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-h | --h*)
|
||||
cat <<\EOF
|
||||
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
|
||||
|
||||
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
|
||||
as side-effects.
|
||||
|
||||
Environment variables:
|
||||
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
|
||||
source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
|
||||
object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
|
||||
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
|
||||
depfile Dependency file to output.
|
||||
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
|
||||
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
|
||||
|
||||
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-v | --v*)
|
||||
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
|
||||
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
|
||||
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
|
||||
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
|
||||
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
|
||||
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
|
||||
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
|
||||
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
|
||||
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
|
||||
gccflag=-M
|
||||
depmode=gcc
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
|
||||
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
|
||||
dashmflag=-xM
|
||||
depmode=dashmstdout
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
|
||||
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
|
||||
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
|
||||
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
|
||||
cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
|
||||
depmode=msvisualcpp
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$depmode" in
|
||||
gcc3)
|
||||
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
|
||||
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
|
||||
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
|
||||
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
|
||||
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
|
||||
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
|
||||
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
|
||||
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
done
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
gcc)
|
||||
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
|
||||
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
|
||||
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
|
||||
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
|
||||
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
|
||||
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
|
||||
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
|
||||
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
|
||||
## than renaming).
|
||||
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
|
||||
gccflag=-MD,
|
||||
fi
|
||||
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
|
||||
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
|
||||
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
|
||||
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
|
||||
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
|
||||
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
|
||||
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
|
||||
## this for us directly.
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
|
||||
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
|
||||
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
|
||||
## well.
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
hp)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
sgi)
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
|
||||
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
|
||||
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
|
||||
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
|
||||
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
|
||||
# dependency line.
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
|
||||
tr '
|
||||
' ' ' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo >> "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
|
||||
>> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
|
||||
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
|
||||
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
aix)
|
||||
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
|
||||
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
|
||||
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
|
||||
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
|
||||
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
|
||||
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
|
||||
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
|
||||
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,-M
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
|
||||
"$@" -M
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
|
||||
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
|
||||
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
|
||||
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
|
||||
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
|
||||
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
icc)
|
||||
# Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
|
||||
# icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
|
||||
# ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.h
|
||||
# which is wrong. We want:
|
||||
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
|
||||
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
|
||||
# sub/foo.c:
|
||||
# sub/foo.h:
|
||||
# ICC 7.1 will output
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
|
||||
# and will wrap long lines using \ :
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
|
||||
# sub/foo.h ... \
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
|
||||
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
|
||||
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
|
||||
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
|
||||
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
|
||||
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
|
||||
sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
hp2)
|
||||
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
|
||||
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
|
||||
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
|
||||
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
|
||||
# happens to be.
|
||||
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
|
||||
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
|
||||
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
|
||||
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
|
||||
"$@" +Maked
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Add `dependent.h:' lines.
|
||||
sed -ne '2,${
|
||||
s/^ *//
|
||||
s/ \\*$//
|
||||
s/$/:/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
tru64)
|
||||
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
|
||||
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
|
||||
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
|
||||
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
|
||||
# Subdirectories are respected.
|
||||
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
|
||||
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
|
||||
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
# With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
|
||||
# static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
|
||||
# handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
|
||||
# With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
|
||||
# generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
|
||||
# compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
|
||||
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
|
||||
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
|
||||
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
|
||||
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
|
||||
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
|
||||
tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,-MD
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
|
||||
"$@" -MD
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
|
||||
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
#nosideeffect)
|
||||
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
|
||||
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
|
||||
|
||||
dashmstdout)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove `-o $object'.
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
|
||||
# Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
|
||||
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
|
||||
# a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
|
||||
"$@" $dashmflag |
|
||||
sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
tr ' ' '
|
||||
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
dashXmstdout)
|
||||
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
|
||||
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
makedepend)
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
# Remove any Libtool call
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# X makedepend
|
||||
shift
|
||||
cleared=no eat=no
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $cleared in
|
||||
no)
|
||||
set ""; shift
|
||||
cleared=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test $eat = yes; then
|
||||
eat=no
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case "$arg" in
|
||||
-D*|-I*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
|
||||
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
|
||||
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
|
||||
-arch)
|
||||
eat=yes ;;
|
||||
-*|$object)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
|
||||
touch "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
|
||||
' | \
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
cpp)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove `-o $object'.
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
"$@" -E |
|
||||
sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
|
||||
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
|
||||
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvisualcpp)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$arg" in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
|
||||
set fnord "$@"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
|
||||
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo " " >> "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvcmsys)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
none)
|
||||
exec "$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Local Variables:
|
||||
# mode: shell-script
|
||||
# sh-indentation: 2
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
13
doc/.gitignore
vendored
13
doc/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,14 @@
|
|||
*.[1-8]
|
||||
PKGBUILD.5
|
||||
libalpm.3
|
||||
makepkg.8
|
||||
makepkg.conf.5
|
||||
pacman.8
|
||||
pacman-key.8
|
||||
pacman.conf.5
|
||||
pkgdelta.8
|
||||
repo-add.8
|
||||
repo-remove.8
|
||||
vercmp.8
|
||||
asciidoc-manpage.css
|
||||
asciidoc.css
|
||||
asciidoc.js
|
||||
|
|
@ -6,4 +16,3 @@ asciidoc.js
|
|||
*.xml
|
||||
man3
|
||||
website.tar.gz
|
||||
Doxyfile
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
BUILDINFO(5)
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
BUILDINFO - Makepkg package build information file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
This manual page describes the format of a BUILDINFO file found in the root of
|
||||
a package created by makepkg. The file contains a description of the package's
|
||||
build environment. The information is formatted in key-value pairs separated by
|
||||
a '=', one value per line. Arrays are represented as multiple key-value pairs
|
||||
having the same key.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This is a description of the contents of version '2' of the
|
||||
BUILDINFO file format.
|
||||
|
||||
*format*::
|
||||
Denotes the file format version, represented by a plain positive integer.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgname*::
|
||||
The name of the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbase*::
|
||||
|
||||
The base name of a package, usually the same as the pkgname except for
|
||||
split packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgver*::
|
||||
The version of the package including pkgrel and epoch.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgarch*::
|
||||
The architecture of the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbuild_sha256sum*::
|
||||
The sha256sum in hex format of the PKGBUILD used to build the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*packager*::
|
||||
The details of the packager that built the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*builddate*::
|
||||
The build date of the package in epoch.
|
||||
|
||||
*builddir*::
|
||||
The directory where the package was built.
|
||||
|
||||
*startdir*::
|
||||
The directory from which makepkg was executed.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildtool*::
|
||||
The name of the tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used
|
||||
for defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the source of the
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5] used.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildtoolver*::
|
||||
The full version of the 'buildtool', for example:
|
||||
"$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
|
||||
|
||||
*buildenv (array)*::
|
||||
The build environment specified in makepkg.conf.
|
||||
|
||||
*options (array)*::
|
||||
The options set specified when building the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*installed (array)*::
|
||||
The installed packages at build time including the version information of
|
||||
the package. Formatted as "$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||
# Doxyfile 1.9.3
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.7.5.1
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
|
|
@ -8,9 +8,8 @@ PROJECT_NAME = libalpm
|
|||
PROJECT_NUMBER =
|
||||
PROJECT_BRIEF = "Arch Linux Package Manager Library"
|
||||
PROJECT_LOGO =
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = @OUTPUT_DIRECTORY@
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
|
||||
ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
|
@ -32,10 +31,8 @@ STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
|||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = NO
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
|
||||
JAVADOC_BANNER = NO
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
PYTHON_DOCSTRING = YES
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,35 +41,26 @@ OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
|||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE = NO
|
||||
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
|
||||
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS = 5
|
||||
AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = YES
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES
|
||||
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
NUM_PROC_THREADS = 1
|
||||
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
RESOLVE_UNNAMED_PARAMS = YES
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,10 +68,7 @@ HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = YES
|
|||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
|
||||
SHOW_HEADERFILE = YES
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
|
||||
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,36 +84,33 @@ GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
|||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
CITE_BIB_FILES =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
QUIET = NO
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC = YES
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
|
||||
WARN_AS_ERROR = NO
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
INPUT = @INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm.h \
|
||||
@INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm_list.h
|
||||
INPUT = ../lib/libalpm/
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
EXCLUDE =
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = _alpm_* \
|
||||
__alpm_*
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,9 +119,8 @@ INPUT_FILTER =
|
|||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,16 +128,16 @@ STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = NO
|
|||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
|
||||
SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = NO
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
|
@ -164,17 +145,15 @@ HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
|||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS = YES
|
||||
HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
|
||||
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDURL =
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
|
||||
|
|
@ -196,51 +175,38 @@ QHG_LOCATION =
|
|||
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
|
||||
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
|
||||
FULL_SIDEBAR = NO
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
|
||||
USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
|
||||
OBFUSCATE_EMAILS = YES
|
||||
HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT = png
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
FORMULA_MACROFILE =
|
||||
FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
USE_MATHJAX = NO
|
||||
MATHJAX_VERSION = MathJax_2
|
||||
MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
|
||||
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
|
||||
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
|
||||
MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE_URL =
|
||||
SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
|
||||
EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
|
||||
EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD = makeindex
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = letter
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
LATEX_FOOTER =
|
||||
LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = NO
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
|
||||
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
|
||||
LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,31 +215,26 @@ RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
|||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = YES
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = .
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
MAN_SUBDIR =
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
|
||||
DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
|
@ -289,6 +250,7 @@ SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
|||
INCLUDE_PATH = ../..
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = *.h
|
||||
PREDEFINED = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
|
||||
SYMHIDDEN= \
|
||||
SYMEXPORT= \
|
||||
HAVE_LIBARCHIVE \
|
||||
HAVE_LIBCURL \
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,28 +258,28 @@ PREDEFINED = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
|
|||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to external references
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
DIA_PATH =
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = YES
|
||||
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
|
||||
DOT_UML_DETAILS = NO
|
||||
DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD = 17
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,18 +287,14 @@ CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
|||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH = 1
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
MSCFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
DIAFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
|
||||
PLANTUML_CFG_FILE =
|
||||
PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 3
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
166
doc/Makefile.am
Normal file
166
doc/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
|
|||
# We have to do some funny stuff here with the manpages. In order to ensure
|
||||
# a dist tarball doesn't get put out there without manpages, we keep those
|
||||
# files listed in EXTRA_DIST no matter what. However, we only add them to
|
||||
# man_MANS if --enable-asciidoc and/or --enable-doxygen are used.
|
||||
|
||||
ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
|
||||
pacman.8 \
|
||||
makepkg.8 \
|
||||
repo-add.8 \
|
||||
vercmp.8 \
|
||||
pkgdelta.8 \
|
||||
pacman-key.8 \
|
||||
PKGBUILD.5 \
|
||||
makepkg.conf.5 \
|
||||
pacman.conf.5 \
|
||||
libalpm.3
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYGEN_MANS = $(wildcard man3/*.3)
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_MANPAGES = \
|
||||
pacman.8.html \
|
||||
makepkg.8.html \
|
||||
repo-add.8.html \
|
||||
vercmp.8.html \
|
||||
pkgdelta.8.html \
|
||||
pacman-key.8.html \
|
||||
PKGBUILD.5.html \
|
||||
makepkg.conf.5.html \
|
||||
pacman.conf.5.html \
|
||||
libalpm.3.html
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OTHER = \
|
||||
index.html \
|
||||
submitting-patches.html \
|
||||
translation-help.html \
|
||||
HACKING.html
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DOCS = \
|
||||
$(HTML_MANPAGES) \
|
||||
$(HTML_OTHER)
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
asciidoc.conf \
|
||||
asciidoc-override.css \
|
||||
pacman.8.txt \
|
||||
makepkg.8.txt \
|
||||
repo-add.8.txt \
|
||||
vercmp.8.txt \
|
||||
pkgdelta.8.txt \
|
||||
pacman-key.8.txt \
|
||||
PKGBUILD.5.txt \
|
||||
PKGBUILD-example.txt \
|
||||
makepkg.conf.5.txt \
|
||||
pacman.conf.5.txt \
|
||||
libalpm.3.txt \
|
||||
footer.txt \
|
||||
index.txt \
|
||||
submitting-patches.txt \
|
||||
translation-help.txt \
|
||||
Doxyfile \
|
||||
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS) \
|
||||
$(DOXYGEN_MANS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
|
||||
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) $(HTML_DOCS) repo-remove.8 website.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
# Ensure manpages are fresh when building a dist tarball
|
||||
dist-hook:
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) clean
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all
|
||||
|
||||
if USE_GIT_VERSION
|
||||
GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
|
||||
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
|
||||
else
|
||||
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
man_MANS =
|
||||
dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS)
|
||||
|
||||
if USE_DOXYGEN
|
||||
man_MANS += $(DOXYGEN_MANS)
|
||||
|
||||
all-local: doxygen.in
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen.in:
|
||||
$(DOXYGEN) $(srcdir)/Doxyfile
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
html: $(HTML_DOCS)
|
||||
|
||||
website: html
|
||||
bsdtar czf website.tar.gz $(HTML_DOCS) \
|
||||
asciidoc-override.css \
|
||||
-C /etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/ \
|
||||
asciidoc.css \
|
||||
-C /etc/asciidoc/javascripts/ \
|
||||
asciidoc.js \
|
||||
-C /etc/asciidoc/ \
|
||||
images
|
||||
|
||||
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
|
||||
|
||||
ASCIIDOC_OPTS = \
|
||||
-f $(srcdir)/asciidoc.conf \
|
||||
-a pacman_version="$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)" \
|
||||
-a pacman_date="`date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
|
||||
-a pkgdatadir=$(pkgdatadir) \
|
||||
-a localstatedir=$(localstatedir) \
|
||||
-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir)
|
||||
|
||||
A2X_OPTS = \
|
||||
--no-xmllint \
|
||||
-d manpage \
|
||||
-f manpage \
|
||||
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0' \
|
||||
--destination-dir='./'
|
||||
|
||||
# These rules are due to the includes and files of the asciidoc text
|
||||
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt Makefile
|
||||
a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) --out-file=./$@.xml" $(srcdir)/$@.txt
|
||||
|
||||
%.html: %.txt
|
||||
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) $*.txt
|
||||
dos2unix $@
|
||||
|
||||
HACKING.html: ../HACKING
|
||||
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o $@ ../HACKING
|
||||
dos2unix $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Customizations for certain HTML docs
|
||||
$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt Makefile
|
||||
$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf Makefile
|
||||
%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons -a max-width=960px -a stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css
|
||||
%.8.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
|
||||
%.5.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
|
||||
%.3.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
|
||||
|
||||
# Dependency rules
|
||||
pacman.8 pacman.8.html: pacman.8.txt
|
||||
makepkg.8 makepkg.8.html: makepkg.8.txt
|
||||
repo-add.8 repo-add.8.html: repo-add.8.txt
|
||||
vercmp.8 vercmp.8.html: vercmp.8.txt
|
||||
pkgdelta.8 pkgdelta.8.html: pkgdelta.8.txt
|
||||
pacman-key.8 pacman-key.8.html: pacman-key.8.txt
|
||||
PKGBUILD.5 PKGBUILD.5.html: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
|
||||
makepkg.conf.5 makepkg.conf.5.html: makepkg.conf.5.txt
|
||||
pacman.conf.5 pacman.conf.5.html: pacman.conf.5.txt
|
||||
libalpm.3 libalpm.3.html: libalpm.3.txt
|
||||
# this one is just a symlink
|
||||
repo-remove.8: repo-add.8
|
||||
$(RM) repo-remove.8
|
||||
$(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8
|
||||
|
||||
install-data-hook:
|
||||
cd $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8 && \
|
||||
$(RM) repo-remove.8 && \
|
||||
( $(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 || \
|
||||
ln repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 || \
|
||||
cp repo-add.8 repo-remove.8 )
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-hook:
|
||||
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8/repo-remove.8
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,27 +1,24 @@
|
|||
# Maintainer: Joe User <joe.user@example.com>
|
||||
|
||||
pkgname=patch
|
||||
pkgver=2.7.1
|
||||
pkgrel=1
|
||||
pkgver=2.5.4
|
||||
pkgrel=3
|
||||
pkgdesc="A utility to apply patch files to original sources"
|
||||
arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
|
||||
url="https://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
|
||||
url="http://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
|
||||
license=('GPL')
|
||||
groups=('base-devel')
|
||||
depends=('glibc')
|
||||
makedepends=('ed')
|
||||
optdepends=('ed: for "patch -e" functionality')
|
||||
source=("ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.xz"{,.sig})
|
||||
sha256sums=('9124ba46db0abd873d0995c2ca880e81252676bb6c03e0a37dfc5f608a9b0ceb'
|
||||
'SKIP')
|
||||
depends=('glibc' 'ed')
|
||||
source=(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz)
|
||||
md5sums=('ee5ae84d115f051d87fcaaef3b4ae782')
|
||||
|
||||
build() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr
|
||||
make
|
||||
cd "$srcdir"/$pkgname-$pkgver
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr
|
||||
make
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
package() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
|
||||
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install
|
||||
cd "$srcdir"/$pkgname-$pkgver
|
||||
make prefix="$pkgdir"/usr install
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,544 +0,0 @@
|
|||
PKGBUILD(5)
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
PKGBUILD - Package build description file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
PKGBUILD
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
This manual page describes general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
|
||||
PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
|
||||
with pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'
|
||||
along with other example files such as an install script. You can copy the
|
||||
provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build directory and make
|
||||
customizations to suit your needs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options and Directives
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
|
||||
in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
|
||||
of them will be directly transferred to the built package. The mandatory
|
||||
fields for a minimally functional PKGBUILD are *pkgname*, *pkgver*, *pkgrel*
|
||||
and *arch*.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
|
||||
recommended to prefix their name with an '_' (underscore).
|
||||
This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
|
||||
For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
|
||||
similar to `$_basekernver`.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgname (array)*::
|
||||
Either the name of the package or an array of names for split packages.
|
||||
Valid characters for members of this array are alphanumerics, and any of
|
||||
the following characters: ```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, names are not
|
||||
allowed to start with hyphens or dots.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgver*::
|
||||
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
|
||||
The variable is not allowed to contain colons, forward slashes, hyphens
|
||||
or whitespace.
|
||||
+
|
||||
The `pkgver` variable can be automatically updated by providing a `pkgver()`
|
||||
function in the PKGBUILD that outputs the new package version.
|
||||
This is run after downloading and extracting the sources and running the
|
||||
`prepare()` function (if present), so it can use those files in determining the
|
||||
new `pkgver`. This is most useful when used with sources from version control
|
||||
systems (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgrel*::
|
||||
This is the release number specific to the distribution. This
|
||||
allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
|
||||
flags, for example. This is typically set to '1' for each new upstream
|
||||
software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
|
||||
variable is a positive integer, with an optional subrelease level
|
||||
specified by adding another positive integer separated by a period
|
||||
(i.e. in the form x.y).
|
||||
|
||||
*epoch*::
|
||||
Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
|
||||
with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
|
||||
such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
|
||||
default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
|
||||
numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
|
||||
version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
|
||||
version comparisons.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgdesc*::
|
||||
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
|
||||
Try to keep the description to one line of text and to not use the package's
|
||||
name.
|
||||
|
||||
*url*::
|
||||
This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
|
||||
packaged. This is typically the project's web site.
|
||||
|
||||
*license (array)*::
|
||||
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
|
||||
If multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
|
||||
`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
|
||||
|
||||
*install*::
|
||||
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
|
||||
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
|
||||
in the source array (e.g., `install=$pkgname.install`).
|
||||
|
||||
*changelog*::
|
||||
Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
The changelog file should end in a single newline.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
|
||||
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
|
||||
in the source array (e.g., `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
|
||||
|
||||
*source (array)*::
|
||||
An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
|
||||
must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, or be a
|
||||
fully-qualified URL that makepkg can use to download the file.
|
||||
To simplify the maintenance of PKGBUILDs, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
|
||||
variables when specifying the download location, if possible.
|
||||
Compressed files will be extracted automatically unless found in the
|
||||
noextract array described below.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific sources can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'source_x86_64=()'. There must be a
|
||||
corresponding integrity array with checksums, e.g. 'cksums_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
+
|
||||
It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
|
||||
with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
|
||||
name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
makepkg also supports building developmental versions of packages using sources
|
||||
downloaded from version control systems (VCS). For more information, see
|
||||
<<VCS,Using VCS Sources>> below.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Files in the source array with extensions `.sig`, `.sign` or, `.asc` are
|
||||
recognized by makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify
|
||||
the integrity of the corresponding source file.
|
||||
|
||||
*validpgpkeys (array)*::
|
||||
An array of PGP fingerprints. If this array is non-empty, makepkg will
|
||||
only accept signatures from the keys listed here and will ignore the
|
||||
trust values from the keyring. If the source file was signed with a
|
||||
subkey, makepkg will still use the primary key for comparison.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Only full fingerprints are accepted. They must be uppercase and must not
|
||||
contain whitespace characters.
|
||||
|
||||
*noextract (array)*::
|
||||
An array of file names corresponding to those from the source array. Files
|
||||
listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
|
||||
is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
|
||||
|
||||
*cksums (array)*::
|
||||
This array contains CRC checksums for every source file specified in the
|
||||
source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
|
||||
file integrity during subsequent builds. If 'SKIP' is put in the array
|
||||
in place of a normal hash, the integrity check for that source file will
|
||||
be skipped. To easily generate cksums, run ``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''.
|
||||
If desired, move the cksums line to an appropriate location. Note that
|
||||
checksums generated by "makepkg -g" should be verified using checksum
|
||||
values provided by the software developer.
|
||||
|
||||
*md5sums, sha1sums, sha224sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums, b2sums (arrays)*::
|
||||
Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
|
||||
similar to the cksums option described above. To enable use and generation
|
||||
of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*groups (array)*::
|
||||
An array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
|
||||
you to install multiple packages by requesting a single target. For
|
||||
example, one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
|
||||
|
||||
*arch (array)*::
|
||||
Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.,
|
||||
`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
|
||||
files should use `arch=('any')`. Valid characters for members of this array
|
||||
are alphanumerics and ```_`''.
|
||||
|
||||
*backup (array)*::
|
||||
An array of file names, without preceding slashes, that
|
||||
should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
|
||||
commonly used for packages placing configuration files in '/etc'. See
|
||||
`"Handling Config Files"` in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
*depends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to run. Entries in
|
||||
this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least
|
||||
the package name. Entries can also include a version requirement of the
|
||||
form 'name<>version', where `<>` is one of five comparisons: `>=` (greater
|
||||
than or equal to), `<=` (less than or equal to), `=` (equal to), `>`
|
||||
(greater than), or `<` (less than).
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific depends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'depends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*makedepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to build but are not
|
||||
needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
|
||||
depends.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific makedepends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'makedepends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*checkdepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to run its test suite
|
||||
but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
|
||||
format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
|
||||
check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific checkdepends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'checkdepends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*optdepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
|
||||
base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
|
||||
of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
|
||||
and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. Packages in
|
||||
this list follow the same format as depends, with an optional description
|
||||
appended. The format for specifying optdepends descriptions is:
|
||||
|
||||
optdepends=('python: for library bindings')
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific optdepends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'optdepends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*conflicts (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
|
||||
cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
|
||||
same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are supported using the
|
||||
operators as described in `depends`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific conflicts can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'conflicts_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*provides (array)*::
|
||||
An array of ``virtual provisions'' this package provides. This allows
|
||||
a package to provide dependencies other than its own package name. For
|
||||
example, the dcron package can provide 'cron', which allows packages to
|
||||
depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format. For
|
||||
example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0' dependency of
|
||||
other packages. Provisions involving the `>` and `<` operators are invalid as
|
||||
only specific versions of a package may be provided.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific provides can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'provides_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*replaces (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package should replace. This can be used
|
||||
to handle renamed/combined packages. For example, if the 'j2re' package
|
||||
is renamed to 'jre', this directive allows future upgrades to continue
|
||||
as expected even though the package has moved. Versioned replaces are
|
||||
supported using the operators as described in `depends`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Sysupgrade is currently the only pacman operation that utilizes this field.
|
||||
A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific replaces can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'replaces_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*options (array)*::
|
||||
This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
|
||||
when building packages. To set an option, just include the option name
|
||||
in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
|
||||
the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
|
||||
to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
|
||||
variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*strip*;;
|
||||
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
|
||||
use a debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to
|
||||
disable this option.
|
||||
|
||||
*docs*;;
|
||||
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories,
|
||||
specify `!docs` in the array.
|
||||
|
||||
*libtool*;;
|
||||
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
|
||||
remove them.
|
||||
|
||||
*staticlibs*;;
|
||||
Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
|
||||
remove them (if they have a shared counterpart).
|
||||
|
||||
*emptydirs*;;
|
||||
Leave empty directories in packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*zipman*;;
|
||||
Compress man and info pages with gzip.
|
||||
|
||||
*ccache*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of ccache during `build()`. More useful in its negative
|
||||
form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
|
||||
with ccache.
|
||||
|
||||
*distcc*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of distcc during `build()`. More useful in its negative
|
||||
form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
|
||||
with distcc.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildflags*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CPPFLAGS, CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS,
|
||||
LDFLAGS) during `build()` as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More
|
||||
useful in its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that
|
||||
have problems building with custom buildflags.
|
||||
|
||||
*makeflags*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during `build()` as specified
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
|
||||
`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
|
||||
custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
|
||||
|
||||
*debug*;;
|
||||
Add the user-specified debug flags (DEBUG_CFLAGS, DEBUG_CXXFLAGS) to
|
||||
their counterpart buildflags as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
When used in combination with the `strip' option, a separate package
|
||||
containing the debug symbols is created.
|
||||
|
||||
*lto*;;
|
||||
Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds '-flto'
|
||||
to both CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
|
||||
|
||||
*xdata (array)*::
|
||||
This array allows you to add additional metadata to the package.
|
||||
This data is neither used by pacman nor by makepkg;
|
||||
It has purely informational purpose, or may be interpreted by third-party tools.
|
||||
+
|
||||
All entries in that array must have the form 'key=value', where
|
||||
'key' is an arbitrary non-empty string and 'value' must not contain an equal sign.
|
||||
Furthermore, the key ``pkgtype'' is reserved for the makepkg program.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Packaging Functions
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
In addition to the above directives, PKGBUILDs require a set of functions that
|
||||
provide instructions to build and install the package. As a minimum, the
|
||||
PKGBUILD must contain a `package()` function which installs all the package's
|
||||
files into the packaging directory, with optional `prepare()`, `build()`, and
|
||||
`check()` functions being used to create those files from source.
|
||||
|
||||
This is directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so anything that Bash or the
|
||||
system has available is available for use here. Be sure any exotic commands
|
||||
used are covered by the `makedepends` array.
|
||||
|
||||
If you create any variables of your own in any of these functions, it is
|
||||
recommended to use the Bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside the
|
||||
function.
|
||||
|
||||
*package() Function*::
|
||||
The `package()` function is used to install files into the directory that
|
||||
will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all
|
||||
the optional functions listed below. The packaging stage is run using
|
||||
fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package.
|
||||
All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*verify() Function*::
|
||||
An optional `verify()` function can be specified to implement arbitrary
|
||||
source authentication. The function should return a non-zero exit code when
|
||||
verification fails. This function is run before sources are extracted.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$startdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*prepare() Function*::
|
||||
An optional `prepare()` function can be specified in which operations to
|
||||
prepare the sources for building, such as patching, are performed. This
|
||||
function is run after the source extraction and before the `build()`
|
||||
function. The `prepare()` function is skipped when source extraction
|
||||
is skipped.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*build() Function*::
|
||||
The optional `build()` function is used to compile and/or adjust the source
|
||||
files in preparation to be installed by the `package()` function.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*check() Function*::
|
||||
An optional `check()` function can be specified in which a package's
|
||||
test-suite may be run. This function is run between the `build()` and
|
||||
`package()` functions. Be sure any exotic commands used are covered by the
|
||||
`checkdepends` array.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for
|
||||
use in the packaging functions. In addition, makepkg defines the following
|
||||
variables:
|
||||
|
||||
*srcdir*::
|
||||
This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
|
||||
files.
|
||||
+
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgdir*::
|
||||
This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package.
|
||||
This directory will become the root directory of your built package. This
|
||||
variable should only be used in the `package()` function.
|
||||
|
||||
*startdir*::
|
||||
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD is
|
||||
located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
|
||||
Use of this variable is deprecated and strongly discouraged.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Package Splitting
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
|
||||
achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
|
||||
Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
|
||||
`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
|
||||
|
||||
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
|
||||
given in the PKGBUILD. Nevertheless, the following ones can be overridden within
|
||||
each split package's packaging function:
|
||||
`pkgdesc`, `arch`, `url`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`, `optdepends`,
|
||||
`provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`, `install`, and
|
||||
`changelog`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that makepkg does not consider split package `depends` when checking
|
||||
if dependencies are installed before package building and with `--syncdeps`.
|
||||
All packages required to make the package are required to be specified in
|
||||
the global `depends` and `makedepends` arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbase*::
|
||||
The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
|
||||
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
|
||||
element in the `pkgname` array is used. Valid characters for this
|
||||
variable are alphanumerics, and any of the following characters:
|
||||
```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, the variable is not allowed to start with
|
||||
hyphens or dots.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
|
||||
installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to configure
|
||||
itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
|
||||
|
||||
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation, and should be
|
||||
self-explanatory. Note that during an upgrade operation, none of the install
|
||||
or remove functions will be called.
|
||||
|
||||
Scripts are passed either one or two ``full version strings'', where a full
|
||||
version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel', if epoch is
|
||||
non-zero.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_install*::
|
||||
Run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
|
||||
new package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_install*::
|
||||
Run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
|
||||
new package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_upgrade*::
|
||||
Run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this
|
||||
order: new package full version string, old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_upgrade*::
|
||||
Run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this order:
|
||||
new package full version string, old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_remove*::
|
||||
Run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
|
||||
old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_remove*::
|
||||
Run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
|
||||
old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
To use this feature, create a file such as 'pkgname.install' and put it in the
|
||||
same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
|
||||
|
||||
install=pkgname.install
|
||||
|
||||
The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
|
||||
template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
|
||||
reference with all of the available functions defined.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using VCS Sources[[VCS]]
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
Building a developmental version of a package using sources from a version
|
||||
control system (VCS) is enabled by specifying the source in the form:
|
||||
|
||||
source=('directory::url#fragment?query')
|
||||
|
||||
Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git, Subversion, Fossil and Mercurial
|
||||
version control systems. For other version control systems, manual cloning of
|
||||
upstream repositories must be done in the `prepare()` function.
|
||||
|
||||
Some <<VCS,VCS Sources>> like Git support pinning the checkout by a checksum of
|
||||
its content using deterministic export functionality like ``git archive''.
|
||||
|
||||
The source URL is divided into four components:
|
||||
|
||||
*directory*::
|
||||
(optional) Specifies an alternate directory name for makepkg to download
|
||||
the VCS source into.
|
||||
|
||||
*url*::
|
||||
The URL to the VCS repository. This must include the VCS in the URL protocol
|
||||
for makepkg to recognize this as a VCS source. If the protocol does not
|
||||
include the VCS name, it can be added by prefixing the URL with `vcs+`. For
|
||||
example, using a Git repository over HTTPS would have a source URL in the
|
||||
form:
|
||||
`git+https://...`.
|
||||
|
||||
*fragment*::
|
||||
(optional) Allows specifying a revision number or branch for makepkg to checkout
|
||||
from the VCS. A fragment has the form `type=value`, for example to checkout a
|
||||
given revision the source line would be `source=(url#revision=123)`. The
|
||||
available types depends on the VCS being used:
|
||||
|
||||
*bzr*;;
|
||||
revision (see `'bzr help revisionspec'` for details)
|
||||
|
||||
*fossil*;;
|
||||
branch, commit, tag
|
||||
|
||||
*git*;;
|
||||
branch, commit, tag
|
||||
|
||||
*hg*;;
|
||||
branch, revision, tag
|
||||
|
||||
*svn*;;
|
||||
revision
|
||||
|
||||
*query*::
|
||||
(optional) Allows specifying whether a VCS checkout should be checked for
|
||||
PGP-signed revisions. The source line should have the format
|
||||
`source=(url#fragment?signed)` or `source=(url?signed#fragment)`. Currently
|
||||
only supported by Git.
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
|
||||
examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages.
|
||||
|
||||
[source,sh]
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
463
doc/PKGBUILD.5.txt
Normal file
463
doc/PKGBUILD.5.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
PKGBUILD(5)
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
PKGBUILD - Arch Linux package build description file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
PKGBUILD
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
This manual page describes general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
|
||||
PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
|
||||
with pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'
|
||||
along with other example files such as a ChangeLog and an install
|
||||
script. You can copy the provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build
|
||||
directory and make customizations to suit your needs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options and Directives
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
|
||||
in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
|
||||
of them will be directly transferred to the built package.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
|
||||
recommended to prefix their name with an '_' (underscore).
|
||||
This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
|
||||
For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
|
||||
similar to `$_basekernver`.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgname (array)*::
|
||||
Either the name of the package or an array of names for split packages.
|
||||
Because it will be used in the package filename, this has to be unix-friendly.
|
||||
Members of the array are not allowed to start with hyphens.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgver*::
|
||||
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
|
||||
The variable is not allowed to contain colons or hyphens.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgrel*::
|
||||
This is the release number specific to the Arch Linux release. This
|
||||
allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
|
||||
flags, for example. This is typically set to '1' for each new upstream
|
||||
software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
|
||||
variable is not allowed to contain hyphens.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgdesc*::
|
||||
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
|
||||
Try to keep the description to one line of text and not use the package's name.
|
||||
|
||||
*epoch*::
|
||||
Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
|
||||
with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
|
||||
such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
|
||||
default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
|
||||
numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
|
||||
version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
|
||||
version comparisons.
|
||||
|
||||
*url*::
|
||||
This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
|
||||
packaged. Typically the project's website.
|
||||
|
||||
*license (array)*::
|
||||
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
|
||||
Commonly used licenses can be found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
|
||||
see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license
|
||||
field (e.g., `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
|
||||
available in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include it
|
||||
in the package itself and set `license=('custom')` or
|
||||
`license=('custom:LicenseName')`. The license should be placed in
|
||||
'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname/' when building the package. If
|
||||
multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
|
||||
`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
|
||||
|
||||
*install*::
|
||||
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
|
||||
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
|
||||
in the source array (e.g., `install=$pkgname.install`).
|
||||
|
||||
*changelog*::
|
||||
Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
|
||||
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
|
||||
in the source array (e.g., `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
|
||||
|
||||
*source (array)*::
|
||||
An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
|
||||
must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, or be a
|
||||
fully-qualified URL that makepkg can use to download the file.
|
||||
To make the PKGBUILD as useful as possible, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
|
||||
variables if possible when specifying the download location. Compressed files
|
||||
will be extracted automatically unless found in
|
||||
the noextract array described below.
|
||||
+
|
||||
It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
|
||||
with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
|
||||
name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Files in the source array with extensions `.sig`, `.sign` or `.asc` are recognized by
|
||||
makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify the integrity
|
||||
of the corresponding source file.
|
||||
|
||||
*noextract (array)*::
|
||||
An array of filenames corresponding to those from the source array. Files
|
||||
listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
|
||||
is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
|
||||
|
||||
*md5sums (array)*::
|
||||
This array contains an MD5 hash for every source file specified in the
|
||||
source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
|
||||
file integrity during subsequent builds. To easily generate md5sums, run
|
||||
`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`. If desired, move the md5sums line to an
|
||||
appropriate location.
|
||||
|
||||
*sha1sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums (arrays)*::
|
||||
Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
|
||||
similar to the md5sums option described above. To enable use and generation
|
||||
of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*groups (array)*::
|
||||
An array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
|
||||
you to install multiple packages by requesting a single target. For
|
||||
example, one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
|
||||
|
||||
*arch (array)*::
|
||||
Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.,
|
||||
`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
|
||||
files should use `arch=('any')`.
|
||||
|
||||
*backup (array)*::
|
||||
An array of filenames, without preceding slashes, that
|
||||
should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
|
||||
commonly used for packages placing configuration files in /etc. See
|
||||
Handling Config Files in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
*depends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to run. Entries in
|
||||
this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least
|
||||
the package name. Entries can also include a version requirement of the
|
||||
form 'name<>version', where `<>` is one of five comparisons: `>=` (greater
|
||||
than or equal to), `<=` (less than or equal to), `=` (equal to), `>`
|
||||
(greater than), or `<` (less than).
|
||||
+
|
||||
If the dependency name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
|
||||
try to find a binary that depends on the library in the built package and
|
||||
append the version needed by the binary. Appending the version yourself
|
||||
disables auto detection.
|
||||
|
||||
*makedepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to build but are not
|
||||
needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
|
||||
depends.
|
||||
|
||||
*checkdepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to run its test suite
|
||||
but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
|
||||
format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
|
||||
check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
|
||||
|
||||
*optdepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
|
||||
base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
|
||||
of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
|
||||
and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. The format
|
||||
for specifying optdepends is:
|
||||
|
||||
optdepends=('fakeroot: for makepkg usage as normal user')
|
||||
|
||||
*conflicts (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
|
||||
cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
|
||||
same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are supported using the
|
||||
operators as described in `depends`.
|
||||
|
||||
*provides (array)*::
|
||||
An array of ``virtual provisions'' this package provides. This allows
|
||||
a package to provide dependencies other than its own package name. For
|
||||
example, the dcron package can provide 'cron', which allows packages to
|
||||
depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format. For
|
||||
example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0' dependency of
|
||||
other packages. Provisions involving the `>` and `<` operators are invalid as
|
||||
only specific versions of a package may be provided.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If the provision name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
|
||||
try to find the library in the built package and append the correct
|
||||
version. Appending the version yourself disables auto detection.
|
||||
|
||||
*replaces (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package should replace. This can be used
|
||||
to handle renamed/combined packages. For example, if the 'j2re' package
|
||||
is renamed to 'jre', this directive allows future upgrades to continue
|
||||
as expected even though the package has moved. Versioned replaces are
|
||||
supported using the operators as described in `depends`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Sysupgrade is currently the only pacman operation that utilizes this field.
|
||||
A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
|
||||
|
||||
*options (array)*::
|
||||
This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
|
||||
when building packages. To set an option, just include the option name
|
||||
in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
|
||||
the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
|
||||
to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
|
||||
variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*strip*;;
|
||||
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
|
||||
use a debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to
|
||||
disable this option.
|
||||
|
||||
*docs*;;
|
||||
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories,
|
||||
specify `!docs` in the array.
|
||||
|
||||
*libtool*;;
|
||||
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
|
||||
remove them.
|
||||
|
||||
*emptydirs*;;
|
||||
Leave empty directories in packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*zipman*;;
|
||||
Compress man and info pages with gzip.
|
||||
|
||||
*upx*;;
|
||||
Compress binary executable files using UPX.
|
||||
|
||||
*ccache*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of ccache during build. More useful in its negative
|
||||
form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
|
||||
with ccache.
|
||||
|
||||
*distcc*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of distcc during build. More useful in its negative
|
||||
form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
|
||||
with distcc.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildflags*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS, LDFLAGS)
|
||||
during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in
|
||||
its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that have problems
|
||||
building with custom buildflags.
|
||||
|
||||
*makeflags*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during build as specified
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
|
||||
`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
|
||||
custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
build() Function
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
In addition to the above directives, the optional build() function usually
|
||||
comprises the remainder of the PKGBUILD. This is directly sourced and executed
|
||||
by makepkg, so anything that bash or the system has available is available for
|
||||
use here. The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits
|
||||
with a non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic
|
||||
commands used are covered by `makedepends`.
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for use
|
||||
in the build function. In addition, makepkg defines the following three
|
||||
variables for use during the build and install process:
|
||||
|
||||
*startdir*::
|
||||
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD is
|
||||
located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
|
||||
Use of this variable is deprecated and strongly discouraged.
|
||||
|
||||
*srcdir*::
|
||||
This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgdir*::
|
||||
This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package
|
||||
(this directory will become the root directory of your built package).
|
||||
|
||||
If you create any variables of your own in the build function, it is
|
||||
recommended to use the bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
|
||||
the build function.
|
||||
|
||||
check() Function
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
An optional check() function can be specified in which a packages test-suite
|
||||
may be run. This function is run between the build() and package() functions.
|
||||
The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
|
||||
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic commands
|
||||
used are covered by `checkdepends`.
|
||||
|
||||
package() Function
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
An optional package() function can be specified in addition to the build()
|
||||
function. This function is run after the build() and check() functions. The
|
||||
function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
|
||||
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. When specified in combination
|
||||
with the fakeroot BUILDENV option in linkman:makepkg.conf[5], fakeroot usage
|
||||
will be limited to running the packaging stage. An existing build() function
|
||||
will be run as the user calling makepkg.
|
||||
|
||||
Package Splitting
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
|
||||
achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
|
||||
Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
|
||||
`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
|
||||
|
||||
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
|
||||
given in the PKGBUILD. Nevertheless, the following ones can be overridden within
|
||||
each split package's packaging function:
|
||||
`pkgver`, `pkgrel`, `epoch`, `pkgdesc`, `arch`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`,
|
||||
`optdepends`, `provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`,
|
||||
`install` and `changelog`.
|
||||
|
||||
An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbase*::
|
||||
The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
|
||||
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
|
||||
element in the `pkgname` array is used. The variable is not allowed to
|
||||
begin with a hyphen.
|
||||
|
||||
Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
|
||||
installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to configure
|
||||
itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
|
||||
|
||||
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation, and should be
|
||||
self-explanatory. Note that during an upgrade operation, none of the install
|
||||
or remove scripts will be called.
|
||||
|
||||
Scripts are passed either one or two ``full version strings'', where a full
|
||||
version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel' if epoch is
|
||||
non-zero.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_install*::
|
||||
Run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
|
||||
new package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_install*::
|
||||
Run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
|
||||
new package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_upgrade*::
|
||||
Run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this
|
||||
order: new package full version string, old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_upgrade*::
|
||||
Run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this order:
|
||||
new package full version string, old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_remove*::
|
||||
Run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
|
||||
old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_remove*::
|
||||
Run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
|
||||
old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
To use this feature, create a file such as 'pkgname.install' and put it in the
|
||||
same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
|
||||
|
||||
install=pkgname.install
|
||||
|
||||
The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
|
||||
template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
|
||||
reference with all of the available functions defined.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Development Directives
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
|
||||
manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
|
||||
separate utility 'versionpkg'. In order to utilize this functionality, your
|
||||
PKGBUILD must use correct variable names depending on the SCM being fetched
|
||||
from (e.g., 'makepkg-git', 'mplayer-svn').
|
||||
|
||||
*CVS*::
|
||||
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
|
||||
|
||||
*_cvsroot*;;
|
||||
The root of the CVS repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*_cvsmod*;;
|
||||
The CVS module to fetch.
|
||||
|
||||
*SVN*::
|
||||
The generated pkgver will be the latest SVN revision number.
|
||||
|
||||
*_svntrunk*;;
|
||||
The trunk of the SVN repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*_svnmod*;;
|
||||
The SVN module to fetch.
|
||||
|
||||
*Git*::
|
||||
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
|
||||
|
||||
*_gitroot*;;
|
||||
The URL (all protocols supported) to the GIT repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*_gitname*;;
|
||||
GIT tag or branch to use.
|
||||
|
||||
*Mercurial*::
|
||||
The generated pkgver will be the hg tip revision number.
|
||||
|
||||
*_hgroot*;;
|
||||
The URL of the mercurial repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*_hgrepo*;;
|
||||
The repository to follow.
|
||||
|
||||
*Darcs*::
|
||||
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
|
||||
|
||||
*_darcstrunk*;;
|
||||
URL to the repository trunk.
|
||||
|
||||
*_darcsmod*;;
|
||||
Darcs module to use.
|
||||
|
||||
*Bazaar*::
|
||||
The generated pkgver will be the latest Bazaar revision number (revno).
|
||||
|
||||
*_bzrtrunk*;;
|
||||
URL to the bazaar repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*_bzrmod*;;
|
||||
Bazaar module to use.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
|
||||
examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages. For
|
||||
those using Arch Linux, consult the ABS tree.
|
||||
|
||||
[source,sh]
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
|||
alpm-hooks(5)
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
NAME
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
alpm-hooks - alpm hook file format
|
||||
|
||||
SYNOPSIS
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
[Trigger] (Required, Repeatable)
|
||||
Operation = Install|Upgrade|Remove (Required, Repeatable)
|
||||
Type = Path|Package (Required)
|
||||
Target = <Path|PkgName> (Required, Repeatable)
|
||||
|
||||
[Action] (Required)
|
||||
Description = ... (Optional)
|
||||
When = PreTransaction|PostTransaction (Required)
|
||||
Exec = <Command> (Required)
|
||||
Depends = <PkgName> (Optional)
|
||||
AbortOnFail (Optional, PreTransaction only)
|
||||
NeedsTargets (Optional)
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
libalpm provides the ability to specify hooks to run before or after
|
||||
transactions based on the packages and/or files being modified. Hooks consist
|
||||
of a single '[Action]' section describing the action to be run and one or more
|
||||
'[Trigger]' section describing which transactions it should be run for.
|
||||
|
||||
Hooks are read from files located in the system hook directory
|
||||
+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks+, and additional custom directories specified in
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5] (the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). The
|
||||
file names are required to have the suffix ".hook". Hooks are run in
|
||||
alphabetical order of their file name, where the ordering ignores the suffix.
|
||||
|
||||
TRIGGERS
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
Hooks must contain at least one '[Trigger]' section that determines which
|
||||
transactions will cause the hook to run. If multiple trigger sections are
|
||||
defined the hook will run if the transaction matches *any* of the triggers.
|
||||
|
||||
*Operation =* Install|Upgrade|Remove::
|
||||
Select the type of operation to match targets against. May be specified
|
||||
multiple times. Installations are considered an upgrade if the package or
|
||||
file is already present on the system regardless of whether the new package
|
||||
version is actually greater than the currently installed version. For Path
|
||||
triggers, this is true even if the file changes ownership from one package
|
||||
to another. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*Type =* Path|Package::
|
||||
Select whether targets are matched against transaction packages or files.
|
||||
See CAVEATS for special notes regarding Path triggers. 'File' is a deprecated
|
||||
alias for 'Path' and will be removed in a future release. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*Target =* <path|package>::
|
||||
The path or package name to match against the active transaction.
|
||||
Paths refer to the files in the package archive; the installation root
|
||||
should *not* be included in the path. Shell-style glob patterns are
|
||||
allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a target with an
|
||||
exclamation mark. May be specified multiple times. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
ACTIONS
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
*Description =* ...::
|
||||
An optional description that describes the action being taken by the
|
||||
hook for use in front-end output.
|
||||
|
||||
*Exec =* <command>::
|
||||
Command to run. Command arguments are split on whitespace. Values
|
||||
containing whitespace should be enclosed in quotes. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*When =* PreTransaction|PostTransaction::
|
||||
When to run the hook. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*Depends =* <package>::
|
||||
Packages that must be installed for the hook to run. May be specified
|
||||
multiple times.
|
||||
|
||||
*AbortOnFail*::
|
||||
Causes the transaction to be aborted if the hook exits non-zero. Only
|
||||
applies to PreTransaction hooks.
|
||||
|
||||
*NeedsTargets*::
|
||||
Causes the list of matched trigger targets to be passed to the running hook
|
||||
on 'stdin'.
|
||||
|
||||
OVERRIDING HOOKS
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Hooks may be overridden by placing a file with the same name in a higher
|
||||
priority hook directory. Hooks may be disabled by overriding them with
|
||||
a symlink to '/dev/null'.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLES
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
# Force disks to sync to reduce the risk of data corruption
|
||||
|
||||
[Trigger]
|
||||
Operation = Install
|
||||
Operation = Upgrade
|
||||
Operation = Remove
|
||||
Type = Package
|
||||
Target = *
|
||||
|
||||
[Action]
|
||||
Depends = coreutils
|
||||
When = PostTransaction
|
||||
Exec = /usr/bin/sync
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
CAVEATS
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
There are situations when path triggers may act in unexpected ways. Hooks are
|
||||
triggered using the file list of the installed, upgraded, or removed package.
|
||||
When installing or upgrading a file that is extracted with a '.pacnew'
|
||||
extension, the original file name is used in triggering the hook. When
|
||||
removing a package, all files owned by that package can trigger a hook whether
|
||||
or not they were actually present on the file system before package removal.
|
||||
|
||||
PostTransaction hooks will *not* run if the transaction fails to complete for
|
||||
any reason.
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
|||
## linkman: macro
|
||||
# Inspired by/borrowed from the Git source tree at Documentation/asciidoc.conf
|
||||
# Inspired by/borrowed from the GIT source tree at Documentation/asciidoc.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Usage: linkman:command[manpage-section]
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ ifdef::backend-docbook[]
|
|||
template::[header-declarations]
|
||||
<refentry>
|
||||
<refentryinfo>
|
||||
<date>{localdate}</date>
|
||||
<date>{pacman_date}</date>
|
||||
</refentryinfo>
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>{mantitle}</refentrytitle>
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,15 +1,16 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
|
||||
See the pacman website at https://archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
|
||||
See the pacman website at http://www.archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
|
||||
information on pacman and its related tools.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bugs
|
||||
----
|
||||
Bugs? You must be kidding; there are no bugs in this software. But if we
|
||||
happen to be wrong, please report them to the issue tracker at
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues[] with specific
|
||||
information such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even
|
||||
the package database if it helps.
|
||||
Bugs? You must be kidding, there are no bugs in this software. But if we
|
||||
happen to be wrong, send us an email with as much detail as possible to
|
||||
mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Authors
|
||||
|
|
@ -18,19 +19,16 @@ Authors
|
|||
Current maintainers:
|
||||
|
||||
* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Past major contributors:
|
||||
|
||||
* Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
|
||||
|
||||
For additional contributors, use `git shortlog -s` on the pacman.git
|
||||
repository.
|
||||
|
|
@ -21,51 +21,43 @@ option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
|
|||
this, packages would have to be installed manually using the '\--add' and
|
||||
'\--upgrade' operations.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman -- a back-end named libalpm
|
||||
(library for Arch Linux Package Management) and the familiar pacman front-end.
|
||||
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman- a backend named libalpm
|
||||
(library for Arch Linux Package Management), and the familiar pacman frontend.
|
||||
Speed in many cases was improved, along with dependency and conflict resolution
|
||||
being able to handle a much wider variety of cases. The switch to a
|
||||
library-based program should also make it easier in the future to develop
|
||||
alternative front ends.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 4.0 added package signing and verification capabilities to the entire
|
||||
makepkg/repo-add/pacman toolchain via GnuPG and GPGME.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 5.0 added support for pre/post-transaction hooks and sync database file
|
||||
list operations.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 6.0 added support for parallel downloads.
|
||||
makepkg/repo-add/pacman toolchain via GNUPG and GPGME.
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
Man Pages
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
There are several man pages available for the programs, utilities, and
|
||||
Manpages
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
There are several manpages available for the programs, utilities, and
|
||||
configuration files dealing with pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
* linkman:alpm-hooks[5]
|
||||
* linkman:BUILDINFO[5]
|
||||
* linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
* linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
* linkman:makepkg[8]
|
||||
* linkman:makepkg-template[1]
|
||||
* linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman-key[8]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman-conf[8]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
* linkman:pkgdelta[8]
|
||||
* linkman:repo-add[8]
|
||||
* linkman:vercmp[8]
|
||||
|
||||
Changelog
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman[Git summary page] for the
|
||||
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
|
||||
project.
|
||||
|
||||
See the most recent
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/blob/master/NEWS[NEWS]
|
||||
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
|
||||
file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
|
||||
contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,30 +71,7 @@ Releases
|
|||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!7.0.0 !2024-07-14
|
||||
!6.1.0 !2024-03-04
|
||||
!6.0.1 !2021-09-04
|
||||
!6.0.0 !2021-05-20
|
||||
!6.0.0alpha1 !2020-12-04
|
||||
!5.2.1 !2019-11-01
|
||||
!5.2.0 !2019-10-21
|
||||
!5.1.3 !2019-03-01
|
||||
!5.1.2 !2018-12-25
|
||||
!5.1.1 !2018-07-27
|
||||
!5.1.0 !2018-05-28
|
||||
!5.0.2 !2017-06-03
|
||||
!5.0.1 !2016-02-23
|
||||
!5.0.0 !2016-01-30
|
||||
!4.2.1 !2015-02-20
|
||||
!4.2.0 !2014-12-19
|
||||
!4.1.2 !2013-06-18
|
||||
!4.1.1 !2013-05-07
|
||||
!4.1.0 !2013-04-01
|
||||
!4.1.0rc1 !2013-03-09
|
||||
!4.0.3 !2012-04-07
|
||||
!4.0.2 !2012-02-11
|
||||
!4.0.1 !2011-11-20
|
||||
!4.0.0 !2011-10-13
|
||||
!4.0.0 !2011-09-13
|
||||
!4.0.0rc2 !2011-09-22
|
||||
!4.0.0rc1 !2011-08-11
|
||||
!3.5.4 !2011-08-10
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,11 +82,6 @@ Releases
|
|||
!3.4.3 !2011-01-22
|
||||
!3.4.2 !2010-12-29
|
||||
!3.4.1 !2010-09-03
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!3.4.0 !2010-06-16
|
||||
!3.3.3 !2009-11-10
|
||||
!3.3.2 !2009-10-05
|
||||
|
|
@ -131,13 +95,11 @@ Releases
|
|||
!3.1.2 !2008-02-20
|
||||
!3.1.1 !2008-01-20
|
||||
!3.1.0 !2008-01-09
|
||||
!3.0.6 !2007-09-16
|
||||
!3.0.5 !2007-06-17
|
||||
!3.0.4 !2007-05-08
|
||||
!3.0.3 !2007-04-28
|
||||
!3.0.2 !2007-04-23
|
||||
!3.0.1 !2007-04-04
|
||||
!3.0.0 !2007-03-25
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!2.9.8 !2006-02-02
|
||||
!2.9.7 !2005-09-16
|
||||
!2.9.7-TEST3 !2005-09-11
|
||||
|
|
@ -152,11 +114,6 @@ Releases
|
|||
!2.9 !2004-09-18
|
||||
!2.8.4 !2004-08-23
|
||||
!2.8.3 !2004-08-04
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!2.8.2 !2004-07-22
|
||||
!2.8.1 !2004-07-17
|
||||
!2.8 !2004-07-03
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,6 +124,11 @@ Releases
|
|||
!2.7.5 !2004-03-02
|
||||
!2.7.4 !2004-02-18
|
||||
!2.7.3 !2004-02-07
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!2.7.2 !2004-01-04
|
||||
!2.7.1 !2003-12-21
|
||||
!2.7 !2003-11-25
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,18 +157,16 @@ Releases
|
|||
|
||||
|======
|
||||
|
||||
Source code for releases since moving to gitlab is available at
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/releases[].
|
||||
Source code for historical releases is available at
|
||||
link:https://sources.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
|
||||
Source code for all releases is available at
|
||||
link:ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
|
||||
available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
|
||||
commands:
|
||||
|
||||
$ meson build
|
||||
$ ninja -C build
|
||||
# ninja -C build install
|
||||
$ ./configure
|
||||
$ make
|
||||
# make install
|
||||
|
||||
You may wish to read the options presented by `meson` in order to
|
||||
You may wish to read the options presented by `./configure --help` in order to
|
||||
set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Development
|
||||
|
|
@ -215,23 +175,24 @@ Development
|
|||
Mailing List
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
|
||||
link:https://lists.archlinux.org/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
|
||||
link:https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
|
||||
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
|
||||
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
|
||||
|
||||
Source Code
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Development of pacman is currently done in Git. The central repository is
|
||||
Development of pacman is currently done in GIT. The central repository is
|
||||
hosted by Arch Linux, although some of the developers have their own trees (ask
|
||||
on the above mailing lists if you are interested in finding the locations of
|
||||
these trees).
|
||||
|
||||
The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
|
||||
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
|
||||
|
||||
which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
|
||||
You can browse the source as well using
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/[gitlab].
|
||||
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
|
||||
available for cloning purposes; these URLs are listed at the above page.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
|
||||
the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
|
||||
|
|
@ -243,16 +204,62 @@ you speak a foreign language, you can help by either creating or updating a
|
|||
translation file for your native language. Instructions can be found in
|
||||
link:translation-help.html[translation-help].
|
||||
|
||||
Other Utilities
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Although the package manager itself is quite simple, many scripts have been
|
||||
developed that help automate building and installing packages. These are used
|
||||
extensively in link:http://archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
|
||||
are available in the Arch Linux projects
|
||||
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
|
||||
|
||||
Utilities available:
|
||||
|
||||
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
|
||||
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
|
||||
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
|
||||
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
|
||||
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
|
||||
|
||||
Bugs
|
||||
----
|
||||
If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please report them to the issue
|
||||
tracker at link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues[] with
|
||||
specific information such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even
|
||||
the package database if it helps.
|
||||
If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please email them to the pacman-dev
|
||||
mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
|
||||
such as your commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
|
||||
if it helps.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
|
||||
link:http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
|
||||
bugs under the Pacman project.
|
||||
|
||||
Pacman/libalpm in the Wild
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
Although Arch Linux is the primary user of pacman and libalpm, other
|
||||
distributions and projects also use pacman as a package management tool. In
|
||||
addition, there have been several projects started to provide a frontend GUI to
|
||||
pacman and/or libalpm.
|
||||
|
||||
Arch derivatives:
|
||||
|
||||
* link:http://archie.dotsrc.org/[Archie] - Arch Live on steroids
|
||||
* link:http://www.faunos.com/[FaunOS] - A portable, fully integrated operating system based on Arch Linux
|
||||
* link:http://larch.berlios.de/[larch] - A live CD/DVD/USB-stick construction kit for Arch Linux
|
||||
|
||||
Other distributions:
|
||||
|
||||
* link:http://www.delilinux.org/[DeLi Linux] - "Desktop Light" Linux, a Linux distribution for old computers
|
||||
* link:http://www.frugalware.org/[Frugalware Linux] - A general purpose Linux distribution for intermediate users (pacman is forked and maintained separately)
|
||||
|
||||
Pacman/libalpm frontends:
|
||||
|
||||
* link:http://shaman.iskrembilen.com/[Shaman] - A GUI frontend using Qt and libalpm
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright
|
||||
---------
|
||||
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team
|
||||
<pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
|
||||
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team
|
||||
<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
|
||||
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
|
||||
version 2 or later.
|
||||
|
||||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
39
doc/libalpm.3.txt
Normal file
39
doc/libalpm.3.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
libalpm(3)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
libalpm - Arch Linux Package Management (ALPM) library
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
For ease of access, the libalpm manual has been split up into several sections.
|
||||
|
||||
*TODO:* Yes, this man page needs a lot of work. Once we get around to doing
|
||||
good Doxygen documentation, it will improve. We promise.
|
||||
|
||||
*alpm_databases*:: Database Functions
|
||||
*alpm_interface*:: Interface Functions
|
||||
*alpm_list*:: List Functions
|
||||
*alpm_log*:: Logging Functions
|
||||
*alpm_misc*:: Miscellaneous Functions
|
||||
*alpm_packages*:: Package Functions
|
||||
*alpm_sync*:: Sync Functions
|
||||
*alpm_trans*:: Transaction Functions
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring libalpm using the
|
||||
'pacman.conf' file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg-template(1)
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg-template - package build templating utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'makepkg-template' [options]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'makepkg-template' is a script to ease the work of maintaining multiple similar
|
||||
PKGBUILDs. It allows you to move most of the code from the PKGBUILD into a
|
||||
template file and uses markers to allow in-place updating of existing PKGBUILDs
|
||||
if the template has been changed.
|
||||
|
||||
Template files can contain any code allowed in a PKGBUILD. You can think of
|
||||
them like external files included with "." or "source", but they will be
|
||||
inlined into the PKGBUILD by 'makepkg-template' so you do not depend on the
|
||||
template file when building the package.
|
||||
|
||||
Markers are bash comments in the form of:
|
||||
|
||||
# template start; key=value; key2=value2; ...
|
||||
|
||||
and
|
||||
|
||||
# template end;
|
||||
|
||||
Currently used keys are: name (mandatory) and version. Template names are limited to
|
||||
alphanumerics, "@", "+", ".", "-", and "_". Versions are limited to numbers and ".".
|
||||
|
||||
For initial creation there is a one line short cut which does not need an end marker:
|
||||
|
||||
# template input; key=value;
|
||||
|
||||
Using this short-cut will result in 'makepkg-template' replacing it with start
|
||||
and end markers and the template code on the first run.
|
||||
|
||||
Template files should be stored in one directory and filenames should be
|
||||
"$template_name-$version.template" with a symlink "$template_name.template"
|
||||
pointing to the most recent template. If the version is not set in the marker,
|
||||
'makepkg-template' will automatically use the target of "$template_name.template",
|
||||
otherwise the specified version will be used. This allows for easier
|
||||
verification of untrusted PKGBUILDs if the template is trusted. You verify the
|
||||
non-template code and then use a command similar to this:
|
||||
|
||||
diff -u <(makepkg-template -o -) PKGBUILD
|
||||
|
||||
Template files may also contain markers leading to nested templates in the
|
||||
resulting PKGBUILD. If you use markers in a template, please set the version
|
||||
you used/tested with in the start/input marker so other people can properly
|
||||
recreate from templates.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-p, \--input* <build script>::
|
||||
Read the package script `build script` instead of the default.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--output* <build script>::
|
||||
Write the updated file to `build script` instead of overwriting the input file.
|
||||
|
||||
*-n, \--newest*::
|
||||
Always use the newest available template file.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--template-dir* <dir>::
|
||||
Change the dir where we are looking for template files. This option may be
|
||||
given multiple times in which case files found in directory given last will
|
||||
take precedence.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example PKGBUILD
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
pkgname=perl-config-simple
|
||||
pkgver=4.58
|
||||
pkgrel=1
|
||||
pkgdesc="simple configuration file class"
|
||||
arch=('any')
|
||||
license=('PerlArtistic' 'GPL')
|
||||
depends=('perl')
|
||||
source=("http://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/S/SH/SHERZODR/Config-Simple-${pkgver}.tar.gz")
|
||||
sha256sums=('dd9995706f0f9384a15ccffe116c3b6e22f42ba2e58d8f24ed03c4a0e386edb4')
|
||||
_distname="Config-Simple"
|
||||
|
||||
# template start; name=perl-module; version=1.0;
|
||||
_distdir="${_distname}-${pkgver}"
|
||||
url="https://metacpan.org/release/${_distname}"
|
||||
options+=('!emptydirs')
|
||||
|
||||
build() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
|
||||
perl Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
|
||||
make
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
|
||||
make test
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
package() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
|
||||
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir" install
|
||||
}
|
||||
# template end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg - package build utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'makepkg' [options] [ENVVAR=value] [ENVVAR+=value] ...
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'makepkg' is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
|
||||
using the script are a build-capable *nix platform and a custom build script
|
||||
for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
|
||||
linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
The advantage to a script-based build is that the work is only done once. Once
|
||||
you have the build script for a package, 'makepkg' will do the rest: download and
|
||||
validate source files, check dependencies, configure the build-time settings,
|
||||
build the package, install the package into a temporary root, make
|
||||
customizations, generate meta-info, and package the whole thing up for pacman
|
||||
to use.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: 'makepkg' uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
|
||||
building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
|
||||
seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
|
||||
your logs and output are not localized.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-A, \--ignorearch*::
|
||||
Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
|
||||
for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
|
||||
outdated and not updated with an `arch=('yourarch')` field.
|
||||
|
||||
*-c, \--clean*::
|
||||
Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--nodeps*::
|
||||
Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
|
||||
ignore any dependencies required. There is a good chance this option
|
||||
will break the build process if all of the dependencies are not
|
||||
installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*-e, \--noextract*::
|
||||
Do not extract source files or run the prepare() function (if present);
|
||||
use whatever source already exists in the $srcdir/ directory. This is
|
||||
handy if you want to go into $srcdir/ and manually patch or tweak code,
|
||||
then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind that creating a
|
||||
patch may be a better solution to allow others to use your PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--verifysource*::
|
||||
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
|
||||
if required and perform the integrity checks. No extraction or build is
|
||||
performed. Dependencies specified in the PKGBUILD will not be handled
|
||||
unless `--syncdeps` is used. Useful for performing subsequent offline
|
||||
builds.
|
||||
|
||||
*-f, \--force*::
|
||||
makepkg will not build a package if a built package already exists in
|
||||
the `PKGDEST` (set in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]) directory, which may
|
||||
default to the current directory. This allows the built package to be
|
||||
overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
*-g, \--geninteg*::
|
||||
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
|
||||
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
|
||||
are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
|
||||
value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent.
|
||||
This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
|
||||
using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
|
||||
|
||||
*--skipinteg*::
|
||||
Do not perform any integrity checks (checksum and PGP) on source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--skipchecksums*::
|
||||
Do not verify checksums of source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--skippgpcheck*::
|
||||
Do not verify PGP signatures of source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*--holdver*::
|
||||
When using VCS sources (linkman:PKGBUILD[5]) any currently checked out source
|
||||
will not be updated to the latest revision.
|
||||
|
||||
*-i, \--install*::
|
||||
Install or upgrade the package after a successful build using
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8].
|
||||
|
||||
*-L, \--log*::
|
||||
Enable logging. This will use the *tee* program to send the output of each
|
||||
of the PKGBUILD functions to both the console and to a text file in the
|
||||
build directory named `pkgbase-pkgver-pkgrel-arch-<function>.log`.
|
||||
As mentioned above, the logs will be localized so you may want to set your
|
||||
locale accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
|
||||
|
||||
*-m, \--nocolor*::
|
||||
Disable color in output messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--nobuild*::
|
||||
Download and extract files, run the prepare() function, but do not build
|
||||
them. Useful with the '\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files
|
||||
in $srcdir/ before building.
|
||||
|
||||
*-p* <buildscript>::
|
||||
Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
|
||||
see linkman:PKGBUILD[5]. The `buildscript` must be located in the directory
|
||||
makepkg is called from.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--rmdeps*::
|
||||
Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
|
||||
during dependency auto-resolution and installation when using `-s`.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--repackage*::
|
||||
Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
|
||||
is useful if you forgot, for example, a dependency or install file in your
|
||||
PKGBUILD and the build itself will not change.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--syncdeps*::
|
||||
Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
|
||||
dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
|
||||
successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*-S, \--source*::
|
||||
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
|
||||
does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
|
||||
useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
|
||||
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
|
||||
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Display version information.
|
||||
|
||||
*-C, \--cleanbuild*::
|
||||
Clean build artifacts from previous runs of makepkg in the current
|
||||
directory by removing $srcdir before building the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-D* <dir>, *\--dir* <dir> ::
|
||||
Change to directory <dir> before reading the PKGBUILD or doing anything else.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--allsource*::
|
||||
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
|
||||
includes all sources, including those that are normally downloaded via
|
||||
makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
|
||||
such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
|
||||
the GPL when distributing binary packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--check*::
|
||||
Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noarchive*::
|
||||
Do not create the archive at the end of the build process. This can be
|
||||
useful to test the package() function or if your target distribution does
|
||||
not use pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocheck*::
|
||||
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprepare*::
|
||||
Do not run the prepare() function in the PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noverify*::
|
||||
Do not run the verify() function in the PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--sign*::
|
||||
Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nosign*::
|
||||
Do not create a signature for the built package.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--key* <key>::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. If not specified in either location, the
|
||||
default key from the keyring will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noconfirm*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
|
||||
proceeding with operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--needed*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Tell pacman not to reinstall a target if it is already
|
||||
up-to-date. (used with '-i' / '\--install').
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asdeps*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Install packages as non-explicitly installed (used
|
||||
with '-i' / '\--install').
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprogressbar*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from displaying a progress bar;
|
||||
useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--packagelist*::
|
||||
List the package filenames that would be produced without building. Listed
|
||||
package filenames include PKGDEST and PKGEXT.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--printsrcinfo*::
|
||||
Generate and print the SRCINFO file to stdout.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Additional Features
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
|
||||
manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
|
||||
separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
|
||||
set up a development PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Reproducibility
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
makepkg is designed to be compatible with
|
||||
link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds]. If the
|
||||
**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is set, it will be exported to
|
||||
subprocesses, and source and package file modification times and package
|
||||
metadata will be unified based on the timestamp specified.
|
||||
|
||||
If the **SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is not set, makepkg will use
|
||||
its own start date for internal use, but will not unify source file timestamps
|
||||
before building.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Environment Variables
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_LIBRARY**="/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Use an alternative libmakepkg path instead of the {libmakepkgdir} default.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACMAN**::
|
||||
The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
|
||||
install and remove packages. Pacman's '-Qq', '-Rns', '-S', '-T', and '-U'
|
||||
operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
|
||||
set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_CONF=**"/path/to/file"::
|
||||
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_GIT_CONFIG=**"/path/to/file"::
|
||||
Use an alternate config file for Git instead of the
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/makepkg.d/gitconfig+ default. makepkg always prevents Git
|
||||
from loading any other config files.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where source package files will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where generated log files will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@doe.com>"::
|
||||
String to identify the creator of the resulting package. Overrides
|
||||
the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
|
||||
value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**CARCH=**"(i686|x86_64)"::
|
||||
Force build for a specific architecture. Useful for cross-compiling.
|
||||
Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
|
||||
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
|
||||
Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**GNUPGHOME=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the gpg keyring for signing the built package is stored.
|
||||
|
||||
**GPGKEY=**"keyid"::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=**"<date>"::
|
||||
Used for link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds].
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDTOOL=**"<name>"::
|
||||
The name of a tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used for
|
||||
defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDTOOLVER=**"<version>"::
|
||||
The version of the '$BUILDTOOL' used.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_LINT_PKGBUILD=**0::
|
||||
Setting to 0 disables PKGBUILD linting within makepkg. Useful on systems
|
||||
with slow bash subshell operations, or on PKGBUILDs with extreme amounts of
|
||||
package splitting.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the
|
||||
'makepkg.conf' file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Errors
|
||||
------
|
||||
On exit, makepkg will return one of the following error codes.
|
||||
|
||||
0::
|
||||
Normal exit condition.
|
||||
|
||||
1::
|
||||
Unknown cause of failure.
|
||||
|
||||
2::
|
||||
Error in configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
3::
|
||||
User specified an invalid option.
|
||||
|
||||
4::
|
||||
Error in user-supplied function in PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
5::
|
||||
Failed to create a viable package.
|
||||
|
||||
6::
|
||||
A source or auxiliary file specified in the PKGBUILD is
|
||||
missing.
|
||||
|
||||
7::
|
||||
The PKGDIR is missing.
|
||||
|
||||
8::
|
||||
Failed to install dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
9::
|
||||
Failed to remove dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
10::
|
||||
User attempted to run makepkg as root.
|
||||
|
||||
11::
|
||||
User lacks permissions to build or install to a given
|
||||
location.
|
||||
|
||||
12::
|
||||
Error parsing PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
13::
|
||||
A package has already been built.
|
||||
|
||||
14::
|
||||
The package failed to install.
|
||||
|
||||
15::
|
||||
Programs necessary to run makepkg are missing.
|
||||
|
||||
16::
|
||||
Specified GPG key does not exist or failed to sign package.
|
||||
|
||||
17::
|
||||
The local repository is not a clone of the source repository
|
||||
specified in PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5], linkman:PKGBUILD[5], linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
224
doc/makepkg.8.txt
Normal file
224
doc/makepkg.8.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
makepkg(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg - package build utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'makepkg' [options]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'makepkg' is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
|
||||
using the script are a build-capable \*nix platform and a custom build script
|
||||
for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
|
||||
linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
The advantage to a script-based build is that the work is only done once. Once
|
||||
you have the build script for a package, 'makepkg' will do the rest: download and
|
||||
validate source files, check dependencies, configure the build-time settings,
|
||||
build the package, install the package into a temporary root, make
|
||||
customizations, generate meta-info, and package the whole thing up for pacman
|
||||
to use.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: 'makepkg' uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
|
||||
building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
|
||||
seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
|
||||
your logs and output are not localized.
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*\--asroot*::
|
||||
Allow makepkg to run as root. This is for security purposes as it is
|
||||
normally dangerous to do so. This will also disable use of fakeroot and
|
||||
sudo.
|
||||
|
||||
*-A, \--ignorearch*::
|
||||
Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
|
||||
for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
|
||||
outdated and not updated with an `arch=('yourarch')` field.
|
||||
|
||||
*-c, \--clean*::
|
||||
Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--nodeps*::
|
||||
Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
|
||||
ignore any dependencies required. There is a good chance this option
|
||||
will break the build process if all of the dependencies are not
|
||||
installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*-e, \--noextract*::
|
||||
Do not extract source files; use whatever source already exists in the
|
||||
src/ directory. This is handy if you want to go into src/ and manually
|
||||
patch or tweak code, then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind
|
||||
that creating a patch may be a better solution to allow others to use
|
||||
your PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*-f, \--force*::
|
||||
makepkg will not build a package if a built package already exists in
|
||||
the `PKGDEST` (set in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]) directory, which may
|
||||
default to the current directory. This allows the built package to be
|
||||
overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
*--forcever*::
|
||||
This is a hidden option that should *not* be used unless you really know
|
||||
what you are doing. makepkg uses this internally when calling itself to
|
||||
set the new development pkgver of the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-g, \--geninteg*::
|
||||
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
|
||||
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
|
||||
are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
|
||||
value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent
|
||||
This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
|
||||
using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
|
||||
|
||||
*--skipinteg*::
|
||||
Do not perform any integrity checks (checksum and PGP) on source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--skipchecksums*::
|
||||
Do not verify checksums of source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--skippgpcheck*::
|
||||
Do not verify PGP signatures of source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--holdver*::
|
||||
Useful when building development versions of packages. Prevents makepkg
|
||||
from automatically bumping the pkgver to the latest revision number in
|
||||
the package's development tree.
|
||||
|
||||
*-i, \--install*::
|
||||
Install or upgrade the package after a successful build using
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8].
|
||||
|
||||
*-L, \--log*::
|
||||
Enable makepkg build logging. This will use the *tee* program to send
|
||||
output of the `build()` function to both the console and to a text file in
|
||||
the build directory named `pkgname-pkgver-pkgrel-arch.log`. As mentioned
|
||||
above, the build log will be localized so you may want to set your locale
|
||||
accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
|
||||
|
||||
*-m, \--nocolor*::
|
||||
Disable color in output messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--nobuild*::
|
||||
Download and extract files only, but do not build them. Useful with the
|
||||
'\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files in src/ before
|
||||
building.
|
||||
|
||||
*-p* <buildscript>::
|
||||
Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
|
||||
see linkman:PKGBUILD[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--rmdeps*::
|
||||
Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
|
||||
during dependency auto-resolution and installation when using `-s`.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--repackage*::
|
||||
Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
|
||||
is useful if you forgot a depend or install file in your PKGBUILD and
|
||||
the build itself will not change.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--syncdeps*::
|
||||
Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
|
||||
dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
|
||||
successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*-S, \--source*::
|
||||
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
|
||||
does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
|
||||
useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
|
||||
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
|
||||
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--allsource*::
|
||||
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
|
||||
includes all sources, including those that are normally download via
|
||||
makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
|
||||
such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
|
||||
the GPL when distributing binary packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--pkg <list>*::
|
||||
Only build listed packages from a split package.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--check*::
|
||||
Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocheck*::
|
||||
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--sign*::
|
||||
Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nosign*::
|
||||
Do not create a signature for the built package.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--key* <key>::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. If not specified in either location, the
|
||||
default key from the keyring will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noconfirm*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
|
||||
proceeding with operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprogressbar*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from displaying a progress bar;
|
||||
useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Additional Features
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
|
||||
manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
|
||||
separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
|
||||
set up a development PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Environment Variables
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
*PACMAN*::
|
||||
The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
|
||||
install and remove packages. Pacman's -Qq, -Rns, -S, -T, and -U
|
||||
operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
|
||||
set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
Folder where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
Folder where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
Folder where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
|
||||
value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the
|
||||
'makepkg.conf' file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5], linkman:PKGBUILD[5], linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg.conf(5)
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg.conf - makepkg configuration file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Configuration options for makepkg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
|
||||
sourced so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
|
||||
helpful when building for different architectures or with different
|
||||
optimizations. However, only the variables described below are exported to the
|
||||
build environment.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
|
||||
variables. Some of them are non-standard.
|
||||
|
||||
The system-wide configuration file is found in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.
|
||||
Specific additions (e.g. build flags for additional languages) can be placed
|
||||
in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.d/*.conf.
|
||||
|
||||
Individual options can be overridden (or added to) on a per-user basis in
|
||||
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf or ~/.makepkg.conf, with the former
|
||||
taking priority.
|
||||
|
||||
The default file is fairly well commented, so it may be easiest to simply
|
||||
follow directions given there for customization.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
|
||||
Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
|
||||
the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
|
||||
well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Any spaces in option
|
||||
arguments are required to be escaped to avoid being split. Several
|
||||
examples are provided in the default makepkg.conf.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
|
||||
download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
|
||||
be replaced with the local file name, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
|
||||
makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
|
||||
|
||||
**VCSCLIENTS=(**\'protocol::package' ...**)**::
|
||||
Sets the packages required to fetch version controlled source files. When
|
||||
required, makepkg will check that these packages are installed or are included
|
||||
in the `depends` or `makedepends` arrays in the PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
**CARCH=**"carch"::
|
||||
Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
|
||||
as ``i686'', ``x86_64'', ``ppc'', etc. This should be automatically set on
|
||||
installation.
|
||||
|
||||
**CHOST=**"chost"::
|
||||
A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu''; do not touch this unless you know what
|
||||
you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
|
||||
|
||||
**NPROC=**""::
|
||||
Sets the number of processors to use for parallel jobs in makepkg.
|
||||
Note: this does not affect parallelization of tasks during ``build()`` and
|
||||
related functions.
|
||||
|
||||
**CPPFLAGS=**"cppflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C preprocessor; see CFLAGS for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
**CFLAGS=**"cflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C compiler. This is a key part to the use of makepkg.
|
||||
Usually several options are specified, and the most common string resembles
|
||||
something like this: ``-march=i686 -O2 -pipe''. Another useful option may
|
||||
be `-mcpu` in place of `-march`. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
|
||||
variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
|
||||
**CXXFLAGS=**"cxxflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
**LDFLAGS=**"ldflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the linker. Several options may be specified with common
|
||||
usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
|
||||
available linker flags.
|
||||
|
||||
**LTOFLAGS=**"ltoflags"::
|
||||
Additional compiler and linker flags appended to `CFLAGS`, `CXXFLAGS`
|
||||
and `LDFLAGS` when building with link time optimization. If empty,
|
||||
``-flto'' is used.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
|
||||
This is often used to set the number of jobs used; for example, `-j2`.
|
||||
Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
|
||||
|
||||
**DEBUG_CFLAGS=**"debug_cflags"::
|
||||
Additional compiler flags appended to `CFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
|
||||
this would include: ``-g''. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
|
||||
variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
|
||||
**DEBUG_CXXFLAGS=**"debug_cxxflags"::
|
||||
Debug flags used for the C++ compiler; see DEBUG_CFLAGS for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDENV=(**!distcc !color !ccache check !sign**)**::
|
||||
This array contains options that affect the build environment; the defaults
|
||||
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
|
||||
or disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
|
||||
option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
|
||||
precedence. Each option works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
*distcc*;;
|
||||
Use the distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler to spread compilation among
|
||||
multiple machines. If this is enabled, `DISTCC_HOSTS` must be specified
|
||||
as well.
|
||||
|
||||
*color*;;
|
||||
Colorize output messages, making output easier to read.
|
||||
|
||||
*ccache*;;
|
||||
Use ccache to cache compilation by default. This allows for faster
|
||||
compiles if you are continuously recompiling the same packages. It can
|
||||
be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
|
||||
PKGBUILD options array.
|
||||
|
||||
*check*;;
|
||||
Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
|
||||
enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
|
||||
makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
*sign*;;
|
||||
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute 'gpg
|
||||
\--detach-sign' on the built package to generate a detached
|
||||
signature file, using the GPG agent, if it is available. The signature
|
||||
file will be the entire file name of the package with a ``.sig''
|
||||
extension.
|
||||
|
||||
**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
|
||||
If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
|
||||
running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
|
||||
`MAKEFLAGS`.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be built in
|
||||
subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
|
||||
option allows setting the build location to another directory.
|
||||
Incorrect use of `$startdir` in a PKGBUILD may cause building with
|
||||
this option to fail.
|
||||
|
||||
**GPGKEY=**""::
|
||||
Specify a key to use for GPG signing instead of the default key in the
|
||||
keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
|
||||
|
||||
**OPTIONS=(**!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs ...**)**::
|
||||
This array contains options that affect default packaging. They are
|
||||
equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
|
||||
shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
|
||||
disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
|
||||
option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
|
||||
precedence. Each option works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
*strip*;;
|
||||
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently use a
|
||||
debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to disable this
|
||||
option.
|
||||
|
||||
*docs*;;
|
||||
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories, specify
|
||||
`!docs` in the array. The directories affected are specified by the
|
||||
`DOC_DIRS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*libtool*;;
|
||||
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
|
||||
them.
|
||||
|
||||
*staticlibs*;;
|
||||
Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
|
||||
remove them, if they have a shared counterpart.
|
||||
|
||||
*emptydirs*;;
|
||||
Leave empty directories in packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*zipman*;;
|
||||
Compress manual (man and info) pages with gzip. The directories
|
||||
affected are specified by the `MAN_DIRS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*purge*;;
|
||||
Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
*debug*;;
|
||||
Add the user-specified debug flags as specified in DEBUG_CFLAGS and
|
||||
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS to their counterpart buildflags. Creates a separate
|
||||
package containing the debug symbols when used with `strip'.
|
||||
|
||||
*lto*;;
|
||||
Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds the
|
||||
flags specified in LTOFLAGS to CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS (or
|
||||
``-flto'' if LTOFLAGS is empty).
|
||||
|
||||
*autodeps*;;
|
||||
Enable the automatic addition of libraries to the depends and
|
||||
provides arrays. Search library directories are controlled by
|
||||
the LIB_DIRS variable defined below.
|
||||
|
||||
**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
|
||||
File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
|
||||
affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
|
||||
`ck`, `md5`, `sha1`, `sha224`, `sha256`, `sha384`, `sha512`, and `b2`.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping shared libraries or PIE executables.
|
||||
See linkman:strip[1] for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
|
||||
If `zipman` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
|
||||
pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
|
||||
to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
|
||||
slash to the directory name.
|
||||
|
||||
**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
|
||||
If `!docs` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
|
||||
that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
|
||||
array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
|
||||
|
||||
**LIB_DIRS=(**lib:usr/lib ...**)**::
|
||||
If `autodeps` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to find libraries to add to the `provides`
|
||||
array. The format is "prefix:path", where provides will be added for
|
||||
libraries found in "path" with the specified prefix added.
|
||||
|
||||
**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
|
||||
If `purge` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
|
||||
useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
|
||||
|
||||
**DBGSRCDIR=**"/usr/src/debug"::
|
||||
If `strip` and `debug` are specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable
|
||||
will instruct makepkg where to place source files for installed binaries.
|
||||
The binaries will be modified to link this directory for the debugger
|
||||
search path.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be placed in the
|
||||
current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
|
||||
like to keep all their packages in one place so this option allows
|
||||
for this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, downloaded source files will only be stored
|
||||
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
|
||||
a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
|
||||
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
|
||||
in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
|
||||
|
||||
**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, log files are written to the current
|
||||
directory. This centralizes the log location, facilitating cleanup
|
||||
and compression.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
|
||||
This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
|
||||
The given format is required for PGP key lookup through WKD.
|
||||
It is recommended to change this to your name and email address.
|
||||
|
||||
**COMPRESSGZ=**"(gzip -c -f -n)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSBZ2=**"(bzip2 -c -f)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSXZ=**"(xz -c -z -)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSZST=**"(zstd -c -z -)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLZO**"(lzop -q)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLRZ=**"(lrzip -q)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLZ4=**"(lz4 -q)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSZ=**"(compress -c -f)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLZ=**"(lzip -c -f)"::
|
||||
Sets the command and options used when compressing compiled or source
|
||||
packages in the named format.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGEXT=**"{pkgext}", **SRCEXT=**"{srcext}"::
|
||||
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
|
||||
Valid suffixes are `.pkg` or `.src` (for PKGEXT and SRCEXT respectively)
|
||||
followed by one of `.tar.gz`, `.tar.bz2`, `.tar.xz`, `.tar.zst`, `.tar.lzo`,
|
||||
`.tar.lrz`, `.tar.lz4`, `.tar.lz` and `.tar.Z`, or simply `.tar` to
|
||||
disable compression entirely.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACMAN_AUTH=()**::
|
||||
Specify a command prefix for running pacman as root. If unset, makepkg will
|
||||
check for the presence of sudo(8) and su(1) in turn, and try the first one
|
||||
it finds.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If present, `%c` will be replaced with the shell-quoted form of the command
|
||||
to run. Otherwise, the command to run is appended to the auth command.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
226
doc/makepkg.conf.5.txt
Normal file
226
doc/makepkg.conf.5.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
makepkg.conf(5)
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg.conf - makepkg configuration file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Configuration options for makekpg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
|
||||
sourced, so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
|
||||
helpful for building for different architectures, or with different
|
||||
optimizations. However, only the variables described below are exported to the
|
||||
build environment.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
|
||||
variables. Some of them are non-standard.
|
||||
|
||||
The default file is fairly well commented, so it may be easiest to simply
|
||||
follow directions given there for customization.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
|
||||
Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
|
||||
the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
|
||||
well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Several examples are provided
|
||||
in the default makepkg.conf.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
|
||||
download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
|
||||
be replaced with the local filename, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
|
||||
makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
|
||||
|
||||
**CARCH=**"carch"::
|
||||
Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
|
||||
as ``i686'', ``x86_64'', ``ppc'', etc. This should be automatically set on
|
||||
installation.
|
||||
|
||||
**CHOST=**"chost"::
|
||||
A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu'', do not touch unless you know what
|
||||
you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
|
||||
|
||||
**CFLAGS=**"cflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C compiler. This is a key part to the use of makepkg.
|
||||
Usually several options are specified, and the most common string resembles
|
||||
something like this: ``-march=i686 -O2 -pipe''. Another useful option may
|
||||
be `-mcpu` in place of `-march`. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
|
||||
variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
|
||||
**CXXFLAGS=**"cxxflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
**LDFLAGS=**"ldflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the linker. Several options may be specified with common
|
||||
usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
|
||||
available linker flags.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
|
||||
This is often used to set the number of jobs used, for example, `-j2`.
|
||||
Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign**)**::
|
||||
This array contains options that affect the build environment, the defaults
|
||||
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
|
||||
or disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
|
||||
option. Each works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
*fakeroot*;;
|
||||
Allow building packages as a non-root user. This is highly recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
*distcc*;;
|
||||
Use the distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler to spread compilation among
|
||||
multiple machines. If this is enabled, `DISTCC_HOSTS` must be specified
|
||||
as well.
|
||||
|
||||
*color*;;
|
||||
Colorize output messages, making output easier to read.
|
||||
|
||||
*ccache*;;
|
||||
Use ccache to cache compilation by default. This allows for faster
|
||||
compiles if you are continuously recompiling the same packages. It can
|
||||
be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
|
||||
PKGBUILD options array.
|
||||
|
||||
*check*;;
|
||||
Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
|
||||
enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
|
||||
makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
*sign*;;
|
||||
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
|
||||
--detach-sign --use-agent` on the built package to generate a detached
|
||||
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature
|
||||
file will be the entire filename of the package with a ``.sig''
|
||||
extension.
|
||||
|
||||
**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
|
||||
If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
|
||||
running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
|
||||
`MAKEFLAGS`.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, packages will by default be built in
|
||||
subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
|
||||
option allows setting the build location to another folder.
|
||||
Incorrect use of `$startdir` in a PKGBUILD may cause building with
|
||||
this option to fail.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**GPGKEY=**""::
|
||||
Specify a key to use for gpg signing instead of the default key in the
|
||||
keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
|
||||
|
||||
**OPTIONS=(**strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx**)**::
|
||||
This array contains options that affect the default packaging. They are
|
||||
equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
|
||||
shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
|
||||
disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
|
||||
option. Each works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
*strip*;;
|
||||
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently use a
|
||||
debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to disable this
|
||||
option.
|
||||
|
||||
*docs*;;
|
||||
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories, specify
|
||||
`!docs` in the array. The directories affected are specified by the
|
||||
`DOC_DIRS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*libtool*;;
|
||||
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
|
||||
them.
|
||||
|
||||
*emptydirs*;;
|
||||
Leave empty directories in packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*zipman*;;
|
||||
Compress manual (man and info) pages with gzip. The directories
|
||||
affected are specified by the `MAN_DIRS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*purge*;;
|
||||
Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
*upx*;;
|
||||
Compress binary executable files using UPX. Additional options
|
||||
can be passed to UPX by specifying the `UPXFLAGS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
|
||||
File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
|
||||
affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
|
||||
`md5`, `sha1`, `sha256`, `sha384`, and `sha512`.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
|
||||
If `zipman` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
|
||||
pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
|
||||
to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
|
||||
slash to the directory name.
|
||||
|
||||
**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
|
||||
If `!docs` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
|
||||
that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
|
||||
array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
|
||||
|
||||
**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
|
||||
If `purge` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
|
||||
useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, packages will by default be placed in the
|
||||
current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
|
||||
like to keep all their packages in one place so this option allows
|
||||
this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, downloaded source files will only be stored
|
||||
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
|
||||
a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
|
||||
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
|
||||
in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
|
||||
This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
|
||||
It is recommended you change this to your name and email address.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
|
||||
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages. The
|
||||
current valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar,bz2`, `.tar.xz`, and
|
||||
`.tar.Z`.
|
||||
Do not touch these unless you know what you are doing.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
157
doc/meson.build
157
doc/meson.build
|
|
@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
|
|||
manpages = [
|
||||
{ 'name': 'alpm-hooks.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'makepkg.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'makepkg-template.1' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'repo-add.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'vercmp.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'testpkg.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman-key.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman-db-upgrade.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'PKGBUILD.5', 'extra_depends' : [ 'PKGBUILD-example.txt' ] },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'makepkg.conf.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman.conf.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'BUILDINFO.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman-conf.8' },
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
sitepages = [
|
||||
{ 'name': 'submitting-patches' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'translation-help' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'HACKING', 'source': '../HACKING' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'index' },
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
asciidoc_conf = join_paths(meson.current_source_dir(), 'asciidoc.conf')
|
||||
|
||||
asciidoc_opts = [
|
||||
'-f', asciidoc_conf,
|
||||
'-a', 'pacman_version="@0@"'.format(PACKAGE_VERSION),
|
||||
'-a', 'srcext=@0@'.format(get_option('src-ext')),
|
||||
'-a', 'pkgext=@0@'.format(get_option('pkg-ext')),
|
||||
'-a', 'pkgdatadir=@0@'.format(PKGDATADIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'keyringdir=@0@'.format(KEYRINGDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'localstatedir=@0@'.format(LOCALSTATEDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'sysconfdir=@0@'.format(SYSCONFDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'datarootdir=@0@'.format(DATAROOTDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'rootdir=@0@'.format(ROOTDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'libmakepkgdir=@0@'.format(LIBMAKEPKGDIR),
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
html_targets = []
|
||||
html_files = []
|
||||
|
||||
foreach page : manpages
|
||||
manpage = page['name']
|
||||
htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
|
||||
input = '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage)
|
||||
|
||||
section = page['name'].split('.')[-1]
|
||||
|
||||
mandirn = join_paths(MANDIR, 'man' + section)
|
||||
|
||||
custom_target(
|
||||
manpage,
|
||||
command : [
|
||||
A2X,
|
||||
'--no-xmllint',
|
||||
'-d', 'manpage',
|
||||
'-f', 'manpage',
|
||||
'--xsltproc-opts', '-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0',
|
||||
'-D', '@OUTDIR@',
|
||||
'--asciidoc-opts', ' '.join(asciidoc_opts),
|
||||
'@INPUT@',
|
||||
],
|
||||
input : input,
|
||||
output : [manpage],
|
||||
depend_files : [
|
||||
asciidoc_conf,
|
||||
] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
|
||||
install : true,
|
||||
install_dir : mandirn,
|
||||
)
|
||||
endforeach
|
||||
|
||||
foreach page: manpages + sitepages
|
||||
manpage = page['name']
|
||||
htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
|
||||
input = page.get('source', '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage))
|
||||
|
||||
html = custom_target(
|
||||
htmlpage,
|
||||
command : [
|
||||
ASCIIDOC,
|
||||
] + asciidoc_opts + [
|
||||
'-a', 'linkcss',
|
||||
'-a', 'toc',
|
||||
'-a', 'icons',
|
||||
'-a', 'max-width=960px',
|
||||
'-a', 'stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css',
|
||||
'-o', '@OUTPUT@',
|
||||
'@INPUT@',
|
||||
],
|
||||
input : input,
|
||||
output : [htmlpage],
|
||||
depend_files : [
|
||||
asciidoc_conf,
|
||||
'asciidoc-override.css',
|
||||
] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
|
||||
build_by_default : false,
|
||||
install : false,
|
||||
)
|
||||
html_targets += [html]
|
||||
html_files += [htmlpage]
|
||||
endforeach
|
||||
|
||||
run_target('html',
|
||||
command : ['/bin/true'],
|
||||
depends : html_targets)
|
||||
|
||||
custom_target(
|
||||
'website.tar.gz',
|
||||
command : [
|
||||
'bsdtar', 'czf', '@OUTPUT@',
|
||||
'-C', meson.current_build_dir(),
|
||||
] + html_files + [
|
||||
'-C', meson.current_source_dir(),
|
||||
'asciidoc-override.css',
|
||||
'-C', '/etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/',
|
||||
'asciidoc.css',
|
||||
'-C', '/etc/asciidoc/javascripts/',
|
||||
'asciidoc.js',
|
||||
'-C', '/etc/asciidoc/',
|
||||
'images',
|
||||
],
|
||||
output : ['website.tar.gz'],
|
||||
build_by_default : false,
|
||||
depends : html_targets,
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
|
||||
'repo-add.8',
|
||||
join_paths(MANDIR, 'man8/repo-remove.8'))
|
||||
|
||||
meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
|
||||
'alpm-hooks.5',
|
||||
join_paths(MANDIR, 'man5/pacman-hooks.5'))
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen = find_program('doxygen', required : get_option('doxygen'))
|
||||
if doxygen.found() and not get_option('doxygen').disabled()
|
||||
doxyconf = configuration_data()
|
||||
doxyconf.set('INPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_source_dir())
|
||||
doxyconf.set('OUTPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_build_dir())
|
||||
doxyfile = configure_file(
|
||||
input : 'Doxyfile.in',
|
||||
output : 'Doxyfile',
|
||||
configuration : doxyconf,
|
||||
install : false)
|
||||
|
||||
custom_target(
|
||||
'doxygen',
|
||||
input : doxyfile,
|
||||
output : ['man3'],
|
||||
command : [doxygen, doxyfile],
|
||||
build_by_default : true,
|
||||
install : true,
|
||||
install_dir : MANDIR)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman-conf(8)
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman-conf - query pacman's configuration file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman-conf' [options] [<directive> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
'pacman-conf' (--repo-list|--help|--version)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'pacman-conf' is a utility for parsing the 'pacman' configuration file
|
||||
and returning script-friendly output. It is designed to properly handle
|
||||
non-trivial configuration features such as variable interpolation and
|
||||
the use of the Include directive, and guarantees that it will return the
|
||||
same configuration values which 'pacman' itself would use.
|
||||
|
||||
'pacman-conf' will output the fully-resolved contents of the
|
||||
configuration file by default, or, if provided with the name of a
|
||||
configuration directive, output the contents of the given directive alone.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-c, \--config* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--rootdir* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate installation root (default is `/`).
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--repo* <repository>::
|
||||
Query options for a specific repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verbose*::
|
||||
Always shown directive names.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--repo-list*::
|
||||
List configured repositories.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Display version and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
pacman-conf -r core Usage::
|
||||
Show the value of the Usage configuration option for core repository.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman-conf HoldPkg::
|
||||
Show the value of the HoldPkg configuration option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman-db-upgrade(8)
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman-db-upgrade - upgrade the local pacman database to a newer format
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman-db-upgrade' [options]
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'pacman-db-upgrade' is a script that upgrades the local database used
|
||||
by linkman:pacman[8] to a newer format.
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Show the built-in help message and exit.
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Show version information and exit.
|
||||
*-d, \--dbpath* <path>::
|
||||
Set an alternate database location.
|
||||
*-r, \--root* <path>::
|
||||
Set an alternate installation root.
|
||||
*\--config* <path>::
|
||||
Set an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
*\--nocolor*::
|
||||
Remove color from output.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
pacman-key(8)
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -9,7 +12,7 @@ pacman-key - manage pacman's list of trusted keys
|
|||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman-key' [options] operation [targets]
|
||||
'pacman-key' [options]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,41 +26,45 @@ More complex keyring management can be achieved using GnuPG directly combined wi
|
|||
the '\--homedir' option pointing at the pacman keyring (located in
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+ by default).
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking pacman-key consists of supplying an operation with any potential
|
||||
options and targets to operate on. Depending on the operation, a 'target' may
|
||||
be a valid key identifier, filename, or directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Operations
|
||||
----------
|
||||
*-a, \--add*::
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-a, \--add* [file(s)]::
|
||||
Add the key(s) contained in the specified file or files to pacman's
|
||||
keyring. If a key already exists, update it.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--delete*::
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--delete* <keyid(s)>::
|
||||
Remove the key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) from pacman's
|
||||
keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
*-e, \--export*::
|
||||
*-e, \--export* [keyid(s)]::
|
||||
Export key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) to 'stdout'. If no keyid
|
||||
is specified, all keys will be exported.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--edit-key*::
|
||||
*\--edit-key* <keyid(s)>::
|
||||
Present a menu for key management task on the specified keyid(s). Useful
|
||||
for adjusting a keys trust level.
|
||||
|
||||
*-f, \--finger*::
|
||||
*-f, \--finger* [keyid(s)]::
|
||||
List a fingerprint for each specified keyid, or for all known keys if no
|
||||
keyids are specified.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
|
||||
read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--import*::
|
||||
*\--import* <dir(s)>::
|
||||
Imports keys from `pubring.gpg` into the public keyring from the specified
|
||||
directories.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--import-trustdb*::
|
||||
*\--import-trustdb* <dir(s)> ::
|
||||
Imports ownertrust values from `trustdb.gpg` into the shared trust database
|
||||
from the specified directories.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,71 +72,50 @@ Operations
|
|||
Ensure the keyring is properly initialized and has the required access
|
||||
permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list-keys*::
|
||||
Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--list-sigs*::
|
||||
Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--lsign-key*::
|
||||
Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
|
||||
in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocolor*::
|
||||
Disable colored output from pacman-key.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--recv-keys*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--refresh-keys*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--populate*::
|
||||
Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
|
||||
+{keyringdir}+. For more information, see
|
||||
<<PK,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--updatedb*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG. This operation can be specified with
|
||||
other operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Displays the program version.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verify*::
|
||||
Assume that the first argument is a signature and verify it. If a second
|
||||
argument is provided, it is the file to be verified.
|
||||
+
|
||||
With only one argument given, assume that the signature is a detached
|
||||
signature, and look for a matching data file to verify by stripping the file
|
||||
extension. If no matching data file is found, fall back on GnuPG semantics and
|
||||
attempt to verify a file with an embedded signature.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
|
||||
read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--keyserver* <keyserver>::
|
||||
Use the specified keyserver if the operation requires one. This will take
|
||||
precedence over any keyserver option specified in a `gpg.conf`
|
||||
configuration file. Running '\--init' with this option will set the default
|
||||
keyserver if one was not already configured.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list-keys* [keyid(s)]::
|
||||
Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
Providing a Keyring for Import[[PK]]
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
*\--list-sigs* [keyid(s)]::
|
||||
Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--lsign-key* <keyid>::
|
||||
Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
|
||||
in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--recv-keys* <keyid(s)>::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--refresh-keys* [keyid(s)]::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--populate* [keyring(s)]::
|
||||
Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
|
||||
+{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+. For more information, see
|
||||
<<SC,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--updatedb*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verify* <signature>::
|
||||
Verify the given signature file.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Displays the program version.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Providing a Keyring for Import
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
A distribution or other repository provided may want to provide a set of
|
||||
PGP keys used in the signing of its packages and repository databases that can
|
||||
be readily imported into the pacman keyring. This is achieved by providing a
|
||||
PGP keyring file `foo.gpg` that contains the keys for the foo keyring in the
|
||||
directory +{keyringdir}+.
|
||||
directory +{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, the file `foo-trusted` can be provided containing a list of trusted
|
||||
key IDs for that keyring. This is a file in a format compatible with 'gpg
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,9 +129,14 @@ any signing", so should be used with prudence. A key being marked as revoked
|
|||
will be disabled in the keyring and no longer treated as valid, so this always
|
||||
takes priority over it's trusted state in any other keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
All files are required to be signed (detached) by a trusted PGP key that the
|
||||
user must manually import to the pacman keyring. This prevents a potentially
|
||||
malicious repository adding keys to the pacman keyring without the users
|
||||
knowledge.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
pacman(8)
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -10,39 +13,38 @@ Synopsis
|
|||
--------
|
||||
'pacman' <operation> [options] [targets]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Pacman is a package management utility that tracks installed packages on a Linux
|
||||
system. It features dependency support, package groups, install and uninstall
|
||||
scripts, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote repository to
|
||||
hooks, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote ftp server to
|
||||
automatically upgrade packages. Pacman packages are a zipped tar format.
|
||||
|
||||
Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the front-end to linkman:libalpm[3], the
|
||||
Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the frontend to linkman:libalpm[3], the
|
||||
``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
|
||||
front-ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front-end).
|
||||
front ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front end).
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking pacman involves specifying an operation with any potential options and
|
||||
targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, file name, URL, or
|
||||
targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, filename, URL, or
|
||||
a search string. Targets can be provided as command line arguments.
|
||||
Additionally, if stdin is not from a terminal and a single hyphen (-) is passed
|
||||
as an argument, targets will be read from stdin.
|
||||
Additionally, if a single dash (-) is passed as an argument, targets will be
|
||||
read from stdin.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Operations
|
||||
----------
|
||||
*-D, \--database*::
|
||||
Operate on the package database. This operation allows you to modify
|
||||
certain attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. It
|
||||
also allows you to check the databases for internal consistency.
|
||||
See <<DO,Database Options>> below.
|
||||
Modify the package database. This operation allows you to modify certain
|
||||
attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. At the
|
||||
moment, you can only change the install reason using '\--asdeps' and
|
||||
'\--asexplicit' options.
|
||||
|
||||
*-Q, \--query*::
|
||||
Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
|
||||
packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
|
||||
packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date, build date, size). This
|
||||
can be run against the local package database or can be used on
|
||||
individual package files. In the first case, if no package names
|
||||
individual '.tar.gz' packages. In the first case, if no package names
|
||||
are provided in the command line, all installed packages will be
|
||||
queried. Additionally, various filters can be applied on the package
|
||||
list. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,22 +58,22 @@ Operations
|
|||
See <<RO,Remove Options>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-S, \--sync*::
|
||||
Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the remote
|
||||
repositories, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
|
||||
Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the ftp
|
||||
servers, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
|
||||
example, `pacman -S qt` will download and install qt and all the
|
||||
packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one
|
||||
repository, the repository can be explicitly specified to clarify the
|
||||
package to install: `pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version
|
||||
requirements: `pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. Quotes are needed, otherwise the
|
||||
shell interprets ">" as redirection to a file.
|
||||
packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one repo, the
|
||||
repo can be explicitly specified to clarify the package to install:
|
||||
`pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version requirements:
|
||||
`pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. (Quotes are needed, otherwise your shell
|
||||
interprets ">" as redirection to file.)
|
||||
+
|
||||
In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
|
||||
gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will provide a
|
||||
prompt allowing you to select which packages to install from a numbered list.
|
||||
The package selection is specified using a space- and/or comma-separated list of
|
||||
package numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first
|
||||
and last package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is
|
||||
achieved by prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
|
||||
The package selection is specified using a space separated list of package
|
||||
numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first and last
|
||||
package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is achieved by
|
||||
prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
|
||||
+
|
||||
Packages that provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
|
||||
foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages that
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,7 +81,7 @@ provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
|
|||
found, it will be installed. A selection prompt is provided if multiple packages
|
||||
providing foo are found.
|
||||
+
|
||||
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out-of-date. See
|
||||
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out of date. See
|
||||
<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
|
||||
to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +91,7 @@ to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
|
|||
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
|
||||
overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
|
||||
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
|
||||
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
|
||||
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,62 +104,47 @@ greater than `1:3.6-1`.
|
|||
|
||||
*-U, \--upgrade*::
|
||||
Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
|
||||
dependencies from sync repositories. Either a URL or file path can be
|
||||
dependencies from sync repos. Either a URL or file path can be
|
||||
specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
|
||||
Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
|
||||
on how pacman takes care of configuration files.
|
||||
|
||||
*-F, \--files*::
|
||||
Query the files database. This operation allows you to look for packages
|
||||
owning certain files or display files owned by certain packages. Only
|
||||
packages that are part of your sync databases are searched. See
|
||||
<<FO,File Options>> below.
|
||||
on how pacman takes care of config files.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Display version and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied,
|
||||
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
|
||||
then the general syntax is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-b, \--dbpath* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternative database location (the default is
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what
|
||||
you are doing.
|
||||
*NOTE*: If specified, this is an absolute path, and the root path is
|
||||
Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what you are
|
||||
doing. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root path is
|
||||
not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--root* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternative installation root (default is +{rootdir}+). This should
|
||||
Specify an alternative installation root (default is `/`). This should
|
||||
not be used as a way to install software into `/usr/local` instead of
|
||||
`/usr`.
|
||||
*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
|
||||
`/usr`. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
|
||||
temporary mounted partition that is "owned" by another system.
|
||||
*NOTE*: if database path or logfile are not specified on either the
|
||||
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
|
||||
be inside this root path.
|
||||
*NOTE*: This option is not suitable for performing operations on a mounted
|
||||
guest system. See '\--sysroot' instead.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verbose*::
|
||||
Output paths such as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
|
||||
Output paths such as as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--arch* <arch>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--cachedir* <dir>::
|
||||
Specify an alternative package cache location (the default is
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be
|
||||
specified, and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman.
|
||||
*NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not automatically
|
||||
prepended. If DownloadUser is set in linkman:pacman.conf[5], then the
|
||||
specified user must have permission to access the cache directory.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--color* <when>::
|
||||
Specify when to enable coloring. Valid options are 'always', 'never', or
|
||||
'auto'. 'always' forces colors on; 'never' forces colors off; and 'auto' only
|
||||
automatically enables colors when outputting onto a tty.
|
||||
Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
|
||||
and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman. *NOTE*: this
|
||||
is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,19 +154,12 @@ Options
|
|||
to be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures
|
||||
(the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
|
||||
Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures (a
|
||||
typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
|
||||
two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`. `pubring.gpg` holds the public keys
|
||||
of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg` contains a so-called trust database, which
|
||||
specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: This is an absolute
|
||||
path, and the root path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--hookdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Specify a alternative directory containing hook files (the default is
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). Multiple hook directories can be specified
|
||||
with hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
|
||||
directories. *NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not
|
||||
automatically prepended.
|
||||
specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
|
||||
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--logfile* <file>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
|
||||
|
|
@ -189,23 +169,6 @@ Options
|
|||
Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
|
||||
this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--confirm*::
|
||||
Cancels the effects of a previous '\--noconfirm'.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--disable-download-timeout*::
|
||||
Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
|
||||
if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--sysroot* <dir>:: Specify an alternative system root. This path will be
|
||||
prepended to all other configuration directories and any repository servers
|
||||
beginning with `file://`. Any paths or URLs passed as targets will not be
|
||||
modified. This allows mounted guest systems to be properly operated on.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--disable-sandbox*::
|
||||
Disable the default sandbox applied to the process downloading files on Linux
|
||||
systems. Useful if experiencing landlock related failures while downloading
|
||||
files when running a Linux kernel that does not support this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*-d, \--nodeps*::
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,14 +177,8 @@ Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
|
|||
dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
|
||||
system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--assume-installed* <package=version>::
|
||||
Add a virtual package "package" with version "version" to the transaction
|
||||
to satisfy dependencies. This allows disabling the specific dependency checks
|
||||
without affecting all dependency checks. To disable all dependency
|
||||
checking, see the '\--nodeps' option.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--dbonly*::
|
||||
Adds/removes the database entry only, leaving all files in place.
|
||||
Adds/Removes the database entry only, leaves all files in place.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprogressbar*::
|
||||
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,30 +192,25 @@ Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
|
|||
Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
|
||||
remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
|
||||
displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
|
||||
'-S', file names with '-U', and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
|
||||
'-S', filenames with '-U' and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--print-format* <format>::
|
||||
Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
|
||||
operation. The possible attributes are: "%a" for arch, "%b" for
|
||||
builddate, "%d" for description, "%e" for pkgbase, "%f" for filename,
|
||||
"%g" for base64 encoded PGP signature, "%h" for sha256sum, "%m" for
|
||||
md5sum, "%n" for pkgname, "%p" for packager, "%v" for pkgver, "%l" for
|
||||
location, "%r" for repository, "%s" for size, "%C" for checkdepends,
|
||||
"%D" for depends, "%G" for groups, "%H" for conflicts, "%L" for
|
||||
licenses, "%M" for makedepends, "%O" for optional depends, "%P" for
|
||||
provides and "%R" for replaces.
|
||||
Implies '\--print'.
|
||||
|
||||
operation. The possible attributes are: %n for pkgname, %v for pkgver,
|
||||
%l for location, %r for repo and %s for size.
|
||||
|
||||
Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
|
||||
----------------------------------------------
|
||||
*-w, \--downloadonly*::
|
||||
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
|
||||
--------------------------------------------
|
||||
*-f, \--force*::
|
||||
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
|
||||
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
|
||||
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
|
||||
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asdeps*::
|
||||
Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
|
||||
to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
|
||||
build-from-source tools that need to install dependencies before building
|
||||
build from source tools that need to install dependencies before building
|
||||
the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asexplicit*::
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,28 +225,23 @@ Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
|
|||
with a comma.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--ignoregroup* <group>::
|
||||
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group', even if
|
||||
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
|
||||
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
|
||||
separating them with a comma.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--needed*::
|
||||
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up-to-date.
|
||||
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--overwrite* <glob>::
|
||||
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
|
||||
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
|
||||
installed and match 'glob', this option will cause all those files to be
|
||||
overwritten. Using '\--overwrite' will not allow overwriting a directory
|
||||
with a file or installing packages with conflicting files and directories.
|
||||
Multiple patterns can be specified by separating them with a comma. May be
|
||||
specified multiple times. Patterns can be negated, such that files
|
||||
matching them will not be overwritten, by prefixing them with an
|
||||
exclamation mark. Subsequent matches will override previous ones. A leading
|
||||
literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
|
||||
*\--recursive*::
|
||||
Recursively reinstall all dependencies of the targets. This forces upgrades
|
||||
or reinstalls of all dependencies without requiring explicit version
|
||||
requirements. This is most useful in combination with the '\--needed' flag,
|
||||
which will induce a deep dependency upgrade without any unnecessary
|
||||
reinstalls.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
Query Options[[QO]]
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
*-c, \--changelog*::
|
||||
View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,12 +266,10 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
|
|||
'\--info' or '-i' flags will also display the list of backup files and
|
||||
their modification states.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--check*::
|
||||
*-k \--check*::
|
||||
Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
|
||||
system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
|
||||
check all installed packages. Specifying this option twice will perform
|
||||
more detailed file checking (including permissions, file sizes, and
|
||||
modification times) for packages that contain the needed mtree file.
|
||||
check all installed packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list*::
|
||||
List all files owned by a given package. Multiple packages can be
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,16 +277,12 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
|
|||
|
||||
*-m, \--foreign*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that were not found in the sync
|
||||
database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
|
||||
database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
|
||||
and installed with '\--upgrade'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-n, \--native*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that are found in the sync
|
||||
database(s). This is the inverse filter of '\--foreign'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--owns* <file>::
|
||||
Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
|
||||
relative or absolute, and one or more files can be specified.
|
||||
relative or absolute and one or more files can be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
*-p, \--file*::
|
||||
Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
|
||||
|
|
@ -349,8 +290,8 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
|
|||
This is useful in combination with '\--info' and '\--list'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Show less information for certain query operations. This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
|
||||
Show less information for certain query operations. (This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
|
||||
names and not version, group, and description information; owns will
|
||||
only show package names instead of "file is owned by pkg" messages; group
|
||||
will only show package names and omit group names; list will only show
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,35 +305,33 @@ Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
|
|||
with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
|
||||
|
||||
*-t, \--unrequired*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to print only packages neither required nor
|
||||
optionally required by any currently installed package. Specify this
|
||||
option twice to include packages which are optionally, but not directly,
|
||||
required by another package.
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages not required by any currently
|
||||
installed package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--upgrades*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that are out-of-date on the local
|
||||
system. Only package versions are used to find outdated packages;
|
||||
replacements are not checked here. This option works best if the sync
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that are out of date on the local
|
||||
system. (Only package versions are used to find outdated packages,
|
||||
replacements are not checked here.) This option works best if the sync
|
||||
database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remove Options (apply to '-R')[[RO]]
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
Remove Options[[RO]]
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
*-c, \--cascade*::
|
||||
Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
|
||||
or more target packages. This operation is recursive and must be used
|
||||
with care, since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
|
||||
or more target packages. This operation is recursive, and must be used
|
||||
with care since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-n, \--nosave*::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
|
||||
file is removed from the system, the database is checked to see if the
|
||||
file is removed from the system the database is checked to see if the
|
||||
file should be renamed with a '.pacsave' extension.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--recursive*::
|
||||
Remove each target specified including all of their dependencies, provided
|
||||
that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
|
||||
explicitly installed by the user. This operation is recursive and analogous
|
||||
to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and it helps keep a clean system without
|
||||
to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and helps keep a clean system without
|
||||
orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--unneeded*::
|
||||
|
|
@ -401,16 +340,16 @@ Remove Options (apply to '-R')[[RO]]
|
|||
to avoid breaking any dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sync Options (apply to '-S')[[SO]]
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
Sync Options[[SO]]
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
*-c, \--clean*::
|
||||
Remove packages that are no longer installed from the cache as well as
|
||||
currently unused sync databases to free up disk space. When pacman
|
||||
downloads packages, it saves them in a cache directory. In addition,
|
||||
databases are saved for every sync DB you download from and are not
|
||||
databases are saved for every sync DB you download from, and are not
|
||||
deleted even if they are removed from the configuration file
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5]. Use one '\--clean' switch to only remove
|
||||
packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all files
|
||||
packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all packages
|
||||
from the cache. In both cases, you will have a yes or no option to
|
||||
remove packages and/or unused downloaded databases.
|
||||
+
|
||||
|
|
@ -432,9 +371,9 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
|
|||
can be specified on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Show less information for certain sync operations. This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
|
||||
names and not repository, version, group, and description information; list
|
||||
Show less information for certain sync operations. (This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
|
||||
names and not repo, version, group, and description information; list
|
||||
will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
|
||||
only show package names and omit group names.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -445,94 +384,62 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
|
|||
be returned.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--sysupgrade*::
|
||||
Upgrades all packages that are out-of-date. Each currently-installed
|
||||
Upgrades all packages that are out of date. Each currently-installed
|
||||
package will be examined and upgraded if a newer package exists. A
|
||||
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented, and the operation
|
||||
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented and the operation
|
||||
will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
|
||||
automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Pass this option twice to enable package downgrades; in this case, pacman will
|
||||
select sync packages whose versions do not match with the local versions. This
|
||||
can be useful when the user switches from a testing repository to a stable one.
|
||||
Pass this option twice to enable package downgrade; in this case pacman will
|
||||
select sync packages whose version does not match with the local version. This
|
||||
can be useful when the user switches from a testing repo to a stable one.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional targets can also be specified manually, so that '-Su foo' will do a
|
||||
system upgrade and install/upgrade the "foo" package in the same operation.
|
||||
system upgrade and install/upgrade the foo package in the same operation.
|
||||
|
||||
*-w, \--downloadonly*::
|
||||
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
|
||||
|
||||
*-y, \--refresh*::
|
||||
Download a fresh copy of the master package databases '(repo.db)' from the
|
||||
server(s) defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used
|
||||
each time you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y'
|
||||
flags will force a refresh of all package databases, even if they appear to
|
||||
be up-to-date.
|
||||
Download a fresh copy of the master package list from the server(s)
|
||||
defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
|
||||
you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
|
||||
will force a refresh of all package lists even if they appear to be up
|
||||
to date.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--needed*::
|
||||
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
|
||||
|
||||
Database Options (apply to '-D')[[QO]]
|
||||
--------------------------------------
|
||||
*\--asdeps* <package>::
|
||||
Mark a package as non-explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
|
||||
reason to be installed as a dependency.
|
||||
*\--recursive*::
|
||||
Recursively reinstall all dependencies of the targets. This forces upgrades
|
||||
or reinstalls of all dependencies without requiring explicit version
|
||||
requirements. This is most useful in combination with the '\--needed' flag,
|
||||
which will induce a deep dependency upgrade without any unnecessary
|
||||
reinstalls.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asexplicit* <package>::
|
||||
Mark a package as explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
|
||||
reason to be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to keep a
|
||||
package installed even when it was initially installed as a dependency
|
||||
of another package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--check*::
|
||||
Check the local package database is internally consistent. This will
|
||||
check all required files are present and that installed packages have
|
||||
the required dependencies, do not conflict and that multiple packages
|
||||
do not own the same file. Specifying this option twice will perform
|
||||
a check on the sync databases to ensure all specified dependencies
|
||||
are available.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Suppress messages on successful completion of database operations.
|
||||
|
||||
File Options (apply to '-F')[[FO]]
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
*-y, --refresh*::
|
||||
Download fresh package file databases '(repo.files)' from the server.
|
||||
Use twice to force a refresh even if databases are up to date.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list*::
|
||||
List the files owned by the queried package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-x, --regex*::
|
||||
Interpret each query as a regular expression.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Show less information for certain file operations. This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script, however, you may want to use
|
||||
'--machinereadable' instead.
|
||||
|
||||
*--machinereadable*::
|
||||
Print each match in a machine readable output format. The format is
|
||||
'repository\0pkgname\0pkgver\0path\n' with '\0' being the NULL character
|
||||
and '\n' a linefeed.
|
||||
|
||||
Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
Pacman uses the same logic as 'rpm' to determine action against files that are
|
||||
designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, three MD5 hashes are used for
|
||||
each backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
|
||||
installed, one for the new file that is about to be installed, and one for the
|
||||
actual file existing on the file system. After comparing these three hashes, the
|
||||
following scenarios can result:
|
||||
Pacman uses the same logic as rpm to determine action against files that are
|
||||
designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, 3 md5 hashes are used for each
|
||||
backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
|
||||
installed, one for the new file that's about to be installed, and one for the
|
||||
actual file existing on the filesystem. After comparing these 3 hashes, the
|
||||
follow scenarios can result:
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=X, new=X::
|
||||
All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
|
||||
new file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=X, new=Y::
|
||||
The current file is the same as the original, but the new one differs.
|
||||
The current file is the same as the original but the new one differs.
|
||||
Since the user did not ever modify the file, and the new one may contain
|
||||
improvements or bug fixes, install the new file.
|
||||
improvements or bugfixes, install the new file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=Y, new=X::
|
||||
Both package versions contain the exact same file, but the one on the
|
||||
file system has been modified. Leave the current file in place.
|
||||
filesystem has been modified. Leave the current file in place.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=Y, new=Y::
|
||||
The new file is identical to the current file. Install the new file.
|
||||
|
|
@ -542,12 +449,6 @@ original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
|
|||
extension and warn the user. The user must then manually merge any
|
||||
necessary changes into the original file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=NULL, current=Y, new=Z::
|
||||
The package was not previously installed, and the file already exists on the
|
||||
file system. Install the new file with a '.pacnew' extension and warn the
|
||||
user. The user must then manually merge any necessary changes into the
|
||||
original file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
|
@ -568,7 +469,6 @@ pacman -Syu gpm::
|
|||
Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
|
||||
wasn't already installed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the
|
||||
|
|
@ -577,7 +477,6 @@ See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the
|
|||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:alpm-hooks[5], linkman:libalpm[3], linkman:makepkg[8],
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
pacman.conf(5)
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -19,9 +22,6 @@ Each section defines a package repository that pacman can use when searching
|
|||
for packages in '\--sync' mode. The exception to this is the options section,
|
||||
which defines global options.
|
||||
|
||||
Comments are only supported by beginning a line with the hash (#) symbol.
|
||||
Comments cannot begin in the middle of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,43 +45,33 @@ NOTE: Each directive must be in CamelCase. If the case isn't respected, the
|
|||
directive won't be recognized. For example. noupgrade or NOUPGRADE will not
|
||||
work.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*RootDir =* /path/to/root/dir::
|
||||
*RootDir =* path/to/root::
|
||||
Set the default root directory for pacman to install to. This option is
|
||||
used if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition
|
||||
which is "owned" by another system, or for a chroot install.
|
||||
*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
|
||||
*NOTE*: If database path or logfile are not specified on either the
|
||||
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
|
||||
be inside this root path.
|
||||
|
||||
*DBPath =* /path/to/db/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. The
|
||||
default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
|
||||
*DBPath =* path/to/db/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. A
|
||||
typical default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
|
||||
this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
|
||||
path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*CacheDir =* /path/to/cache/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. The
|
||||
*CacheDir =* path/to/cache/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. A typical
|
||||
default is +{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/+. Multiple cache directories can be
|
||||
specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
|
||||
file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
|
||||
to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
|
||||
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*HookDir =* /path/to/hook/dir::
|
||||
Add directories to search for alpm hooks in addition to the system hook
|
||||
directory (+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks/+). The default is
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+. Multiple directories can be specified with
|
||||
hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
|
||||
directories. *NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not
|
||||
automatically prepended. For more information on the alpm hooks, see
|
||||
linkman:alpm-hooks[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*GPGDir =* /path/to/gpg/dir::
|
||||
*GPGDir =* path/to/gpg/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the directory containing configuration
|
||||
files for GnuPG. The default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
|
||||
files for GnuPG. A typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
|
||||
This directory should contain two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`.
|
||||
`pubring.gpg` holds the public keys of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg`
|
||||
contains a so-called trust database, which specifies that the keys are
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,39 +79,46 @@ Options
|
|||
*NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically
|
||||
prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*LogFile =* /path/to/log/file::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. The default
|
||||
*LogFile =* '/path/to/file'::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. A typical default
|
||||
is +{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log+. This is an absolute path and the root directory
|
||||
is not prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*HoldPkg =* package ...::
|
||||
If a user tries to '\--remove' a package that's listed in `HoldPkg`,
|
||||
pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding. Shell-style glob
|
||||
patterns are allowed.
|
||||
pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding.
|
||||
|
||||
*IgnorePkg =* package ...::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing
|
||||
a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are allowed.
|
||||
a '\--sysupgrade'.
|
||||
|
||||
*SyncFirst =* package ...::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to check for newer version of these packages before any
|
||||
sync operation. The user will have the choice to either cancel the current
|
||||
operation and upgrade these packages first or go on with the current
|
||||
operation. This option is typically used with the 'pacman' package.
|
||||
*NOTE*: when a `SyncFirst` transaction takes place, no command line flags
|
||||
(e.g. '\--force') are honored. If this is not ideal, disabling `SyncFirst`
|
||||
and performing a manual sync of the involved packages may be required.
|
||||
|
||||
*IgnoreGroup =* group ...::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for all packages in this
|
||||
group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are
|
||||
allowed.
|
||||
group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'.
|
||||
|
||||
*Include =* /path/to/config/file::
|
||||
Include another configuration file. This file can include repositories or
|
||||
*Include =* path::
|
||||
Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
|
||||
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
|
||||
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
|
||||
|
||||
*Architecture =* auto &| i686 &| x86_64 | ...::
|
||||
If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages with the given
|
||||
architectures (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
|
||||
use the system architecture, provided via ``uname -m''. If unset, no
|
||||
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: Packages with the special
|
||||
*Architecture =* auto | i686 | x86_64 | ...::
|
||||
If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages of the given
|
||||
architecture (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
|
||||
use the system architecture, provided by in ``uname -m''. If unset, no
|
||||
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: packages with the special
|
||||
architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
|
||||
architecture independent.
|
||||
|
||||
*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u [%o]::
|
||||
*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u::
|
||||
If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
|
||||
All instances of `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. If present,
|
||||
instances of `%o` will be replaced with the local filename, plus a
|
||||
|
|
@ -129,7 +126,7 @@ Options
|
|||
properly.
|
||||
+
|
||||
This option is useful for users who experience problems with built-in
|
||||
HTTP/FTP support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
|
||||
http/ftp support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
|
||||
utilities like wget.
|
||||
|
||||
*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,11 +134,7 @@ Options
|
|||
a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
|
||||
'.pacnew' extension.
|
||||
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
|
||||
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
|
||||
are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
|
||||
an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
|
||||
files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
|
||||
ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
|
||||
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
|
||||
|
||||
*NoExtract =* file ...::
|
||||
All files listed with a `NoExtract` directive will never be extracted from
|
||||
|
|
@ -150,11 +143,7 @@ Options
|
|||
'index.php', then you would not want the 'index.html' file to be extracted
|
||||
from the 'apache' package.
|
||||
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
|
||||
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
|
||||
are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
|
||||
an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
|
||||
files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
|
||||
ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
|
||||
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
|
||||
|
||||
*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
|
||||
If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,24 +160,19 @@ Options
|
|||
Set the default signature verification level. For more information, see
|
||||
<<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*LocalFileSigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
|
||||
operation on a local file. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
|
||||
|
||||
*RemoteFileSigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
|
||||
operation on a remote file URL. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
|
||||
|
||||
*UseSyslog*::
|
||||
Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/log/messages+ or equivalent.
|
||||
|
||||
*Color*::
|
||||
Automatically enable colors only when pacman's output is on a tty.
|
||||
*UseDelta*::
|
||||
Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible. Requires
|
||||
the xdelta3 program to be installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*NoProgressBar*::
|
||||
Disables progress bars. This is useful for terminals which do
|
||||
not support escape characters.
|
||||
*TotalDownload*::
|
||||
When downloading, display the amount downloaded, download rate, ETA,
|
||||
and completed percentage of the entire download list rather
|
||||
than the percent of each individual download target. The progress
|
||||
bar is still based solely on the current file download.
|
||||
|
||||
*CheckSpace*::
|
||||
Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,33 +182,14 @@ Options
|
|||
Displays name, version and size of target packages formatted
|
||||
as a table for upgrade, sync and remove operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*DisableDownloadTimeout*::
|
||||
Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
|
||||
if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
|
||||
|
||||
*ParallelDownloads =* ...::
|
||||
Specifies number of concurrent download streams. The value needs to be a
|
||||
positive integer. If this config option is not set then only one download
|
||||
stream is used (i.e. downloads happen sequentially).
|
||||
|
||||
*DownloadUser =* username::
|
||||
Specifies the user to switch to for downloading files. If this config
|
||||
option is not set then the downloads are done as the user running pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
*DisableSandbox*::
|
||||
Disable the default sandbox applied to the process downloading files on Linux
|
||||
systems. Useful if experiencing landlock related failures while downloading
|
||||
files when running a Linux kernel that does not support this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Repository Sections
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
|
||||
the packages can be found. The section name is defined by the string within
|
||||
square brackets (the two above are 'core' and 'custom'). Repository names
|
||||
must be unique and the name 'local' is reserved for the database of installed
|
||||
packages. Locations are defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL
|
||||
naming structure. If you want to use a local directory, you can specify the
|
||||
full path with a ``file://'' prefix, as shown above.
|
||||
square brackets (the two above are 'current' and 'custom'). Locations are
|
||||
defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL naming structure. If you
|
||||
want to use a local directory, you can specify the full path with a ``file://''
|
||||
prefix, as shown above.
|
||||
|
||||
A common way to define DB locations utilizes the 'Include' directive. For each
|
||||
repository defined in the configuration file, a single 'Include' directive can
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,7 +200,7 @@ contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
|
|||
# use this server first
|
||||
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
|
||||
# next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
|
||||
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
|
||||
Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/mirrorlist
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories
|
||||
|
|
@ -248,12 +213,6 @@ number.
|
|||
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
|
||||
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
|
||||
|
||||
*CacheServer =* url::
|
||||
A full URL to a location where the packages, and signatures (if
|
||||
available) for this repository can be found. Cache servers will be tried
|
||||
before any non-cache servers, will not be removed from the server pool for
|
||||
404 download errors, and will not be used for database files.
|
||||
|
||||
*Server =* url::
|
||||
A full URL to a location where the database, packages, and signatures (if
|
||||
available) for this repository can be found.
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,36 +220,15 @@ number.
|
|||
During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
|
||||
current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
|
||||
directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
|
||||
the `$arch` variable to the first (or only) value of the `Architecture` option,
|
||||
so the same mirrorfile can even be used for different architectures.
|
||||
the `$arch` variable to the value of `Architecture`, so the same mirrorfile can
|
||||
even be used for different architectures.
|
||||
|
||||
*SigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the signature verification level for this repository. For more
|
||||
information, see <<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*Usage =* ...::
|
||||
Set the usage level for this repository. This option takes a list of tokens
|
||||
which must be at least one of the following:
|
||||
*Sync*;;
|
||||
Enables refreshes for this repository.
|
||||
*Search*;;
|
||||
Enables searching for this repository.
|
||||
*Install*;;
|
||||
Enables installation of packages from this repository during a '\--sync'
|
||||
operation.
|
||||
*Upgrade*;;
|
||||
Allows this repository to be a valid source of packages when performing
|
||||
a '\--sysupgrade'.
|
||||
*All*;;
|
||||
Enables all of the above features for the repository. This is the default
|
||||
if not specified.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Note that an enabled repository can be operated on explicitly, regardless of the Usage
|
||||
level set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Package and Database Signature Checking[[SC]]
|
||||
---------------------------------------------
|
||||
Package and Database Signature Checking
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
The 'SigLevel' directive is valid in both the `[options]` and repository
|
||||
sections. If used in `[options]`, it sets a default value for any repository
|
||||
that does not provide the setting.
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,7 +290,6 @@ The built-in default is the following:
|
|||
SigLevel = Optional TrustedOnly
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using Your Own Repository
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
If you have numerous custom packages of your own, it is often easier to generate
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,4 +316,4 @@ See Also
|
|||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
42
doc/pkgdelta.8.txt
Normal file
42
doc/pkgdelta.8.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
pkgdelta(8)
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pkgdelta - package delta generation utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pkgdelta' [-q] <package1> <package2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'pkgdelta' is used to create package delta files between two versions of the
|
||||
same package. These files are essentially binary patches. linkman:pacman[8] can
|
||||
download deltas instead of full package upgrades, and use them with the
|
||||
previous versions of packages (in the package cache) to synthesize the upgraded
|
||||
version of the packages. This likely reduces download sizes for upgrades
|
||||
significantly.
|
||||
|
||||
'pkgdelta' requires linkman:xdelta3[1] to do its job.
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Be quiet. Do not output anything but warnings and errors.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
$ pkgdelta libreoffice-3.3.2-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz libreoffice-3.3.2-2-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:xdelta3[1]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
|||
repo-add(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
repo-add - package database maintenance utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package> [<package> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' are two scripts to help build a package database for
|
||||
packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package file.
|
||||
Multiple packages to add can be specified on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
If a matching ``.sig'' file is found alongside a package file, the signature
|
||||
will automatically be embedded into the database.
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name
|
||||
specified on the command line. Multiple packages to remove can be specified
|
||||
on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
|
||||
``.db'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'', ``.tar.bz2'',
|
||||
``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.lrz'', ``.tar.lz'', ``.tar.lz4'', ``.tar.lzo'',
|
||||
``.tar.xz'', ``.tar.zst'' or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need to exist, but
|
||||
all parent directories must exist.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Common Options
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Force this program to keep quiet and run silently except for warning and
|
||||
error messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--sign*::
|
||||
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
|
||||
--detach-sign` on the generated database to generate a detached
|
||||
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature file
|
||||
will be the entire filename of the database with a ``.sig'' extension.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--key* <key>::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages. Can also be specified using
|
||||
the GPGKEY environment variable. If not specified in either location, the
|
||||
default key from the keyring will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verify*::
|
||||
Verify the PGP signature of the database before updating the database.
|
||||
If the signature is invalid, an error is produced and the update does not
|
||||
proceed.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocolor*::
|
||||
Remove color from 'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' output.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--remove*::
|
||||
Remove old package files from the disk when updating or removing their
|
||||
entry in the database.
|
||||
|
||||
*-w, \--wait-for-lock*::
|
||||
Wait for the lock file to be acquired. If unset, command will fail with
|
||||
exit code 2 if acquiring the lock fails. If set, it will retry to acquire
|
||||
lock until success.
|
||||
|
||||
repo-add Options
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
*-n, \--new*::
|
||||
Only add packages that are not already in the database. Warnings will be
|
||||
printed upon detection of existing packages, but they will not be re-added.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--include-sigs*::
|
||||
Include package PGP signatures in the repository database (if available)
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
'repo-add' foo.db.tar.xz <pkg1> [<pkg2> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
This creates two separate databases; a smaller database ``foo.db.tar.xz'' used by
|
||||
pacman and a large database containing package file lists ``foo.files.tar.xz'' for
|
||||
use by other utilities. While pacman can use the large database (if renamed with a
|
||||
db.tar* extension), there is currently no additional benefit for the larger download.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
75
doc/repo-add.8.txt
Normal file
75
doc/repo-add.8.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
repo-add(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
repo-add - package database maintenance utility
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package|delta> [<package|delta> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename|delta> [<packagename|delta> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' are two scripts to help build a package database for
|
||||
packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
|
||||
They also handle package deltas produced by linkman:pkgdelta[8].
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package or package
|
||||
delta file. Multiple packages and/or deltas to add can be specified on the
|
||||
command line.
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name or
|
||||
delta specified on the command line. Multiple packages and/or delta to remove
|
||||
can be specified on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
|
||||
``.db'' or ``.files'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'',
|
||||
``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.bz2'', ``.tar.xz'', or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need
|
||||
to exist, but all parent directories must exist.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Common Options
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Force this program to keep quiet and run silent except for warning and
|
||||
error messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--sign*::
|
||||
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
|
||||
--detach-sign --use-agent` on the generated database to generate a detached
|
||||
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature file
|
||||
will be the entire filename of the database with a ``.sig'' extension.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--key* <key>::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages. Can also be specified using
|
||||
the GPGKEY environmental variable. If not specified in either location, the
|
||||
default key from the keyring will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verify*::
|
||||
Verify the PGP signature of the database before updating the database.
|
||||
If the signature is invalid, an error is produced and the update does not
|
||||
proceed.
|
||||
|
||||
repo-add Options
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
*-d, \--delta*::
|
||||
Automatically generate and add a delta file between the old entry and the
|
||||
new one, if the old package file is found next to the new one.
|
||||
|
||||
*-f, \--files*::
|
||||
Tells repo-add also to create and include a list of the files in the
|
||||
specified packages. This is useful for creating databases listing all files
|
||||
in a given sync repository for tools that may use this information.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pkgdelta[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -8,41 +8,26 @@ please try to follow as much as you can.
|
|||
NOTE: Some of this is paraphrased from the kernel documentation's
|
||||
"SubmittingPatches" file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Getting the most recent source
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
Patches need to be submitted in Git format and are best if they are against the
|
||||
latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
|
||||
started with Git if you have not worked with it before.
|
||||
|
||||
* https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
|
||||
* https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
|
||||
Patches need to be submitted in GIT format and are best if they are against the
|
||||
latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
|
||||
started with GIT if you have not worked with it before.
|
||||
|
||||
* http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
|
||||
* http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
|
||||
|
||||
The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Before making large changes
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Discuss your idea
|
||||
|
||||
There is nothing worse that spending time making a change only for it to be
|
||||
rejected immediately. Ensure ideas are discussed beforehand to avoid
|
||||
disappointment. Appropriate locations for discussion are the issue tracker
|
||||
on gitlab, or the pacman-dev mailing list. Transient discussion channels
|
||||
such as IRC are not appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Creating your patch
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
|
||||
* use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
|
||||
|
||||
The -s allows you to credit yourself by adding a "Signed Off By" line to
|
||||
indicate who has "signed" the patch - who has approved it.
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,22 +39,34 @@ address if you're afraid of spam.
|
|||
|
||||
* Describe your patch.
|
||||
|
||||
It helps if you describe the overview and goals of the patch in the git commit
|
||||
It helps if you describe the overview and goals of the patch in the git commit
|
||||
log. This allows others to see what you intended so as to compare it to what
|
||||
was actually done, and allows better feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use `git format-patch` to create patches.
|
||||
|
||||
Your commit message will be shown above the patch by default when you will use
|
||||
`git-format-patch`, including the signoff line.
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
Submitting your patch
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Submit patches with a gitlab merge request
|
||||
* Send the patch to the pacman-dev mailing list
|
||||
|
||||
The pacman gitlab instance is the primary queue for review and acceptance.
|
||||
Here you will get feedback, and let the reviewers know the details of your
|
||||
patch.
|
||||
The mailing list is the primary queue for review and acceptance. Here you
|
||||
will get feedback, and let me know the details of your patch.
|
||||
|
||||
* No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments. Just plain text.
|
||||
|
||||
Patches should be contained in the actual body of the email. There are many
|
||||
reasons for this. First, it makes them easier to read with any mail reader,
|
||||
it allows easier review "at a glance", and most importantly, it allows people
|
||||
to comment on exact lines of the patch in reply emails.
|
||||
|
||||
`git send-email` allows you to send git formatted patches in plain text easily
|
||||
and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,9 +86,13 @@ looked at it yet.
|
|||
* Respond to feedback
|
||||
|
||||
When you do get feedback, it usually merits a response, whether this be a
|
||||
resubmission of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
|
||||
clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to get
|
||||
resubmit of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
|
||||
clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to see
|
||||
further review. The all-volunteer staff don't have time to fix up patches that
|
||||
aren't their own.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
|
|||
testpkg(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
testpkg - test a pacman package for validity
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'testpkg' <package file>
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'testpkg' is a script used to make sure that a pacman package is valid.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Pacman - Translating
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
|
||||
libalpm messages, and the manual pages for the entire pacman package.
|
||||
|
||||
We are currently using https://app.transifex.com/[Transifex] as the translation
|
||||
platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
|
||||
and then register with a translation team on the
|
||||
https://explore.transifex.com/toofishes/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
|
||||
gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
|
||||
work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
|
||||
https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Messages
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Overview
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
There are two separate message catalogs in pacman: one for the back-end
|
||||
(libalpm) and one for the front-end (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
|
||||
the `lib/libalpm/po` and `po` directories in the pacman source, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
Translation message files are a specially formatted text file containing the
|
||||
original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
|
||||
either be hand-edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
|
||||
kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
|
||||
|
||||
Please read up on Transifex usage using the
|
||||
https://help.transifex.com/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
|
||||
|
||||
Transifex provides a command-line client to help with translations. Here is
|
||||
an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are not
|
||||
worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory is
|
||||
checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
|
||||
resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
|
||||
|
||||
tx pull -f
|
||||
poedit po/<mylang>.po
|
||||
poedit lib/libalpm/po/<mylang>.po
|
||||
tx push -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
|
||||
Or to just push one of the two available resources:
|
||||
|
||||
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
|
||||
See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
|
||||
|
||||
Pre-release Updates
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
A week or two before each release, the codebase will go into a string freeze
|
||||
and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
|
||||
mailing list asking for translations. An announcement in Transifex is also made,
|
||||
which reaches everyone that is member of the translation team.
|
||||
|
||||
At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
|
||||
Transifex project page. Each language will have three files available (libalpm,
|
||||
pacman and pacman-scripts). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
|
||||
features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
|
||||
language.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a translator has completed the translation offline (*OR* realizes they do not have
|
||||
time to finish), please upload your progress back to the Transifex site.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible - this will give other
|
||||
speakers of your language time to review your translations and update them as
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Incremental Updates
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
If you have more advanced needs you will have to get a copy of the pacman
|
||||
repository.
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
|
||||
|
||||
Next, you will need to configure the build environment. From the base directory,
|
||||
run:
|
||||
|
||||
meson setup . build
|
||||
|
||||
If any required dependencies are missing, please install. After that,
|
||||
update the template translation (.pot) files to the latest state of
|
||||
the source code by running:
|
||||
|
||||
meson compile -C build pacman-scripts-pot pacman-pot libalpm-pot
|
||||
|
||||
We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either
|
||||
the `lib/libalpm/po`, `scripts/po` or `src/pacman/po` directory depending
|
||||
on which translation you wish to work on first, and execute the following
|
||||
command to update your specific language's translation file
|
||||
(replace `lang_code` with your language code e.g. 'pt_BR', and `pot_file`
|
||||
with `libalpm.pot`, `pacman.pot` or `pacman-scripts.pot`):
|
||||
|
||||
msgmerge --update --previous <lang_code>.po <pot_filename>.pot
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
|
||||
the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
|
||||
submit a Git-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
|
||||
|
||||
As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
|
||||
with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
./build-aux/update-po
|
||||
|
||||
Adding a New Language
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Making a new language is not too hard, but be sure to follow all the steps.
|
||||
You will have to do the following steps in both the `lib/libalpm/po/` and `po/`
|
||||
directories, substituting where appropriate. First, edit the `LINGUAS` file and
|
||||
add your new language code at the bottom. Next, run the following command,
|
||||
substituting `libalpm.pot` or `pacman.pot` for potfile depending on which
|
||||
directory you are currently working in:
|
||||
|
||||
msginit -l <lang_code> -o <lang_code>.po -i <potfile>
|
||||
|
||||
You can then also add your language code to the end of the `LINGUAS` file
|
||||
located in each po directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Look at the current message files for more guidance if necessary. Once you
|
||||
create the new language file, you may need to slightly modify the headers;
|
||||
try to make them look similar to the other .po file headers. In addition, for
|
||||
all new translations we would strongly recommend using UTF-8 encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes[[Notes]]
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
msgid and msgstr 'variables' can be on as many lines as necessary. Line breaks
|
||||
are ignored; if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
|
||||
following two translations are equivalent:
|
||||
|
||||
msgstr "This is a test translation"
|
||||
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"This is a test translation"
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to test the translation (copy the .po file you want to test,
|
||||
you may ignore the rest), replacing `<lang_code>` accordingly:
|
||||
|
||||
meson compile -C build pacman-scripts-gmo pacman-gmo libalpm-gmo
|
||||
cp ./build/lib/libalpm/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/libalpm.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/libalpm.mo
|
||||
cp ./build/scripts/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman-scripts.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman-scripts.mo
|
||||
cp ./build/src/pacman/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Manpages
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manual pages in
|
||||
the pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
|
||||
someone has experience with i18n man pages and how to best include them with our
|
||||
source, please contact the pacman-dev mailing list at
|
||||
mailto:pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org[].
|
||||
164
doc/translation-help.txt
Normal file
164
doc/translation-help.txt
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
|
|||
Pacman - Translating
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
|
||||
libalpm messages, and the manpages for the entire pacman package.
|
||||
|
||||
We are currently using http://www.transifex.net/[Transifex] as the translation
|
||||
platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
|
||||
and then register with a translation team on the
|
||||
http://www.transifex.net/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
|
||||
gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
|
||||
work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
|
||||
http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[]. In
|
||||
addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
|
||||
http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Messages
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Overview
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
There are two separate message catalogs in pacman- one for the backend
|
||||
(libalpm) and one for the frontend (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
|
||||
the `lib/libalpm/po` and `po` directories in the pacman source, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
Translation message files are a specially formatted text file containing the
|
||||
original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
|
||||
either be hand edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
|
||||
kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
|
||||
|
||||
Please read up on Transifex usage using the
|
||||
http://help.transifex.net/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are
|
||||
not worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory
|
||||
is checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
|
||||
resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
|
||||
|
||||
tx pull -f
|
||||
poedit po/<mylang>.po
|
||||
poedit lib/libalpm/po/<mylang>.po
|
||||
tx push -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
|
||||
Or to just push one of the two available resources:
|
||||
|
||||
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l fi
|
||||
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l fi
|
||||
|
||||
See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
|
||||
|
||||
Pre-release Updates
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
A week or two before each release, the codebase will go into a string freeze
|
||||
and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
|
||||
mailing list asking for translations. This email will have a prefix of
|
||||
*[translation]* for anyone looking to set up an email filter.
|
||||
|
||||
At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
|
||||
Transifex project page. Each language will have two files available (backend
|
||||
and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
|
||||
features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
|
||||
language.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a translator has completed the translation (*OR* realizes they do not have
|
||||
time to finish), please upload your progress back to the Transifex site.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible- this will give other
|
||||
speakers of your language time to review your translations and update them as
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Incremental Updates
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
If you have more advanced needs you will have to get a copy of the pacman
|
||||
repository.
|
||||
|
||||
git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
|
||||
|
||||
Next, you will need to run `./autogen.sh` and `./configure` in the base
|
||||
directory to generate the correct Makefiles. At this point, all necessary
|
||||
make targets will be generated and we can begin updating the translation
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either the
|
||||
`lib/libalpm/po` or `po` directory depending on which translation you wish to
|
||||
work on first, and execute the following command. If you are working in the
|
||||
`po/` tree, replace 'libalpm.pot' with 'pacman.pot':
|
||||
|
||||
make libalpm.pot-update
|
||||
|
||||
Next, update your specific language's translation file:
|
||||
|
||||
make <po file>-update
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
|
||||
the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
|
||||
submit a GIT-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
|
||||
|
||||
As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
|
||||
with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
make update-po
|
||||
|
||||
Adding a New Language
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Making a new language is not too hard, but be sure to follow all the steps.
|
||||
You will have to do the following steps in both the `lib/libalpm/po/` and `po/`
|
||||
directories, substituting where appropriate. First, edit the `LINGUAS` file and
|
||||
add your new language code at the bottom. Next, run the following command,
|
||||
substituting 'libalpm.pot' or 'pacman.pot' for potfile depending on which
|
||||
directory you are currently working in:
|
||||
|
||||
msginit -l <lang code> -o <lang code>.po -i <potfile>
|
||||
|
||||
You can then also add your language code to the end of the `LINGUAS` file
|
||||
located in each po directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Look at the current message files for more guidance if necessary. Once you
|
||||
create the new language file, you may need to slightly modify the headers;
|
||||
try to make them look similar to the other .po file headers. In addition, for
|
||||
all new translations we would strongly recommend using UTF-8 encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes[[Notes]]
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
msgid and msgstr 'variables' can be on as many lines as necessary. Line breaks
|
||||
are ignored- if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
|
||||
following two translations are equivalent:
|
||||
|
||||
msgstr "This is a test translation"
|
||||
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"This is a test translation"
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to test the translation (for example, the frontend one):
|
||||
|
||||
rm *.gmo stamp-po
|
||||
make
|
||||
cp <lang code>.gmo /usr/share/locale/<lang code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Manpages
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manpages in the
|
||||
pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
|
||||
someone has experience with i18n manpages and how to best include them with our
|
||||
source, please contact the pacman-dev mailing list at
|
||||
mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
|
||||
|
||||
Some community efforts have been made to translate manpages, and these can be
|
||||
found in the link:http://aur.archlinux.org[AUR] (Arch User Repository). Please
|
||||
check there first before undergoing a translation effort to ensure you are not
|
||||
duplicating efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,14 +1,17 @@
|
|||
/////
|
||||
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
|
||||
/////
|
||||
vercmp(8)
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
vercmp - version comparison utility
|
||||
vercmp - version comparsion utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'vercmp' [-h] [--help] <version1> <version2>
|
||||
'vercmp' <version1> <version2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,7 +23,7 @@ numbers. It outputs values as follows:
|
|||
* = 0 : if ver1 == ver2
|
||||
* > 0 : if ver1 > ver2
|
||||
|
||||
Version comparison operates as follows:
|
||||
Version comparsion operates as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Alphanumeric:
|
||||
1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
|
||||
|
|
@ -28,23 +31,16 @@ Version comparison operates as follows:
|
|||
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
|
||||
overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
|
||||
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
|
||||
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
|
||||
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
|
||||
|
||||
Keep in mind that the 'pkgrel' is only compared if it is available on both
|
||||
versions given to this tool. For example, comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5` will
|
||||
yield 0; comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5-2` will yield < 0 as expected. This is
|
||||
mainly for supporting versioned dependencies that do not include the 'pkgrel'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
|
||||
Display summary of the available return codes. Must be the first option
|
||||
specified.
|
||||
|
||||
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
|
||||
then the general syntax is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
|
@ -64,9 +60,12 @@ Examples
|
|||
$ vercmp 4.34 1:001
|
||||
-1
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
There is none.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
include::footer.txt[]
|
||||
33
etc/Makefile.am
Normal file
33
etc/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
|||
dist_sysconf_DATA = makepkg.conf pacman.conf
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = makepkg.conf.in pacman.conf.in
|
||||
|
||||
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
|
||||
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(dist_sysconf_DATA)
|
||||
|
||||
#### Taken from the autoconf scripts Makefile.am ####
|
||||
edit = sed \
|
||||
-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@prefix[@]|$(prefix)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|$(PACKAGE_NAME)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@PKGEXT[@]|$(PKGEXT)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@SRCEXT[@]|$(SRCEXT)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@STRIP_BINARIES[@]|$(STRIP_BINARIES)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@STRIP_SHARED[@]|$(STRIP_SHARED)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@STRIP_STATIC[@]|$(STRIP_STATIC)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@CARCH[@]|$(CARCH)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@CHOST[@]|$(CHOST)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@ARCHSWITCH[@]|$(ARCHSWITCH)|g' \
|
||||
-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g'
|
||||
|
||||
$(dist_sysconf_DATA): Makefile
|
||||
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
|
||||
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
|
||||
@$(edit) `test -f ./$@.in || echo $(srcdir)/`$@.in >$@.tmp
|
||||
@mv $@.tmp $@
|
||||
|
||||
makepkg.conf: $(srcdir)/makepkg.conf.in
|
||||
pacman.conf: $(srcdir)/pacman.conf.in
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/hint/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf.d/fortran.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# FORTRAN LANGUAGE SUPPORT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Flags used for the Fortran compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
|
||||
# linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the available flags.
|
||||
#FFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#FCFLAGS="$FFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional compiler flags appended to `FFLAGS` and `FCFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
|
||||
# this would include: ``-g''. Read linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the wide
|
||||
# variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
#DEBUG_FFLAGS="-g"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/hint/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# RUST LANGUAGE SUPPORT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
|
||||
# linkman:rustc[1] for more details on the available flags.
|
||||
#RUSTFLAGS="-C opt-level=3"
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional compiler flags appended to `RUSTFLAGS` for use in debugging.
|
||||
# Usually this would include: ``-C debuginfo=2''. Read linkman:rustc[1] for
|
||||
# more details on the available flags.
|
||||
#DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS="-C debuginfo=2"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
|
|||
#!/hint/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
|
@ -9,10 +8,9 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
|
||||
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
|
||||
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
|
||||
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/curl -fC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'http::/usr/bin/curl -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'https::/usr/bin/curl -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
|
||||
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -21,14 +19,6 @@ DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
|
|||
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
|
||||
# /usr/bin/wget
|
||||
|
||||
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
|
||||
# Format: 'protocol::package'
|
||||
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
|
||||
'fossil::fossil'
|
||||
'git::git'
|
||||
'hg::mercurial'
|
||||
'svn::subversion')
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,34 +26,28 @@ VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
|
|||
CARCH="@CARCH@"
|
||||
CHOST="@CHOST@"
|
||||
|
||||
#NPROC=2
|
||||
|
||||
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS=""
|
||||
#CFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#CXXFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#LDFLAGS=""
|
||||
#LTOFLAGS="-flto"
|
||||
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
|
||||
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
|
||||
#-- Debugging flags
|
||||
#DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
|
||||
#DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="-g"
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
|
||||
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
|
||||
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- fakeroot: Allow building packages as a non-root user
|
||||
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
|
||||
#-- color: Colorize output messages
|
||||
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
|
||||
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
|
||||
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
|
||||
#
|
||||
BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
|
||||
BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
|
||||
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,25 +61,21 @@ BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
|
|||
# These are default values for the options=() settings
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makepkg defaults:
|
||||
# OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
|
||||
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx)
|
||||
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
|
||||
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
|
||||
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
|
||||
#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
|
||||
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
|
||||
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
|
||||
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
|
||||
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
|
||||
#-- lto: Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
|
||||
#-- autodeps: Automatically add depends/provides
|
||||
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
|
||||
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
|
||||
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
|
||||
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
|
||||
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
|
||||
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
|
||||
#-- upx: Compress binary executable files using UPX
|
||||
#
|
||||
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
|
||||
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx)
|
||||
|
||||
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: ck, md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
|
||||
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(ck)
|
||||
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
|
||||
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
|
||||
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
|
||||
STRIP_BINARIES="@STRIP_BINARIES@"
|
||||
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
|
||||
|
|
@ -108,10 +88,6 @@ MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
|
|||
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
|
||||
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
|
||||
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
|
||||
#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
|
||||
DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
|
||||
#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
|
||||
LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,37 +101,19 @@ LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
|
|||
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
|
||||
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
|
||||
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
|
||||
#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
|
||||
#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
|
||||
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
|
||||
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
|
||||
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
|
||||
#GPGKEY=""
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
|
||||
COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
|
||||
COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
|
||||
COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -z -q -)
|
||||
COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
|
||||
COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
|
||||
COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
|
||||
COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
|
||||
COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WARNING: Do NOT modify these variables unless you know what you are
|
||||
# doing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
PKGEXT='@PKGEXT@'
|
||||
SRCEXT='@SRCEXT@'
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# OTHER
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
|
||||
PACMAN_AUTH=()
|
||||
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -14,9 +14,10 @@
|
|||
#CacheDir = @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/
|
||||
#LogFile = @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log
|
||||
#GPGDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg/
|
||||
#HookDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/hooks/
|
||||
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
|
||||
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
|
||||
# If upgrades are available for these packages they will be asked for first
|
||||
SyncFirst = pacman
|
||||
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
|
||||
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
|
||||
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
|
||||
Architecture = auto
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,18 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
|
|||
|
||||
# Misc options
|
||||
#UseSyslog
|
||||
#Color
|
||||
#NoProgressBar
|
||||
#UseDelta
|
||||
#TotalDownload
|
||||
CheckSpace
|
||||
#VerbosePkgLists
|
||||
ParallelDownloads = 5
|
||||
#DownloadUser = alpm
|
||||
#DisableSandbox
|
||||
|
||||
# PGP signature checking
|
||||
#SigLevel = Optional
|
||||
#LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
|
||||
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Optional
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# REPOSITORIES
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,4 +72,5 @@ ParallelDownloads = 5
|
|||
# tips on creating your own repositories.
|
||||
#[custom]
|
||||
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
|
||||
#Server = file:///home/packages
|
||||
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
524
install-sh
Executable file
524
install-sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2010-02-06.18; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
|
||||
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
|
||||
# following copyright and license.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
|
||||
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
|
||||
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
|
||||
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
|
||||
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
|
||||
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
|
||||
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
|
||||
# tium.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
|
||||
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
|
||||
# when there is no Makefile.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
|
||||
# from scratch.
|
||||
|
||||
nl='
|
||||
'
|
||||
IFS=" "" $nl"
|
||||
|
||||
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
|
||||
doit=${DOITPROG-}
|
||||
if test -z "$doit"; then
|
||||
doit_exec=exec
|
||||
else
|
||||
doit_exec=$doit
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
|
||||
# or use environment vars.
|
||||
|
||||
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
|
||||
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
|
||||
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
|
||||
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
|
||||
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
|
||||
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
|
||||
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
|
||||
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
|
||||
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
|
||||
|
||||
posix_glob='?'
|
||||
initialize_posix_glob='
|
||||
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
|
||||
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
posix_glob=
|
||||
else
|
||||
posix_glob=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
posix_mkdir=
|
||||
|
||||
# Desired mode of installed file.
|
||||
mode=0755
|
||||
|
||||
chgrpcmd=
|
||||
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
|
||||
chowncmd=
|
||||
mvcmd=$mvprog
|
||||
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
|
||||
stripcmd=
|
||||
|
||||
src=
|
||||
dst=
|
||||
dir_arg=
|
||||
dst_arg=
|
||||
|
||||
copy_on_change=false
|
||||
no_target_directory=
|
||||
|
||||
usage="\
|
||||
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
|
||||
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
|
||||
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
|
||||
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
|
||||
|
||||
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
|
||||
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
|
||||
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
--help display this help and exit.
|
||||
--version display version info and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
-c (ignored)
|
||||
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
|
||||
-d create directories instead of installing files.
|
||||
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
|
||||
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
|
||||
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
|
||||
-s $stripprog installed files.
|
||||
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
|
||||
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Environment variables override the default commands:
|
||||
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
|
||||
RMPROG STRIPPROG
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
while test $# -ne 0; do
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-c) ;;
|
||||
|
||||
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
|
||||
|
||||
-d) dir_arg=true;;
|
||||
|
||||
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
|
||||
|
||||
-m) mode=$2
|
||||
case $mode in
|
||||
*' '* | *' '* | *'
|
||||
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
|
||||
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
|
||||
|
||||
-t) dst_arg=$2
|
||||
shift;;
|
||||
|
||||
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
|
||||
|
||||
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
|
||||
|
||||
--) shift
|
||||
break;;
|
||||
|
||||
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
|
||||
*) break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
|
||||
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
|
||||
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
|
||||
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
|
||||
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift # arg
|
||||
dst_arg=$arg
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test $# -eq 0; then
|
||||
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
|
||||
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
|
||||
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
|
||||
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
|
||||
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
|
||||
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
|
||||
|
||||
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
|
||||
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
|
||||
case $mode in
|
||||
# Optimize common cases.
|
||||
*644) cp_umask=133;;
|
||||
*755) cp_umask=22;;
|
||||
|
||||
*[0-7])
|
||||
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
|
||||
u_plus_rw=
|
||||
else
|
||||
u_plus_rw='% 200'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
|
||||
u_plus_rw=
|
||||
else
|
||||
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
|
||||
fi
|
||||
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for src
|
||||
do
|
||||
# Protect names starting with `-'.
|
||||
case $src in
|
||||
-*) src=./$src;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
dst=$src
|
||||
dstdir=$dst
|
||||
test -d "$dstdir"
|
||||
dstdir_status=$?
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
|
||||
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
|
||||
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
|
||||
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dst=$dst_arg
|
||||
# Protect names starting with `-'.
|
||||
case $dst in
|
||||
-*) dst=./$dst;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
|
||||
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
|
||||
if test -d "$dst"; then
|
||||
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
|
||||
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dstdir=$dst
|
||||
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
|
||||
dstdir_status=0
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
|
||||
dstdir=`
|
||||
(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
|
||||
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
|
||||
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
|
||||
X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
echo X"$dst" |
|
||||
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
/^X\(\/\).*/{
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
q
|
||||
}
|
||||
s/.*/./; q'
|
||||
`
|
||||
|
||||
test -d "$dstdir"
|
||||
dstdir_status=$?
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
|
||||
|
||||
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
|
||||
case $posix_mkdir in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
|
||||
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
|
||||
umask=`umask`
|
||||
case $stripcmd.$umask in
|
||||
# Optimize common cases.
|
||||
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
|
||||
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
|
||||
|
||||
*[0-7])
|
||||
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
|
||||
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
|
||||
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
|
||||
`;;
|
||||
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
|
||||
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
|
||||
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
|
||||
else
|
||||
mkdir_mode=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
posix_mkdir=false
|
||||
case $umask in
|
||||
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
|
||||
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
|
||||
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
|
||||
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
|
||||
|
||||
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
then
|
||||
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
|
||||
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
|
||||
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
|
||||
# other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
|
||||
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
|
||||
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
|
||||
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
|
||||
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
|
||||
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
|
||||
*) false;;
|
||||
esac &&
|
||||
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
|
||||
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
|
||||
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
then posix_mkdir=:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
|
||||
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
|
||||
fi
|
||||
trap '' 0;;
|
||||
esac;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
if
|
||||
$posix_mkdir && (
|
||||
umask $mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
|
||||
)
|
||||
then :
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
|
||||
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
|
||||
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
|
||||
|
||||
case $dstdir in
|
||||
/*) prefix='/';;
|
||||
-*) prefix='./';;
|
||||
*) prefix='';;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
|
||||
|
||||
oIFS=$IFS
|
||||
IFS=/
|
||||
$posix_glob set -f
|
||||
set fnord $dstdir
|
||||
shift
|
||||
$posix_glob set +f
|
||||
IFS=$oIFS
|
||||
|
||||
prefixes=
|
||||
|
||||
for d
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -z "$d" && continue
|
||||
|
||||
prefix=$prefix$d
|
||||
if test -d "$prefix"; then
|
||||
prefixes=
|
||||
else
|
||||
if $posix_mkdir; then
|
||||
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
|
||||
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
|
||||
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $prefix in
|
||||
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
|
||||
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
prefix=$prefix/
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
|
||||
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
|
||||
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
|
||||
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
|
||||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
|
||||
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
|
||||
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
|
||||
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
|
||||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
|
||||
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
|
||||
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
|
||||
|
||||
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
|
||||
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
|
||||
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
|
||||
|
||||
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
|
||||
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
|
||||
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
|
||||
|
||||
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
|
||||
if $copy_on_change &&
|
||||
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
|
||||
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
|
||||
|
||||
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
|
||||
$posix_glob set -f &&
|
||||
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
|
||||
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
|
||||
$posix_glob set +f &&
|
||||
|
||||
test "$old" = "$new" &&
|
||||
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
then
|
||||
rm -f "$dsttmp"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
|
||||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
|
||||
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
|
||||
# support -f.
|
||||
{
|
||||
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
|
||||
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
|
||||
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
|
||||
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
|
||||
# file should still install successfully.
|
||||
{
|
||||
test ! -f "$dst" ||
|
||||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
|
||||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
|
||||
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
|
||||
} ||
|
||||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
|
||||
(exit 1); exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
} &&
|
||||
|
||||
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
|
||||
}
|
||||
fi || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
trap '' 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# Local variables:
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
1
lib/libalpm/.gitignore
vendored
1
lib/libalpm/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -2,4 +2,3 @@
|
|||
.libs
|
||||
*.lo
|
||||
*.la
|
||||
libalpm.pc
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
66
lib/libalpm/Makefile.am
Normal file
66
lib/libalpm/Makefile.am
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
|||
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
|
||||
|
||||
SUBDIRS = po
|
||||
|
||||
lib_LTLIBRARIES = libalpm.la
|
||||
include_HEADERS = alpm_list.h alpm.h
|
||||
|
||||
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"@localedir@\" @DEFS@
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS = -pedantic -D_GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
if ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC
|
||||
if DARWIN
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=hidden
|
||||
else
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=internal
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS += -fgnu89-inline
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
|
||||
add.h add.c \
|
||||
alpm.h alpm.c \
|
||||
alpm_list.h alpm_list.c \
|
||||
backup.h backup.c \
|
||||
be_local.c \
|
||||
be_package.c \
|
||||
be_sync.c \
|
||||
conflict.h conflict.c \
|
||||
db.h db.c \
|
||||
delta.h delta.c \
|
||||
deps.h deps.c \
|
||||
diskspace.h diskspace.c \
|
||||
dload.h dload.c \
|
||||
error.c \
|
||||
graph.h graph.c \
|
||||
group.h group.c \
|
||||
handle.h handle.c \
|
||||
log.h log.c \
|
||||
package.h package.c \
|
||||
pkghash.h pkghash.c \
|
||||
rawstr.c \
|
||||
remove.h remove.c \
|
||||
signing.c signing.h \
|
||||
sync.h sync.c \
|
||||
trans.h trans.c \
|
||||
util.h util.c \
|
||||
version.c
|
||||
|
||||
if !HAVE_LIBSSL
|
||||
libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
|
||||
md5.h md5.c \
|
||||
sha2.h sha2.c
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
|
||||
base64.h base64.c
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO) @LIBCURL@
|
||||
libalpm_la_LIBADD = $(LTLIBINTL)
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* add.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
|
|||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_ADD_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_ADD_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ALPM_ADD_H
|
||||
#define _ALPM_ADD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
|
|
@ -26,4 +26,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_ADD_H */
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPM_ADD_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* alpm.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
|
|
@ -21,13 +21,12 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
#include <curl/curl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <pwd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,18 +34,29 @@
|
|||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup alpm_interface Interface Functions
|
||||
* @brief Functions to initialize and release libalpm
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Initializes the library. This must be called before any other
|
||||
* functions are called.
|
||||
* @param root the root path for all filesystem operations
|
||||
* @param dbpath the absolute path to the libalpm database
|
||||
* @param err an optional variable to hold any error return codes
|
||||
* @return a context handle on success, NULL on error, err will be set if provided
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
|
||||
alpm_errno_t *err)
|
||||
enum _alpm_errno_t *err)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_errno_t myerr;
|
||||
enum _alpm_errno_t myerr;
|
||||
const char *lf = "db.lck";
|
||||
char *hookdir;
|
||||
size_t hookdirlen, lockfilelen;
|
||||
struct passwd const *pw = NULL;
|
||||
size_t lockfilelen;
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *myhandle = _alpm_handle_new();
|
||||
|
||||
if(myhandle == NULL) {
|
||||
goto nomem;
|
||||
myerr = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(root, &(myhandle->root), 1))) {
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,19 +65,8 @@ alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
|
|||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* to concatenate myhandle->root (ends with a slash) with SYSHOOKDIR (starts
|
||||
* with a slash) correctly, we skip SYSHOOKDIR[0]; the regular +1 therefore
|
||||
* disappears from the allocation */
|
||||
hookdirlen = strlen(myhandle->root) + strlen(SYSHOOKDIR);
|
||||
MALLOC(hookdir, hookdirlen, goto nomem);
|
||||
snprintf(hookdir, hookdirlen, "%s%s", myhandle->root, &SYSHOOKDIR[1]);
|
||||
myhandle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(NULL, hookdir);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set default database extension */
|
||||
STRDUP(myhandle->dbext, ".db", goto nomem);
|
||||
|
||||
lockfilelen = strlen(myhandle->dbpath) + strlen(lf) + 1;
|
||||
MALLOC(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, goto nomem);
|
||||
myhandle->lockfile = calloc(lockfilelen, sizeof(char));
|
||||
snprintf(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, "%s%s", myhandle->dbpath, lf);
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_db_register_local(myhandle) == NULL) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,51 +74,72 @@ alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
|
|||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
curl_global_init(CURL_GLOBAL_ALL);
|
||||
myhandle->curlm = curl_multi_init();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
myhandle->parallel_downloads = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set default sandboxuser */
|
||||
ASSERT((pw = getpwuid(0)) != NULL, myerr = errno; goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(myhandle->sandboxuser, pw->pw_name, goto nomem);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
bindtextdomain("libalpm", LOCALEDIR);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return myhandle;
|
||||
|
||||
nomem:
|
||||
myerr = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
|
||||
if(err) {
|
||||
if(err && myerr) {
|
||||
*err = myerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check current state and free all resources including storage locks */
|
||||
/** Release the library. This should be the last alpm call you make.
|
||||
* After this returns, handle should be considered invalid and cannot be reused
|
||||
* in any way.
|
||||
* @param myhandle the context handle
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(alpm_handle_t *myhandle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(myhandle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(myhandle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(myhandle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
/* close local database */
|
||||
db = myhandle->db_local;
|
||||
if(db) {
|
||||
db->ops->unregister(db);
|
||||
myhandle->db_local = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(alpm_db_unregister_all(myhandle) == -1) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_handle_unlock(myhandle);
|
||||
_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
curl_global_cleanup();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup alpm_misc Miscellaneous Functions
|
||||
* @brief Various libalpm functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the version of library.
|
||||
* @return the library version, e.g. "6.0.4"
|
||||
* */
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return LIB_VERSION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
|
||||
/** Get the capabilities of the library.
|
||||
* @return a bitmask of the capabilities
|
||||
* */
|
||||
enum alpm_caps SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,3 +153,5 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
| 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
2989
lib/libalpm/alpm.h
2989
lib/libalpm/alpm.h
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* alpm_list.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -21,18 +21,30 @@
|
|||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
|
||||
* any other libalpm headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* check exported library symbols with: nm -C -D <lib> */
|
||||
#define SYMEXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
|
||||
#define SYMHIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("internal")))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup alpm_list List Functions
|
||||
* @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
|
||||
* type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
|
||||
* publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocation */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Free a list, but not the contained data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *it = list;
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,67 +56,70 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Free the internal data of a list structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to free
|
||||
* @param fn a free function for the internal data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *it = list;
|
||||
|
||||
if(fn) {
|
||||
while(it) {
|
||||
if(it->data) {
|
||||
fn(it->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
it = it->next;
|
||||
while(it) {
|
||||
if(fn && it->data) {
|
||||
fn(it->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
it = it->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mutators */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_append(&list, data);
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ptr;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
|
||||
|
||||
ptr = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
|
||||
if(ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ptr->data = data;
|
||||
ptr->next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Special case: the input list is empty */
|
||||
if(*list == NULL) {
|
||||
*list = ptr;
|
||||
if(list == NULL) {
|
||||
ptr->prev = ptr;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lp = alpm_list_last(*list);
|
||||
lp->next = ptr;
|
||||
ptr->prev = lp;
|
||||
(*list)->prev = ptr;
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret;
|
||||
char *dup;
|
||||
if((dup = strdup(data)) && (ret = alpm_list_append(list, dup))) {
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
free(dup);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
|
||||
lp->next = ptr;
|
||||
ptr->prev = lp;
|
||||
list->prev = ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function to use to determine order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!fn || !list) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -147,6 +162,17 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Join two lists.
|
||||
* The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
|
||||
* calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
|
||||
* passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param first the first list
|
||||
* @param second the second list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant joined list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *tmp;
|
||||
|
|
@ -169,8 +195,16 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
|
|||
return first;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn comparison function for determining merge order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp, *tail_ptr, *left_tail_ptr, *right_tail_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -230,31 +264,40 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
|
|||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to sort
|
||||
* @param n the size of the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for determining order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(n > 1) {
|
||||
size_t half = n / 2;
|
||||
size_t i = half - 1;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *left = list, *lastleft = list, *right;
|
||||
|
||||
while(i--) {
|
||||
lastleft = lastleft->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
right = lastleft->next;
|
||||
|
||||
/* tidy new lists */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *left = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lastleft = alpm_list_nth(list, n/2 - 1);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *right = lastleft->next;
|
||||
/* terminate first list */
|
||||
lastleft->next = NULL;
|
||||
right->prev = left->prev;
|
||||
left->prev = lastleft;
|
||||
|
||||
left = alpm_list_msort(left, half, fn);
|
||||
right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - half, fn);
|
||||
left = alpm_list_msort(left, n/2, fn);
|
||||
right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - (n/2), fn);
|
||||
list = alpm_list_mmerge(left, right, fn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
|
||||
* item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param item the item to remove from the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -292,6 +335,17 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
|||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for searching
|
||||
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,6 +380,15 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
|||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove a string from a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
|
||||
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const char *needle, char **data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,50 +396,74 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
|||
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does NOT copy data members.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(newlist, lp->data)) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a string list, including data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append_strdup(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
FREELIST(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
|
||||
* Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
|
||||
* and should also be of constant size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
* @param size the size of each data element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
|
||||
size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -386,20 +473,20 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
|
|||
void *newdata = malloc(size);
|
||||
if(newdata) {
|
||||
memcpy(newdata, lp->data, size);
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, newdata) == NULL) {
|
||||
free(newdata);
|
||||
FREELIST(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, newdata);
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
FREELIST(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new list in reverse order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp;
|
||||
|
|
@ -415,11 +502,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
|
|||
list->prev = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newlist);
|
||||
list->prev = backup;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
|
||||
lp = lp->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
list->prev = backup; /* restore tail pointer */
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,6 +511,14 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
|
|||
|
||||
/* Accessors */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
* @param n the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i = list;
|
||||
|
|
@ -437,6 +528,13 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
|
|||
return (alpm_list_t *)i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the next element of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param node the list node
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(node) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -446,6 +544,13 @@ inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the previous element of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list head
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(list && list->prev->next) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -455,6 +560,13 @@ inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the last item in the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the last element in the list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(list) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -464,8 +576,28 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the data member of a list node.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param node the list node
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the contained data, or NULL if none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(node == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
return node->data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Misc */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the number of items in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the number of list items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i = 0;
|
||||
|
|
@ -477,6 +609,15 @@ size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
|||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find an item in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the item to search
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -496,12 +637,30 @@ static int ptr_cmp(const void *p, const void *q)
|
|||
return (p != q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find an item in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the data to search for (== comparison)
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const void *needle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find a string in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the string to search for
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const char *needle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -509,63 +668,20 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
|||
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_list_cmp_unsorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *l = left;
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *r = right;
|
||||
int *matched;
|
||||
|
||||
/* short circuiting length comparison */
|
||||
while(l && r) {
|
||||
l = l->next;
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(l || r) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* faster comparison for if the lists happen to be in the same order */
|
||||
while(left && fn(left->data, right->data) == 0) {
|
||||
left = left->next;
|
||||
right = right->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!left) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
matched = calloc(alpm_list_count(right), sizeof(int));
|
||||
if(matched == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(l = left; l; l = l->next) {
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for(r = right; r; r = r->next, n++) {
|
||||
/* make sure we don't match the same value twice */
|
||||
if(matched[n]) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(fn(l->data, r->data) == 0) {
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
matched[n] = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!found) {
|
||||
free(matched);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(matched);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
|
||||
* `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
* @param onlyleft pointer to the first result list
|
||||
* @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright)
|
||||
|
|
@ -610,6 +726,15 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param lhs the first list
|
||||
* @param rhs the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -628,6 +753,17 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
|
|||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
|
||||
* Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
|
||||
* will point to the original data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
* @param n the size of the list
|
||||
* @param size the size of each data element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
|
||||
size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -648,3 +784,7 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
|
|||
}
|
||||
return array;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* alpm_list.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,379 +17,75 @@
|
|||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_LIST_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_LIST_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ALPM_LIST_H
|
||||
#define _ALPM_LIST_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> /* size_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
|
||||
* any other libalpm headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup libalpm
|
||||
* @addtogroup libalpm_list libalpm_list(3)
|
||||
* @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
|
||||
* type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
|
||||
* publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
|
||||
* @brief Linked list type used by libalpm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is exposed so front ends can use it to prevent the need to reimplement
|
||||
* lists of their own; however, it is not required that the front end uses
|
||||
* it.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** A doubly linked list */
|
||||
typedef struct _alpm_list_t {
|
||||
typedef struct __alpm_list_t {
|
||||
/** data held by the list node */
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
/** pointer to the previous node */
|
||||
struct _alpm_list_t *prev;
|
||||
struct __alpm_list_t *prev;
|
||||
/** pointer to the next node */
|
||||
struct _alpm_list_t *next;
|
||||
struct __alpm_list_t *next;
|
||||
} alpm_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Frees a list and its contents */
|
||||
#define FREELIST(p) do { alpm_list_free_inner(p, free); alpm_list_free(p); p = NULL; } while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** item deallocation callback.
|
||||
* @param item the item to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void * item);
|
||||
|
||||
/** item comparison callback */
|
||||
typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *);
|
||||
typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void *); /* item deallocation callback */
|
||||
typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *); /* item comparison callback */
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocation */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Free a list, but not the contained data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Free the internal data of a list structure but not the list itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to free
|
||||
* @param fn a free function for the internal data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/* item mutators */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Add a new item to the end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly added item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Duplicate and append a string to a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to append to
|
||||
* @param data the string to duplicate and append
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly added item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function to use to determine order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Join two lists.
|
||||
* The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
|
||||
* calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
|
||||
* passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param first the first list
|
||||
* @param second the second list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant joined list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn comparison function for determining merge order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to sort
|
||||
* @param n the size of the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for determining order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
|
||||
* item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param item the item to remove from the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack, alpm_list_t *item);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for searching
|
||||
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove a string from a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
|
||||
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle, char **data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does NOT copy data members.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a string list, including data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
|
||||
* Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
|
||||
* and should also be of constant size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
* @param size the size of each data element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new list in reverse order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/* item accessors */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
* @param n the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the next element of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list node
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the previous element of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list head
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the last item in the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the last element in the list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
void *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/* misc */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the number of items in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the number of list items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find an item in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the item to search
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find an item in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the data to search for (== comparison)
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find a string in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the string to search for
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Check if two lists contain the same data, ignoring order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Lists are considered equal if they both contain the same data regardless
|
||||
* of order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if the lists are equal, 0 if not equal, -1 on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int alpm_list_cmp_unsorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
|
||||
* `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
* @param onlyleft pointer to the first result list
|
||||
* @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
void alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left, const alpm_list_t *right,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param lhs the first list
|
||||
* @param rhs the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
|
||||
* Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
|
||||
* will point to the original data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
* @param n the size of the list
|
||||
* @param size the size of each data element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* End of alpm_list */
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_LIST_H */
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPM_LIST_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* backup.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
|
|
@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,8 +49,8 @@ int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup)
|
|||
*ptr = '\0';
|
||||
ptr++;
|
||||
/* now str points to the filename and ptr points to the hash */
|
||||
STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, FREE(str); return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, FREE((*backup)->name); FREE(str); return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
FREE(str);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,10 +79,9 @@ alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
|||
|
||||
void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(backup != NULL, return);
|
||||
FREE(backup->name);
|
||||
FREE(backup->hash);
|
||||
FREE(backup);
|
||||
free(backup->name);
|
||||
free(backup->hash);
|
||||
free(backup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,13 +89,10 @@ alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
|
|||
alpm_backup_t *newbackup;
|
||||
CALLOC(newbackup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return newbackup;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
free(newbackup->name);
|
||||
free(newbackup);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* backup.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
|
|||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_BACKUP_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_BACKUP_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ALPM_BACKUP_H
|
||||
#define _ALPM_BACKUP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
|
@ -28,4 +28,6 @@ alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
|
|||
void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup);
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_BACKUP_H */
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPM_BACKUP_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -32,11 +32,8 @@
|
|||
* * removal of SELF_TEST code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "base64.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,7 +44,6 @@ static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
|
|||
'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
|
||||
'8', '9', '+', '/'
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,7 +62,6 @@ static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
|
|||
49, 50, 51, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Encode a buffer into base64 format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -129,7 +124,6 @@ int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
|||
|
||||
return( 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Decode a base64-formatted buffer
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,8 +131,8 @@ int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
|||
int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
||||
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i, n;
|
||||
uint32_t j, x;
|
||||
size_t i, j, n;
|
||||
unsigned long x;
|
||||
unsigned char *p;
|
||||
|
||||
for( i = j = n = 0; i < slen; i++ )
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,15 +22,14 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BASE64_H
|
||||
#define BASE64_H
|
||||
#ifndef _BASE64_H
|
||||
#define _BASE64_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0010 /**< Output buffer too small. */
|
||||
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x0012 /**< Invalid character in input. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,7 +47,6 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
||||
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* be_package.c : backend for packages
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -18,13 +18,11 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
#include <archive.h>
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,19 +31,11 @@
|
|||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct package_changelog {
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#include "deps.h" /* _alpm_splitdep */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
|
||||
|
|
@ -57,38 +47,31 @@ static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
|||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
struct package_changelog *changelog;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive *archive = NULL;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
const char *pkgfile = pkg->origin_data.file;
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(pkg->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
|
||||
&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
|
||||
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
|
||||
ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
|
||||
changelog = malloc(sizeof(struct package_changelog));
|
||||
if(!changelog) {
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
changelog->archive = archive;
|
||||
changelog->fd = fd;
|
||||
return changelog;
|
||||
return archive;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* we didn't find a changelog */
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
archive_read_finish(archive);
|
||||
errno = ENOENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
|
@ -106,8 +89,7 @@ static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
|||
static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
|
||||
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data(changelog->archive, ptr, size);
|
||||
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data((struct archive *)fp, ptr, size);
|
||||
/* Report error (negative values) */
|
||||
if(sret < 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, 0);
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,19 +107,15 @@ static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
static int _package_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
|
||||
ret = _alpm_archive_read_free(changelog->archive);
|
||||
close(changelog->fd);
|
||||
free(changelog);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
return archive_read_finish((struct archive *)fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
|
||||
* because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
|
||||
* add only a few operations of our own on top.
|
||||
* rather than a static struct as in be_files because we want to reuse the
|
||||
* majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and add only a few operations of
|
||||
* our own on top.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
|
||||
static struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static struct pkg_operations file_pkg_ops;
|
||||
static int file_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
|
||||
|
|
@ -163,52 +141,44 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
|
|||
char *ptr = NULL;
|
||||
char *key = NULL;
|
||||
int ret, linenum = 0;
|
||||
struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
|
||||
struct archive_read_buffer buf;
|
||||
|
||||
memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
|
||||
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
|
||||
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop until we reach EOF or other error */
|
||||
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size);
|
||||
size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line);
|
||||
|
||||
linenum++;
|
||||
key = buf.line;
|
||||
if(len == 0 || key[0] == '#') {
|
||||
if(len == 0 || buf.line[0] == '#') {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* line is always in this format: "key = value"
|
||||
* we can be sure the " = " exists, so look for that */
|
||||
ptr = memchr(key, ' ', len);
|
||||
if(!ptr || (size_t)(ptr - key + 2) > len || memcmp(ptr, " = ", 3) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
|
||||
ptr = buf.line;
|
||||
key = strsep(&ptr, "=");
|
||||
if(key == NULL || ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* NULL the end of the key portion, move ptr to start of value */
|
||||
*ptr = '\0';
|
||||
ptr += 3;
|
||||
key = _alpm_strtrim(key);
|
||||
while(*ptr == ' ') ptr++;
|
||||
ptr = _alpm_strtrim(ptr);
|
||||
if(strcmp(key, "pkgname") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(newpkg->name);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgbase") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->base, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
/* not used atm */
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgver") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "basever") == 0) {
|
||||
/* not used atm */
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
|
||||
char *tmp = NULL;
|
||||
STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, tmp);
|
||||
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, strdup(ptr));
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "url") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "license") == 0) {
|
||||
char *tmp = NULL;
|
||||
STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, tmp);
|
||||
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, strdup(ptr));
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "builddate") == 0) {
|
||||
newpkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(ptr);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "packager") == 0) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,42 +189,31 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
|
|||
/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
|
||||
newpkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(ptr);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "depend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "optdepend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *optdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, optdep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "makedepend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *makedep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->makedepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->makedepends, makedep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "checkdepend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *checkdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->checkdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->checkdepends, checkdep);
|
||||
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, strdup(ptr));
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *conflict = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *conflict = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, conflict);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "replaces") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *replace = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *replace = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, replace);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "provides") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *provide = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *provide = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, provide);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "backup") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *backup;
|
||||
CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, FREE(backup); return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, backup);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "xdata") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(ptr);
|
||||
if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&newpkg->xdata, pd)) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "force") == 0) {
|
||||
/* deprecated, skip it */
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "makepkgopt") == 0) {
|
||||
/* not used atm */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
const char *pkgname = newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error";
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in package description\n"), pkgname, key);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
|
||||
pkgname, key, linenum);
|
||||
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", key, linenum);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -266,6 +225,53 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void files_merge(alpm_file_t a[], alpm_file_t b[], alpm_file_t c[],
|
||||
size_t m, size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i = 0, j = 0, k = 0;
|
||||
while(i < m && j < n) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(a[i].name, b[j].name) < 0) {
|
||||
c[k++] = a[i++];
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
c[k++] = b[j++];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(i < m) {
|
||||
c[k++] = a[i++];
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(j < n) {
|
||||
c[k++] = b[j++];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_file_t *files_msort(alpm_file_t *files, size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_file_t *work;
|
||||
size_t blocksize = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(work, n, sizeof(alpm_file_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
for(blocksize = 1; blocksize < n; blocksize *= 2) {
|
||||
size_t i, max_extent = 0;
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < n - blocksize; i += 2 * blocksize) {
|
||||
/* this limits our actual merge to the length of the array, since we will
|
||||
* not likely be a perfect power of two. */
|
||||
size_t right_blocksize = blocksize;
|
||||
if(i + blocksize * 2 > n) {
|
||||
right_blocksize = n - i - blocksize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
files_merge(files + i, files + i + blocksize, work + i,
|
||||
blocksize, right_blocksize);
|
||||
max_extent = i + blocksize + right_blocksize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* ensure we only copy what we actually touched on this merge pass,
|
||||
* no more, no less */
|
||||
memcpy(files, work, max_extent * sizeof(alpm_file_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(work);
|
||||
return files;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Validate a package.
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,30 +280,22 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
|
|||
* sha256sum, and/or base64 signature)
|
||||
* @param level the required level of signature verification
|
||||
* @param sigdata signature data from the package to pass back
|
||||
* @param validation successful validations performed on the package file
|
||||
* @return 0 if package is fully valid, -1 and pm_errno otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, int level,
|
||||
alpm_siglist_t **sigdata, int *validation)
|
||||
const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, alpm_siglevel_t level,
|
||||
alpm_siglist_t **sigdata)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int has_sig;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* attempt to access the package file, ensure it exists */
|
||||
if(_alpm_access(handle, NULL, pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
|
||||
if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
} else if(errno == EACCES) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if(access(pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* can we get away with skipping checksums? */
|
||||
|
|
@ -314,237 +312,39 @@ int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(syncpkg && (!has_sig || !syncpkg->base64_sig)) {
|
||||
if(syncpkg && !has_sig) {
|
||||
if(syncpkg->md5sum && !syncpkg->sha256sum) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "md5sum: %s\n", syncpkg->md5sum);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking md5sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM) != 0) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_CSUM_MD5) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(validation) {
|
||||
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(syncpkg->sha256sum) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sha256sum: %s\n", syncpkg->sha256sum);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking sha256sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM) != 0) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_CSUM_SHA256) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(validation) {
|
||||
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* even if we don't have a sig, run the check code if level tells us to */
|
||||
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
|
||||
if(has_sig || level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
|
||||
const char *sig = syncpkg ? syncpkg->base64_sig : NULL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sig data: %s\n", sig ? sig : "<from .sig>");
|
||||
if(!has_sig && !(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL)) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_MISSING_SIG;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(_alpm_check_pgp_helper(handle, pkgfile, sig,
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_UNKNOWN_OK, sigdata)) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(validation && has_sig) {
|
||||
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(validation && !*validation) {
|
||||
*validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handle the existence of simple paths for _alpm_load_pkg_internal()
|
||||
* @param pkg package to change
|
||||
* @param path path to examine
|
||||
* @return 0 if path doesn't match any rule, 1 if it has been handled
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int handle_simple_path(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(strcmp(path, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
|
||||
pkg->scriptlet = 1;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else if(*path == '.') {
|
||||
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
|
||||
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a file to the files list for pkg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pkg package to add the file to
|
||||
* @param files_size size of pkg->files.files
|
||||
* @param entry archive entry of the file to add to the list
|
||||
* @param path path of the file to be added
|
||||
* @return <0 on error, 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int add_entry_to_files_list(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
|
||||
size_t *files_size, struct archive_entry *entry, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const size_t files_count = filelist->count;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *current_file;
|
||||
mode_t type;
|
||||
size_t pathlen;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&filelist->files,
|
||||
files_size, (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t))) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
type = archive_entry_filetype(entry);
|
||||
|
||||
pathlen = strlen(path);
|
||||
|
||||
current_file = filelist->files + files_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* mtree paths don't contain a tailing slash, those we get from
|
||||
* the archive directly do (expensive way)
|
||||
* Other code relies on it to detect directories so add it here.*/
|
||||
if(type == AE_IFDIR && path[pathlen - 1] != '/') {
|
||||
/* 2 = 1 for / + 1 for \0 */
|
||||
char *newpath;
|
||||
MALLOC(newpath, pathlen + 2, return -1);
|
||||
strcpy(newpath, path);
|
||||
newpath[pathlen] = '/';
|
||||
newpath[pathlen + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
current_file->name = newpath;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
STRDUP(current_file->name, path, return -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
current_file->size = archive_entry_size(entry);
|
||||
current_file->mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
|
||||
filelist->count++;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a new file list from an mtree file and add it to the package.
|
||||
* An existing file list will be free()d first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* archive should point to an archive struct which is already at the
|
||||
* position of the mtree's header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle
|
||||
* @param pkg package to add the file list to
|
||||
* @param archive archive containing the mtree
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, <0 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
size_t mtree_maxsize = 0;
|
||||
size_t mtree_cursize = 0;
|
||||
size_t files_size = 0; /* we clean up the existing array so this is fine */
|
||||
char *mtree_data = NULL;
|
||||
struct archive *mtree;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *mtree_entry = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t filelist = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"found mtree for package %s, getting file list\n", pkg->filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* create a new archive to parse the mtree and load it from archive into memory */
|
||||
/* TODO: split this into a function */
|
||||
if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
|
||||
archive_read_support_format_mtree(mtree);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO: split this into a function */
|
||||
while(1) {
|
||||
ssize_t size;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&mtree_data, &mtree_maxsize, mtree_cursize + ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE)) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size = archive_read_data(archive, mtree_data + mtree_cursize, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
if(size < 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(size == 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mtree_cursize += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_open_memory(mtree, mtree_data, mtree_cursize)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
_("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(mtree, &mtree_entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *path = archive_entry_pathname(mtree_entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/* strip leading "./" from path entries */
|
||||
if(path[0] == '.' && path[1] == '/') {
|
||||
path += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle_simple_path(pkg, path)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(add_entry_to_files_list(&filelist, &files_size, mtree_entry, path) < 0) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* throw away any files we loaded directly from the archive */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < pkg->files.count; i++) {
|
||||
free(pkg->files.files[i].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(pkg->files.files);
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy over new filelist */
|
||||
memcpy(&pkg->files, &filelist, sizeof(alpm_filelist_t));
|
||||
|
||||
free(mtree_data);
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "finished mtree reading for %s\n", pkg->filename);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
error:
|
||||
/* throw away any files we loaded from the mtree */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < filelist.count; i++) {
|
||||
free(filelist.files[i].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(filelist.files);
|
||||
|
||||
free(mtree_data);
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Load a package and create the corresponding alpm_pkg_t struct.
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
|
|
@ -555,43 +355,51 @@ error:
|
|||
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *pkgfile, int full)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret, fd;
|
||||
int config = 0;
|
||||
int hit_mtree = 0;
|
||||
int ret, config = 0;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
size_t files_size = 0;
|
||||
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(handle, pkgfile, &st, &archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
} else if(errno == EACCES) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
|
||||
/* attempt to stat the package file, ensure it exists */
|
||||
if(stat(pkgfile, &st) == 0) {
|
||||
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
|
||||
if(newpkg == NULL) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
newpkg->filename = strdup(pkgfile);
|
||||
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* couldn't stat the pkgfile, return an error */
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
|
||||
if(newpkg == NULL) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error);
|
||||
/* try to create an archive object to read in the package */
|
||||
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
|
||||
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
|
||||
ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkgfile, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error));
|
||||
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If full is false, only read through the archive until we find our needed
|
||||
* metadata. If it is true, read through the entire archive, which serves
|
||||
* as a verification of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
|
||||
* as a verfication of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
|
||||
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -610,43 +418,56 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(strchr(newpkg->version, '-') == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
config = 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else if(full && strcmp(entry_name, ".MTREE") == 0) {
|
||||
/* building the file list: cheap way
|
||||
* get the filelist from the mtree file rather than scanning
|
||||
* the whole archive */
|
||||
hit_mtree = build_filelist_from_mtree(handle, newpkg, archive) == 0;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else if(handle_simple_path(newpkg, entry_name)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else if(full && !hit_mtree) {
|
||||
/* building the file list: expensive way */
|
||||
if(add_entry_to_files_list(&newpkg->files, &files_size, entry, entry_name) < 0) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(entry_name, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
|
||||
newpkg->scriptlet = 1;
|
||||
} else if(*entry_name == '.') {
|
||||
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
|
||||
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
|
||||
} else if(full) {
|
||||
/* Keep track of all files for filelist generation */
|
||||
if(files_count >= files_size) {
|
||||
size_t old_size = files_size;
|
||||
if(files_size == 0) {
|
||||
files_size = 4;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
files_size *= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
|
||||
if(!files) {
|
||||
ALLOC_FAIL(sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* ensure all new memory is zeroed out, in both the initial
|
||||
* allocation and later reallocs */
|
||||
memset(files + old_size, 0,
|
||||
sizeof(alpm_file_t) * (files_size - old_size));
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, entry_name, goto error);
|
||||
files[files_count].size = archive_entry_size(entry);
|
||||
files[files_count].mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
|
||||
files_count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if we are not doing a full read, see if we have all we need */
|
||||
if((!full || hit_mtree) && config) {
|
||||
if(!full && config) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occured */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!config) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -654,127 +475,46 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
archive_read_finish(archive);
|
||||
|
||||
/* internal fields for package struct */
|
||||
newpkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE;
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->origin_data.file, pkgfile, goto error);
|
||||
newpkg->origin = PKG_FROM_FILE;
|
||||
newpkg->origin_data.file = strdup(pkgfile);
|
||||
newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
|
||||
newpkg->handle = handle;
|
||||
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
|
||||
newpkg->validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
if(full) {
|
||||
if(newpkg->files.files) {
|
||||
if(files) {
|
||||
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
|
||||
REALLOC(newpkg->files.files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * newpkg->files.count, (void)0);
|
||||
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
|
||||
/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_filelist_sort(&newpkg->files);
|
||||
newpkg->files.files = files_msort(files, files_count);
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->files.count = files_count;
|
||||
newpkg->infolevel |= INFRQ_FILES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_check_meta(newpkg) != 0) {
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
return newpkg;
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_invalid:
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
|
||||
error:
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
archive_read_finish(archive);
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* adopted limit from repo-add */
|
||||
#define MAX_SIGFILE_SIZE 16384
|
||||
|
||||
static int read_sigfile(const char *sigpath, unsigned char **sig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
if((fp = fopen(sigpath, "rb")) == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(fstat(fileno(fp), &st) != 0 || st.st_size > MAX_SIGFILE_SIZE) {
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MALLOC(*sig, st.st_size, fclose(fp); return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
if(fread(*sig, st.st_size, 1, fp) != 1) {
|
||||
free(*sig);
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return st.st_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int full,
|
||||
int level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int validation = 0;
|
||||
char *sigpath;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg_temp;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, filename);
|
||||
if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
|
||||
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *keys = NULL;
|
||||
int fail = 0;
|
||||
unsigned char *sig = NULL;
|
||||
int len = read_sigfile(sigpath, &sig);
|
||||
|
||||
if(len == -1) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("failed to read signature file: %s\n"), sigpath);
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(alpm_extract_keyid(handle, filename, sig, len, &keys) == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
for(k = keys; k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
char *key = k->data;
|
||||
if(_alpm_key_in_keychain(handle, key) == 0) {
|
||||
pkg_temp = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
|
||||
if(_alpm_key_import(handle, NULL, key) == -1) {
|
||||
fail = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg_temp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(keys);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(sig);
|
||||
|
||||
if(fail) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("required key missing from keyring\n"));
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL,
|
||||
&validation) == -1) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL) == -1) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_validate */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -783,7 +523,8 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int ful
|
|||
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*pkg)->validation = validation;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* be_sync.c : backend for sync databases
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -18,11 +18,10 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
|
|
@ -32,14 +31,13 @@
|
|||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "delta.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "dload.h"
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,7 +46,7 @@ static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
|||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
|
||||
MALLOC(syncpath, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
snprintf(syncpath, len, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, "sync/");
|
||||
sprintf(syncpath, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, "sync/");
|
||||
|
||||
if(stat(syncpath, &buf) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
|||
|
||||
static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int siglevel;
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t level;
|
||||
const char *dbpath;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID || db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,14 +86,11 @@ static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* we can skip any validation if the database doesn't exist */
|
||||
if(_alpm_access(db->handle, NULL, dbpath, R_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
alpm_event_database_missing_t event = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
|
||||
.dbname = db->treename
|
||||
};
|
||||
if(access(dbpath, R_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
|
||||
EVENT(db->handle, &event);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
"database file for '%s' does not exist\n", db->treename);
|
||||
goto valid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,20 +98,20 @@ static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
|
||||
/* this takes into account the default verification level if UNKNOWN
|
||||
* was assigned to this db */
|
||||
siglevel = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
|
||||
level = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
|
||||
|
||||
if(siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE) {
|
||||
if(level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE) {
|
||||
int retry, ret;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
retry = 0;
|
||||
alpm_siglist_t *siglist;
|
||||
ret = _alpm_check_pgp_helper(db->handle, dbpath, NULL,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK, &siglist);
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK, &siglist);
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
retry = _alpm_process_siglist(db->handle, db->treename, siglist,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK);
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_siglist_cleanup(siglist);
|
||||
free(siglist);
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,140 +131,161 @@ valid:
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *dbs, int force) {
|
||||
/** Update a package database
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An update of the package database \a db will be attempted. Unless
|
||||
* \a force is true, the update will only be performed if the remote
|
||||
* database was modified since the last update.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This operation requires a database lock, and will return an applicable error
|
||||
* if the lock could not be obtained.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* alpm_list_t *syncs = alpm_option_get_syncdbs();
|
||||
* for(i = syncs; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
|
||||
* alpm_db_t *db = alpm_list_getdata(i);
|
||||
* result = alpm_db_update(0, db);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if(result < 0) {
|
||||
* printf("Unable to update database: %s\n", alpm_strerrorlast());
|
||||
* } else if(result == 1) {
|
||||
* printf("Database already up to date\n");
|
||||
* } else {
|
||||
* printf("Database updated\n");
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @ingroup alpm_databases
|
||||
* @note After a successful update, the \link alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
|
||||
* package cache \endlink will be invalidated
|
||||
* @param force if true, then forces the update, otherwise update only in case
|
||||
* the database isn't up to date
|
||||
* @param db pointer to the package database to update
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly), 1 if up to
|
||||
* to date
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *syncpath;
|
||||
char *temporary_syncpath;
|
||||
const char *dbext = handle->dbext;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
int ret = -1;
|
||||
mode_t oldmask;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *payloads = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_event_t event;
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t level;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(dbs != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
handle = db->handle;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
syncpath = get_sync_dir(handle);
|
||||
ASSERT(syncpath != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
temporary_syncpath = _alpm_temporary_download_dir_setup(syncpath, handle->sandboxuser);
|
||||
ASSERT(temporary_syncpath != NULL, FREE(syncpath); return -1);
|
||||
if(!syncpath) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
|
||||
oldmask = umask(0022);
|
||||
|
||||
level = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
|
||||
|
||||
/* attempt to grab a lock */
|
||||
if(_alpm_handle_lock(handle)) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, cleanup);
|
||||
free(syncpath);
|
||||
umask(oldmask);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
|
||||
int dbforce = force;
|
||||
struct dload_payload *payload = NULL;
|
||||
for(i = db->servers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
const char *server = i->data;
|
||||
struct dload_payload payload;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
int siglevel;
|
||||
int sig_ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(&payload, 0, sizeof(struct dload_payload));
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, cleanup));
|
||||
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, cleanup));
|
||||
/* set hard upper limit of 25MiB */
|
||||
payload.max_size = 25 * 1024 * 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
/* force update of invalid databases to fix potential mismatched database/signature */
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
|
||||
dbforce = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
siglevel = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(payload, 1, sizeof(*payload), GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
|
||||
payload->servers = db->servers;
|
||||
/* print server + filename into a buffer */
|
||||
len = strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
|
||||
MALLOC(payload->filepath, len,
|
||||
FREE(payload); GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
|
||||
snprintf(payload->filepath, len, "%s%s", db->treename, dbext);
|
||||
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + 5;
|
||||
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s.db", server, db->treename);
|
||||
payload.handle = handle;
|
||||
payload.force = force;
|
||||
payload.unlink_on_fail = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(payload->remote_name, payload->filepath,
|
||||
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(payload); FREE(payload);
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
|
||||
payload->destfile_name = _alpm_get_fullpath(temporary_syncpath, payload->remote_name, "");
|
||||
payload->tempfile_name = _alpm_get_fullpath(temporary_syncpath, payload->remote_name, ".part");
|
||||
if(!payload->destfile_name || !payload->tempfile_name) {
|
||||
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(payload);
|
||||
FREE(payload);
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup);
|
||||
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL);
|
||||
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret == 0 && (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE)) {
|
||||
/* an existing sig file is no good at this point */
|
||||
char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, _alpm_db_path(db));
|
||||
if(!sigpath) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
unlink(sigpath);
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
|
||||
/* if we downloaded a DB, we want the .sig from the same server */
|
||||
/* print server + filename into a buffer (leave space for .sig) */
|
||||
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + 9;
|
||||
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s.db.sig", server, db->treename);
|
||||
payload.handle = handle;
|
||||
payload.force = 1;
|
||||
payload.errors_ok = (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set hard upper limit of 16KiB */
|
||||
payload.max_size = 16 * 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
sig_ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL);
|
||||
/* errors_ok suppresses error messages, but not the return code */
|
||||
sig_ret = payload.errors_ok ? 0 : sig_ret;
|
||||
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
payload->handle = handle;
|
||||
payload->force = dbforce;
|
||||
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
|
||||
payload->download_signature = (siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE);
|
||||
payload->signature_optional = (siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
|
||||
/* set hard upper limit of 128 MiB */
|
||||
payload->max_size = 128 * 1024 * 1024;
|
||||
payloads = alpm_list_add(payloads, payload);
|
||||
if(ret != -1 && sig_ret != -1) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(payloads == NULL) {
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret == 1) {
|
||||
/* files match, do nothing */
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
} else if(ret == -1) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s\n",
|
||||
alpm_strerror(handle->pm_errno));
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_START;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
ret = _alpm_download(handle, payloads, syncpath, temporary_syncpath);
|
||||
if(ret < 0) {
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_FAILED;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_DONE;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* clear all status flags regarding validity/existence */
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
/* clear all status flags regarding validity/existence */
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the download failed skip validation to preserve the download error */
|
||||
if(sync_db_validate(db) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to validate db: %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename);
|
||||
/* pm_errno should be set */
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(sync_db_validate(db)) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno should be set */
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_handle_unlock(handle);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret == -1) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync dbs: %s\n",
|
||||
alpm_strerror(handle->pm_errno));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
if(_alpm_handle_unlock(handle)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("could not remove lock file %s\n"),
|
||||
handle->lockfile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(payloads) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(payloads, (alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_dload_payload_reset);
|
||||
FREELIST(payloads);
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(temporary_syncpath);
|
||||
FREE(syncpath);
|
||||
free(syncpath);
|
||||
umask(oldmask);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,45 +294,6 @@ cleanup:
|
|||
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
static int _sync_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pkg->validation) {
|
||||
return pkg->validation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->md5sum) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(pkg->sha256sum) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(pkg->base64_sig) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!pkg->validation) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return pkg->validation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Package sync operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
|
||||
* because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
|
||||
* add only a few operations of our own on top.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const struct pkg_operations *get_sync_pkg_ops(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static struct pkg_operations sync_pkg_ops;
|
||||
static int sync_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
|
||||
if(!sync_pkg_ops_initialized) {
|
||||
sync_pkg_ops = default_pkg_ops;
|
||||
sync_pkg_ops.get_validation = _sync_get_validation;
|
||||
sync_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return &sync_pkg_ops;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
|
||||
const char **entry_filename, alpm_pkg_t *likely_pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -339,8 +316,7 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
|
|||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(likely_pkg && pkgname_hash == likely_pkg->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
|
||||
if(likely_pkg && strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
|
||||
pkg = likely_pkg;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pkg = _alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkgname);
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,23 +331,15 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
|
|||
pkg->version = pkgver;
|
||||
pkg->name_hash = pkgname_hash;
|
||||
|
||||
pkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
|
||||
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
|
||||
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
|
||||
pkg->ops = get_sync_pkg_ops();
|
||||
pkg->ops = &default_pkg_ops;
|
||||
pkg->handle = db->handle;
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_check_meta(pkg) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* add to the collection */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
|
||||
pkg->name, db->treename);
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkghash_add(&db->pkgcache, pkg) == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add(db->pkgcache, pkg);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
free(pkgname);
|
||||
free(pkgver);
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,49 +348,70 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
|
|||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function doesn't work as well as one might think, as size of database
|
||||
* entries varies considerably. Adding signatures nearly doubles the size of a
|
||||
* single entry. These current values are heavily influenced by Arch Linux;
|
||||
* databases with a single signature per package. */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is the data table used to generate the estimating function below.
|
||||
* "Weighted Avg" means averaging the bottom table values; thus each repo, big
|
||||
* or small, will have equal influence. "Unweighted Avg" means averaging the
|
||||
* sums of the top table columns, thus each package has equal influence. The
|
||||
* final values are calculated by (surprise) averaging the averages, because
|
||||
* why the hell not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Database Pkgs tar bz2 gz xz
|
||||
* community 2096 5294080 256391 421227 301296
|
||||
* core 180 460800 25257 36850 29356
|
||||
* extra 2606 6635520 294647 470818 339392
|
||||
* multilib 126 327680 16120 23261 18732
|
||||
* testing 76 204800 10902 14348 12100
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bytes Per Package
|
||||
* community 2096 2525.80 122.32 200.97 143.75
|
||||
* core 180 2560.00 140.32 204.72 163.09
|
||||
* extra 2606 2546.25 113.06 180.67 130.23
|
||||
* multilib 126 2600.63 127.94 184.61 148.67
|
||||
* testing 76 2694.74 143.45 188.79 159.21
|
||||
|
||||
* Weighted Avg 2585.48 129.42 191.95 148.99
|
||||
* Unweighted Avg 2543.39 118.74 190.16 137.93
|
||||
* Average of Avgs 2564.44 124.08 191.06 143.46
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static size_t estimate_package_count(struct stat *st, struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int per_package;
|
||||
unsigned int per_package;
|
||||
|
||||
switch(_alpm_archive_filter_code(archive)) {
|
||||
switch(archive_compression(archive)) {
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_NONE:
|
||||
per_package = 3015;
|
||||
per_package = 2564;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_GZIP:
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
|
||||
per_package = 464;
|
||||
per_package = 191;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_BZIP2:
|
||||
per_package = 394;
|
||||
per_package = 124;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
|
||||
per_package = 193;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_LZMA:
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_XZ:
|
||||
per_package = 400;
|
||||
per_package = 143;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifdef ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU:
|
||||
per_package = 3015 * 4 / 3;
|
||||
per_package = 3543;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* assume it is at least somewhat compressed */
|
||||
per_package = 500;
|
||||
per_package = 200;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (size_t)((st->st_size / per_package) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dbpath;
|
||||
size_t est_count, count;
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
int archive_ret;
|
||||
size_t est_count;
|
||||
int count = 0;
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
|
|
@ -434,109 +423,71 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
|
||||
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
|
||||
|
||||
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
|
||||
if(!dbpath) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, dbpath, &buf,
|
||||
&archive, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "opening database archive %s\n", dbpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, dbpath,
|
||||
ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), dbpath,
|
||||
archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
archive_read_finish(archive);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(stat(dbpath, &buf) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
est_count = estimate_package_count(&buf, archive);
|
||||
|
||||
/* currently only .files dbs contain file lists - make flexible when required*/
|
||||
if(strcmp(db->handle->dbext, ".files") == 0) {
|
||||
/* files databases are about four times larger on average */
|
||||
est_count /= 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count);
|
||||
/* initialize hash at 66% full */
|
||||
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count * 3 / 2);
|
||||
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((archive_ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
mode_t mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
|
||||
if(!S_ISDIR(mode)) {
|
||||
/* we have desc or depends - parse it */
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(mode)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* we have desc, depends or deltas - parse it */
|
||||
if(sync_db_read(db, archive, entry, &pkg) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("could not parse package description file '%s' from db '%s'\n"),
|
||||
archive_entry_pathname(entry), db->treename);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* the db file was successfully read, but contained errors */
|
||||
if(ret == -1) {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* reading the db file failed */
|
||||
if(archive_ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not read db '%s' (%s)\n"),
|
||||
db->treename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
count = alpm_list_count(db->pkgcache->list);
|
||||
|
||||
if(count > 0) {
|
||||
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list,
|
||||
count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
|
||||
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list, (size_t)count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"added %zu packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
|
||||
archive_read_finish(archive);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "added %d packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
|
||||
count, db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
if(fd >= 0) {
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function validates %FILENAME%. filename must be between 3 and
|
||||
* PATH_MAX characters and cannot be contain a path */
|
||||
static int _alpm_validate_filename(alpm_db_t *db, const char *pkgname,
|
||||
const char *filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = strlen(filename);
|
||||
|
||||
if(filename[0] == '.') {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
|
||||
"of package %s is illegal\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
} else if(memchr(filename, '/', len) != NULL) {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
|
||||
"of package %s is illegal\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
} else if(len > PATH_MAX) {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
|
||||
"of package %s is too long\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_NEXT() do { \
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
|
||||
line = buf.line; \
|
||||
_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size); \
|
||||
_alpm_strip_newline(line); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
|
||||
|
|
@ -547,15 +498,15 @@ static int _alpm_validate_filename(alpm_db_t *db, const char *pkgname,
|
|||
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
|
||||
char *linedup; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) break; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line) == 0) break; \
|
||||
STRDUP(linedup, buf.line, goto error); \
|
||||
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
|
||||
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_AND_SPLITDEP(f) do { \
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) break; \
|
||||
f = alpm_list_add(f, alpm_dep_from_string(line)); \
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line) == 0) break; \
|
||||
f = alpm_list_add(f, _alpm_splitdep(line)); \
|
||||
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
|
||||
|
||||
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
|
|
@ -563,7 +514,7 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
|||
{
|
||||
const char *entryname, *filename;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
|
||||
struct archive_read_buffer buf;
|
||||
|
||||
entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
if(entryname == NULL) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -575,6 +526,7 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
|||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data from archive entry %s\n",
|
||||
entryname);
|
||||
|
||||
memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
|
||||
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
|
||||
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -582,25 +534,17 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
|||
|
||||
if(pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"entry %s could not be loaded into %s sync database\n",
|
||||
"entry %s could not be loaded into %s sync database",
|
||||
entryname, db->treename);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(filename == NULL) {
|
||||
/* A file exists outside of a subdirectory. This isn't a read error, so return
|
||||
* success and try to continue on. */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("unknown database file: %s\n"),
|
||||
entryname);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(filename, "desc") == 0 || strcmp(filename, "depends") == 0
|
||||
|| strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
|
||||
|| strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0) {
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
char *line = buf.line;
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) {
|
||||
/* length of stripped line was zero */
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -619,11 +563,6 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
|||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->filename);
|
||||
if(_alpm_validate_filename(db, pkg->name, pkg->filename) < 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BASE%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->base);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->desc);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -656,68 +595,26 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
|||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->depends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->optdepends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MAKEDEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->makedepends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CHECKDEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->checkdepends);
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->optdepends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->conflicts);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->provides);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
|
||||
/* TODO: this could lazy load if there is future demand */
|
||||
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DELTAS%") == 0) {
|
||||
/* Different than the rest because of the _alpm_delta_parse call. */
|
||||
while(1) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
line = buf.line;
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&files, &files_size,
|
||||
(files_count ? (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t) : 8 * sizeof(alpm_file_t)))) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, line, goto error);
|
||||
files_count++;
|
||||
READ_NEXT();
|
||||
if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
|
||||
pkg->deltas = alpm_list_add(pkg->deltas, _alpm_delta_parse(line));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
|
||||
if(files_count > 0) {
|
||||
REALLOC(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count, (void)0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
FREE(files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pkg->files.count = files_count;
|
||||
pkg->files.files = files;
|
||||
_alpm_filelist_sort(&pkg->files);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DATA%") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *lines = NULL;
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
|
||||
for(i = lines; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(i->data);
|
||||
if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&pkg->xdata, pd)) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
|
||||
FREELIST(lines);
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(lines);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in sync database\n"), pkg->name, line);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lines = NULL;
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
|
||||
FREELIST(lines);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*likely_pkg = pkg;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
|
||||
/* currently do nothing with this file */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* unknown database file */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unknown database file: %s\n", filename);
|
||||
|
|
@ -737,7 +634,7 @@ struct db_operations sync_db_ops = {
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
|
||||
int level)
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -745,7 +642,7 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
|
|||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES, NULL);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -762,3 +659,5 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
|
|||
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
|
||||
return db;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* conflict.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
|
||||
|
|
@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
|
@ -38,74 +40,53 @@
|
|||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Creates a new conflict.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static alpm_conflict_t *conflict_new(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2,
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *reason)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *conflict;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
|
||||
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg1, &conflict->package1) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg2, &conflict->package2) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
conflict->package1_hash = pkg1->name_hash;
|
||||
conflict->package2_hash = pkg2->name_hash;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->package1, pkg1->name, return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->package2, pkg2->name, return NULL);
|
||||
conflict->reason = reason;
|
||||
|
||||
return conflict;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
void _alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(conflict->package1);
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(conflict->package2);
|
||||
|
||||
FREE(conflict->package2);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->package1);
|
||||
FREE(conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Creates a copy of a conflict.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *newconflict;
|
||||
CALLOC(newconflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(conflict->package1, &newconflict->package1) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(conflict->package2, &newconflict->package2) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
newconflict->package1_hash = conflict->package1_hash;
|
||||
newconflict->package2_hash = conflict->package2_hash;
|
||||
STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, return NULL);
|
||||
newconflict->reason = conflict->reason;
|
||||
|
||||
return newconflict;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_conflict_free(newconflict);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Searches for a conflict in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle conflict to search for
|
||||
* @param haystack list of conflicts to search
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if needle is in haystack, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = haystack; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *conflict = i->data;
|
||||
if(needle->package1->name_hash == conflict->package1->name_hash
|
||||
&& needle->package2->name_hash == conflict->package2->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(needle->package1->name, conflict->package1->name) == 0
|
||||
&& strcmp(needle->package2->name, conflict->package2->name) == 0) {
|
||||
if(needle->package1_hash == conflict->package1_hash
|
||||
&& needle->package2_hash == conflict->package2_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(needle->package1, conflict->package1) == 0
|
||||
&& strcmp(needle->package2, conflict->package2) == 0) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,16 +94,12 @@ static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
/** Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list.
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param baddeps list to add conflict to
|
||||
* @param pkg1 first package
|
||||
* @param pkg2 package causing conflict
|
||||
* @param reason reason for this conflict
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2, alpm_depend_t *reason)
|
||||
|
|
@ -138,18 +115,16 @@ static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
|
|||
pkg1->name, pkg2->name, conflict_str);
|
||||
free(conflict_str);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
_alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Check if packages from list1 conflict with packages from list2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @details This looks at the conflicts fields of all packages from list1, and
|
||||
* sees if they match packages from list2. If a conflict (pkg1, pkg2) is found,
|
||||
* it is added to the baddeps list in this order if order >= 0, or reverse
|
||||
* order (pkg2,pkg1) otherwise.
|
||||
/** Check if packages from list1 conflict with packages from list2.
|
||||
* This looks at the conflicts fields of all packages from list1, and sees
|
||||
* if they match packages from list2.
|
||||
* If a conflict (pkg1, pkg2) is found, it is added to the baddeps list
|
||||
* in this order if order >= 0, or reverse order (pkg2,pkg1) otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param list1 first list of packages
|
||||
|
|
@ -159,8 +134,7 @@ static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
static void check_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **baddeps, int order)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t **baddeps, int order) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!baddeps) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,14 +169,7 @@ static void check_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Check for inter-conflicts in a list of packages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param packages list of packages to check
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return list of conflicts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Check for inter-conflicts */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,9 +180,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages)
|
|||
return baddeps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns a list of conflicts between a db and a list of packages.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Check for target vs (db - target) conflicts */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
|
||||
|
|
@ -237,6 +202,12 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
|
|||
return baddeps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Check the package conflicts in a database
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param pkglist the list of packages to check
|
||||
* @return an alpm_list_t of alpm_conflict_t
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkglist)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
@ -244,35 +215,85 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
return _alpm_innerconflicts(handle, pkglist);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Creates and adds a file conflict to a conflict list.
|
||||
static const int DIFFERENCE = 0;
|
||||
static const int INTERSECT = 1;
|
||||
/* Returns a set operation on the provided two lists of files.
|
||||
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
|
||||
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param conflicts the list of conflicts to append to
|
||||
* @param filestr the conflicting file path
|
||||
* @param pkg1 package that wishes to install the file
|
||||
* @param pkg2 package that currently owns the file, or NULL if unowned
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the updated conflict list
|
||||
* Operations:
|
||||
* DIFFERENCE - a difference operation is performed. filesA - filesB.
|
||||
* INTERSECT - an intersection operation is performed. filesA & filesB.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *filelist_operation(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filesB, int operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
|
||||
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
|
||||
alpm_file_t *fileA = filesA->files + ctrA;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *fileB = filesB->files + ctrB;
|
||||
const char *strA = fileA->name;
|
||||
const char *strB = fileB->name;
|
||||
/* skip directories, we don't care about them */
|
||||
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] == '/') {
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
} else if(strB[strlen(strB)-1] == '/') {
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
int cmp = strcmp(strA, strB);
|
||||
if(cmp < 0) {
|
||||
if(operation == DIFFERENCE) {
|
||||
/* item only in filesA, qualifies as a difference */
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
} else if(cmp > 0) {
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if(operation == INTERSECT) {
|
||||
/* item in both, qualifies as an intersect */
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if doing a difference, ensure we have completely emptied pA */
|
||||
while(operation == DIFFERENCE && ctrA < filesA->count) {
|
||||
alpm_file_t *fileA = filesA->files + ctrA;
|
||||
const char *strA = fileA->name;
|
||||
/* skip directories */
|
||||
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] != '/') {
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Adds alpm_fileconflict_t to a conflicts list. Pass the conflicts list, the
|
||||
* conflicting file path, and either two packages or one package and NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *conflicts, const char *filestr,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict;
|
||||
CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_fileconflict_t), goto error);
|
||||
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(alpm_fileconflict_t), goto error);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->target, pkg1->name, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, goto error);
|
||||
if(!pkg2) {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, "", goto error);
|
||||
} else if(pkg2->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB) {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if(pkg2) {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, "", goto error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
conflicts = alpm_list_add(conflicts, conflict);
|
||||
|
|
@ -282,139 +303,91 @@ static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
return conflicts;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_fileconflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, conflicts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->ctarget);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->file);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->target);
|
||||
FREE(conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Recursively checks if a set of packages own all subdirectories and
|
||||
* files in a directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param dirpath path of the directory to check
|
||||
* @param pkgs packages being checked against
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if a package owns all subdirectories and files, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int dir_belongsto_pkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *dirpath,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkgs)
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
|
||||
const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX], full_path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
DIR *dir;
|
||||
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files;
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(file->name, name) == 0) {
|
||||
return file;
|
||||
}
|
||||
file++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(full_path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, dirpath);
|
||||
dir = opendir(full_path);
|
||||
static int dir_belongsto_pkg(const char *root, const char *dirpath,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stat sbuf;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
char abspath[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
|
||||
DIR *dir;
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, dirpath);
|
||||
dir = opendir(abspath);
|
||||
if(dir == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((ent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
|
||||
const char *name = ent->d_name;
|
||||
int owned = 0, is_dir = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
struct stat sbuf;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(full_path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s%s", handle->root, dirpath, name);
|
||||
|
||||
if(lstat(full_path, &sbuf) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "could not stat %s\n", full_path);
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", dirpath, name);
|
||||
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, path);
|
||||
if(stat(abspath, &sbuf) != 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
is_dir = S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode);
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s%s", dirpath, name, is_dir ? "/" : "");
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = pkgs; i && !owned; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
|
||||
owned = 1;
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
if(dir_belongsto_pkg(root, path, pkg)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg), path)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(owned && is_dir) {
|
||||
owned = dir_belongsto_pkgs(handle, path, pkgs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!owned) {
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"unowned file %s found in directory\n", path);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *alpm_db_find_file_owners(alpm_db_t* db, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *owners = NULL;
|
||||
for(i = alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
|
||||
owners = alpm_list_add(owners, i->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return owners;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_find_file_owner(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
|
||||
return i->data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_can_overwrite_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path, const char *rootedpath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->overwrite_files, path) == 0
|
||||
|| _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->overwrite_files, rootedpath) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @details Performs two checks:
|
||||
* 1. check every target against every target
|
||||
* 2. check every target against the filesystem
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param upgrade list of packages being installed
|
||||
* @param rem list of packages being removed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return list of file conflicts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction with two checks:
|
||||
* 1: check every target against every target
|
||||
* 2: check every target against the filesystem */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *rem)
|
||||
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *conflicts = NULL;
|
||||
size_t numtargs = alpm_list_count(upgrade);
|
||||
size_t current;
|
||||
size_t rootlen;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!upgrade) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rootlen = strlen(handle->root);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO this whole function needs a huge change, which hopefully will
|
||||
* be possible with real transactions. Right now we only do half as much
|
||||
* here as we do when we actually extract files in add.c with our 12
|
||||
|
|
@ -422,51 +395,32 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
for(current = 0, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p1 = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *j;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newfiles = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t tmpfiles;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *dbpkg;
|
||||
size_t filenum;
|
||||
|
||||
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", percent,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
/* CHECK 1: check every target against every target */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s\n",
|
||||
p1->name);
|
||||
for(j = i->next; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *common_files;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = j->data;
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *p1_files = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *p2_files = alpm_pkg_get_files(p2);
|
||||
|
||||
common_files = _alpm_filelist_intersection(p1_files, p2_files);
|
||||
common_files = filelist_operation(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
|
||||
alpm_pkg_get_files(p2), INTERSECT);
|
||||
|
||||
if(common_files) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
for(k = common_files; k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
char *filename = k->data;
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* can skip file-file conflicts when forced *
|
||||
* checking presence in p2_files detects dir-file or file-dir
|
||||
* conflicts as the path from p1 is returned */
|
||||
if(_alpm_can_overwrite_file(handle, filename, path)
|
||||
&& alpm_filelist_contains(p2_files, filename)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"%s exists in both '%s' and '%s'\n", filename,
|
||||
p1->name, p2->name);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"file-file conflict being forced\n");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_file_t *file = k->data;
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, file->name);
|
||||
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, p2);
|
||||
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(conflicts);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(common_files);
|
||||
FREELIST(conflicts);
|
||||
FREELIST(common_files);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -485,168 +439,127 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
* that the former list needs to be freed while the latter list should NOT
|
||||
* be freed. */
|
||||
if(dbpkg) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *difference;
|
||||
/* older ver of package currently installed */
|
||||
newfiles = _alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
|
||||
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg));
|
||||
difference = filelist_operation(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
|
||||
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), DIFFERENCE);
|
||||
tmpfiles.count = alpm_list_count(difference);
|
||||
tmpfiles.files = alpm_list_to_array(difference, tmpfiles.count,
|
||||
sizeof(alpm_file_t));
|
||||
alpm_list_free(difference);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* no version of package currently installed */
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *fl = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
|
||||
size_t filenum;
|
||||
for(filenum = 0; filenum < fl->count; filenum++) {
|
||||
newfiles = alpm_list_add(newfiles, fl->files[filenum].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
tmpfiles = *alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = newfiles; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr = j->data;
|
||||
for(filenum = 0; filenum < tmpfiles.count; filenum++) {
|
||||
alpm_file_t *file = tmpfiles.files + filenum;
|
||||
const char *filestr = file->name;
|
||||
const char *relative_path;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
/* have we acted on this conflict? */
|
||||
int resolved_conflict = 0;
|
||||
struct stat lsbuf;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
size_t pathlen;
|
||||
int pfile_isdir;
|
||||
|
||||
pathlen = snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
|
||||
relative_path = path + rootlen;
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* stat the file - if it exists, do some checks */
|
||||
if(llstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_lstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
|
||||
|
||||
pfile_isdir = path[pathlen - 1] == '/';
|
||||
if(pfile_isdir) {
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
|
||||
struct stat sbuf;
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "file is a directory, not a conflict\n");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
stat(path, &sbuf);
|
||||
if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"file is a symlink to a dir, hopefully not a conflict\n");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* if we made it to here, we want all subsequent path comparisons to
|
||||
* not include the trailing slash. This allows things like file ->
|
||||
* directory replacements. */
|
||||
path[pathlen - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the directory was a file in dbpkg */
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), relative_path)) {
|
||||
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"replacing package file with a directory, not a conflict\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
|
||||
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
|
||||
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
|
||||
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
|
||||
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
path[strlen(path) - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
relative_path = path + strlen(handle->root);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check remove list (will we remove the conflicting local file?) */
|
||||
for(k = rem; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
|
||||
for(k = remove; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *rempkg = k->data;
|
||||
if(rempkg && alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg),
|
||||
if(rempkg && _alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg),
|
||||
relative_path)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"local file will be removed, not a conflict\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
if(pfile_isdir) {
|
||||
/* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
|
||||
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
|
||||
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
|
||||
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
|
||||
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
|
||||
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look at all the targets to see if file has changed hands */
|
||||
for(k = upgrade; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *localp2, *p2 = k->data;
|
||||
if(!p2 || p1 == p2) {
|
||||
/* skip p1; both p1 and p2 come directly from the upgrade list
|
||||
* so they can be compared directly */
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = k->data;
|
||||
if(!p2 || strcmp(p1->name, p2->name) == 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p2->name);
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p2->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* localp2->files will be removed (target conflicts are handled by CHECK 1) */
|
||||
if(localp2 && alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), relative_path)) {
|
||||
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
|
||||
|
||||
if(localp2 && _alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), filestr)) {
|
||||
/* skip removal of file, but not add. this will prevent a second
|
||||
* package from removing the file when it was already installed
|
||||
* by its new owner (whether the file is in backup array or not */
|
||||
handle->trans->skip_remove =
|
||||
alpm_list_add(handle->trans->skip_remove, strdup(relative_path));
|
||||
alpm_list_add(handle->trans->skip_remove, strdup(filestr));
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if(filestr[fslen - 1] == '/') {
|
||||
/* replacing a file with a directory:
|
||||
* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
|
||||
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
|
||||
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
|
||||
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
|
||||
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if all files of the dir belong to the installed pkg */
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *owners;
|
||||
size_t dir_len = strlen(relative_path) + 2;
|
||||
char *dir = malloc(dir_len);
|
||||
snprintf(dir, dir_len, "%s/", relative_path);
|
||||
|
||||
owners = alpm_db_find_file_owners(handle->db_local, dir);
|
||||
if(owners) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkgs = NULL, *diff;
|
||||
|
||||
if(dbpkg) {
|
||||
pkgs = alpm_list_add(pkgs, dbpkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pkgs = alpm_list_join(pkgs, alpm_list_copy(rem));
|
||||
if((diff = alpm_list_diff(owners, pkgs, _alpm_pkg_cmp))) {
|
||||
/* dir is owned by files we aren't removing */
|
||||
/* TODO: with better commit ordering, we may be able to check
|
||||
* against upgrades as well */
|
||||
alpm_list_free(diff);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"checking if all files in %s belong to removed packages\n",
|
||||
dir);
|
||||
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkgs(handle, dir, owners);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(pkgs);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(owners);
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && dbpkg) {
|
||||
char *dir = malloc(strlen(filestr) + 2);
|
||||
sprintf(dir, "%s/", filestr);
|
||||
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), dir)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"check if all files in %s belongs to %s\n",
|
||||
dir, dbpkg->name);
|
||||
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkg(handle->root, filestr, dbpkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if a component of the filepath was a link. canonicalize the path
|
||||
* and look for it in the old package. note that the actual file under
|
||||
* consideration cannot itself be a link, as it might be unowned- path
|
||||
* components can be safely checked as all directories are "unowned". */
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && dbpkg && !S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
char *rpath = calloc(PATH_MAX, sizeof(char));
|
||||
const char *relative_rpath;
|
||||
if(realpath(path, rpath)) {
|
||||
relative_rpath = rpath + strlen(handle->root);
|
||||
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), relative_rpath)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"package contained the resolved realpath\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(rpath);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* is the file unowned and in the backup list of the new package? */
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && _alpm_needbackup(relative_path, p1)) {
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && _alpm_needbackup(filestr, p1)) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *local_pkgs = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local);
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
for(k = local_pkgs; k && !found; k = k->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(k->data), relative_path)) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(k->data), filestr)) {
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -657,30 +570,27 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* skip file-file conflicts when being forced */
|
||||
if(!S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)
|
||||
&& _alpm_can_overwrite_file(handle, filestr, path)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"conflict with file on filesystem being forced\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict) {
|
||||
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1,
|
||||
_alpm_find_file_owner(handle, relative_path));
|
||||
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, NULL);
|
||||
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(conflicts);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newfiles);
|
||||
FREELIST(conflicts);
|
||||
if(dbpkg) {
|
||||
/* only freed if it was generated from filelist_operation() */
|
||||
free(tmpfiles.files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newfiles);
|
||||
if(dbpkg) {
|
||||
/* only freed if it was generated from filelist_operation() */
|
||||
free(tmpfiles.files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", 100,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
return conflicts;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* conflict.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
|
|
@ -17,17 +17,25 @@
|
|||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_CONFLICT_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_CONFLICT_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ALPM_CONFLICT_H
|
||||
#define _ALPM_CONFLICT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
|
||||
void _alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_CONFLICT_H */
|
||||
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict);
|
||||
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
|
||||
const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPM_CONFLICT_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
294
lib/libalpm/db.c
294
lib/libalpm/db.c
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* db.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
|
|
@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
|
|||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,31 +39,23 @@
|
|||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "group.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_register_syncdb(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *treename, int siglevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
/** \addtogroup alpm_databases Database Functions
|
||||
* @brief Functions to query and manipulate the database of libalpm
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Register a sync database of packages. */
|
||||
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *treename, alpm_siglevel_t level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
ASSERT(treename != NULL && strlen(treename) != 0,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
ASSERT(!strchr(treename, '/'), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
/* Do not register a database if a transaction is on-going */
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ensure database name is unique */
|
||||
if(strcmp(treename, "local") == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *d = i->data;
|
||||
if(strcmp(treename, d->treename) == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, siglevel);
|
||||
return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Helper function for alpm_db_unregister{_all} */
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,7 +69,8 @@ void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
_alpm_db_free(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
/** Unregister all package databases. */
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister_all(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,6 +90,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Unregister a package database. */
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,7 +100,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
/* Do not unregister a database if a transaction is on-going */
|
||||
handle = db->handle;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == handle->db_local) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,7 +109,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
} else {
|
||||
/* Warning : this function shouldn't be used to unregister all sync
|
||||
* databases by walking through the list returned by
|
||||
* alpm_get_syncdbs, because the db is removed from that list here.
|
||||
* alpm_option_get_syncdbs, because the db is removed from that list here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_remove(handle->dbs_sync,
|
||||
|
|
@ -131,43 +127,19 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_cache_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->cache_servers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_cache_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *cache_servers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
FREELIST(db->cache_servers);
|
||||
for(i = cache_servers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
char *url = i->data;
|
||||
if(alpm_db_add_cache_server(db, url) != 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the serverlist of a database. */
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->servers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set the serverlist of a database. */
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *servers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
FREELIST(db->servers);
|
||||
for(i = servers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
char *url = i->data;
|
||||
if(alpm_db_add_server(db, url) != 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(db->servers) FREELIST(db->servers);
|
||||
db->servers = servers;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,37 +156,24 @@ static char *sanitize_url(const char *url)
|
|||
return newurl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_cache_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
db->cache_servers = alpm_list_add(db->cache_servers, newurl);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new cache server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Add a download server to a database.
|
||||
* @param db database pointer
|
||||
* @param url url of the server
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
if(!newurl) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, newurl);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,71 +181,46 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_cache_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
int ret = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
db->cache_servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->cache_servers, newurl, &vdata);
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed cache server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
free(vdata);
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(newurl);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Remove a download server from a database.
|
||||
* @param db database pointer
|
||||
* @param url url of the server
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, 1 on server not present,
|
||||
* -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
int ret = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
if(!newurl) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->servers, newurl, &vdata);
|
||||
|
||||
free(newurl);
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
free(vdata);
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(newurl);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_handle(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->handle;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the name of a package database. */
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_name(const alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->treename;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
/** Get the signature verification level for a database. */
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
if(db->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,18 +230,20 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Check the validity of a database. */
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_valid(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
return db->ops->validate(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get a package entry from a package database. */
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0,
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -318,14 +254,16 @@ alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
|||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the package cache of a package database. */
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
return _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_group(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
||||
/** Get a group entry from a package database. */
|
||||
alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_readgroup(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
|
|
@ -335,62 +273,73 @@ alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_group(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
|||
return _alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(db, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the group cache of a package database. */
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_get_groupcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **ret)
|
||||
/** Searches a database. */
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL && ret != NULL && *ret == NULL,
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_search(db, needles, ret);
|
||||
return _alpm_db_search(db, needles);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int usage)
|
||||
/** Set install reason for a package in db. */
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_pkgreason(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
|
||||
alpm_pkgreason_t reason)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->usage = usage;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg->origin == PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg->origin_data.db == handle->db_local,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"setting install reason %u for %s\n", reason, pkg->name);
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_get_reason(pkg) == reason) {
|
||||
/* we are done */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* set reason (in pkgcache) */
|
||||
pkg->reason = reason;
|
||||
/* write DESC */
|
||||
if(_alpm_local_db_write(handle->db_local, pkg, INFRQ_DESC)) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int *usage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(usage != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
*usage = db->usage;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(db, 1, sizeof(alpm_db_t), return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, FREE(db); return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, return NULL);
|
||||
if(is_local) {
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->usage = ALPM_DB_USAGE_ALL;
|
||||
|
||||
return db;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return);
|
||||
/* cleanup pkgcache */
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
/* cleanup server list */
|
||||
FREELIST(db->cache_servers);
|
||||
FREELIST(db->servers);
|
||||
FREE(db->_path);
|
||||
FREE(db->treename);
|
||||
|
|
@ -417,14 +366,12 @@ const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL) {
|
||||
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(db->treename) + 2;
|
||||
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
snprintf(db->_path, pathsize, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
|
||||
sprintf(db->_path, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
const char *dbext = db->handle->dbext;
|
||||
|
||||
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
|
||||
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + 4;
|
||||
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
|
||||
snprintf(db->_path, pathsize, "%ssync/%s%s", dbpath, db->treename, dbext);
|
||||
sprintf(db->_path, "%ssync/%s.db", dbpath, db->treename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database path for tree %s set to %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, db->_path);
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,15 +386,10 @@ int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
|
|||
return strcmp(db1->treename, db2->treename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **ret)
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SEARCH)) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
|
||||
/* copy the pkgcache- we will free the list var after each needle */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *list = alpm_list_copy(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -458,15 +400,12 @@ int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
|||
if(i->data == NULL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*ret = NULL;
|
||||
ret = NULL;
|
||||
targ = i->data;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for target '%s'\n", targ);
|
||||
|
||||
if(regcomp(®, targ, REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_ICASE | REG_NEWLINE) != 0) {
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX;
|
||||
alpm_list_free(list);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(*ret);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = list; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
|
|
@ -490,7 +429,7 @@ int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
|||
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *provide = k->data;
|
||||
if(regexec(®, provide->name, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
|
||||
matched = provide->name;
|
||||
matched = k->data;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -506,21 +445,20 @@ int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(matched != NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"search target '%s' matched '%s' on package '%s'\n",
|
||||
targ, matched, name);
|
||||
*ret = alpm_list_add(*ret, pkg);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, " search target '%s' matched '%s'\n",
|
||||
targ, matched);
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free the existing search list, and use the returned list for the
|
||||
* next needle. This allows for AND-based package searching. */
|
||||
alpm_list_free(list);
|
||||
list = *ret;
|
||||
list = ret;
|
||||
regfree(®);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns a new package cache from db.
|
||||
|
|
@ -563,17 +501,18 @@ static void free_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
|
||||
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(db == NULL || db->pkgcache == NULL) {
|
||||
if(db == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache->list,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
|
||||
_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
|
||||
db->pkgcache = NULL;
|
||||
if(db->pkgcache) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache->list,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
|
||||
_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE;
|
||||
|
||||
free_groupcache(db);
|
||||
|
|
@ -590,10 +529,7 @@ alpm_pkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
|
||||
if(load_pkgcache(db)) {
|
||||
/* handle->error set in local/sync-db-populate */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
load_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return db->pkgcache;
|
||||
|
|
@ -613,31 +549,19 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
|||
/* "duplicate" pkg then add it to pkgcache */
|
||||
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg, &newpkg)) {
|
||||
/* we return memory on "non-fatal" error in _alpm_pkg_dup */
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, db->treename);
|
||||
if(newpkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
free(newpkg->origin_data.file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->origin = (db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL)
|
||||
? ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB
|
||||
: ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
|
||||
newpkg->origin_data.db = db;
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(&db->pkgcache, newpkg) == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg);
|
||||
|
||||
free_groupcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,3 +695,5 @@ alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
|
|||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* db.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
|
|
@ -19,8 +19,10 @@
|
|||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_DB_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_DB_H
|
||||
#ifndef _ALPM_DB_H
|
||||
#define _ALPM_DB_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
#include <archive.h>
|
||||
|
|
@ -32,15 +34,14 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/* Database entries */
|
||||
typedef enum _alpm_dbinfrq_t {
|
||||
INFRQ_BASE = (1 << 0),
|
||||
INFRQ_BASE = 1,
|
||||
INFRQ_DESC = (1 << 1),
|
||||
INFRQ_FILES = (1 << 2),
|
||||
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = (1 << 3),
|
||||
INFRQ_DSIZE = (1 << 4),
|
||||
/* ALL should be info stored in the package or database */
|
||||
INFRQ_ALL = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_FILES |
|
||||
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET | INFRQ_DSIZE,
|
||||
INFRQ_ERROR = (1 << 30)
|
||||
INFRQ_ALL = 0x1F,
|
||||
INFRQ_ERROR = (1 << 31)
|
||||
} alpm_dbinfrq_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Database status. Bitflags. */
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,24 +63,18 @@ struct db_operations {
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Database */
|
||||
struct _alpm_db_t {
|
||||
struct __alpm_db_t {
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
char *treename;
|
||||
/* do not access directly, use _alpm_db_path(db) for lazy access */
|
||||
char *_path;
|
||||
alpm_pkghash_t *pkgcache;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *grpcache;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *cache_servers;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *servers;
|
||||
const struct db_operations *ops;
|
||||
|
||||
/* bitfields for validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
|
||||
/* From _alpm_dbstatus_t */
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
/* alpm_siglevel_t */
|
||||
int siglevel;
|
||||
/* alpm_db_usage_t */
|
||||
int usage;
|
||||
struct db_operations *ops;
|
||||
/* flags determining validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
|
||||
enum _alpm_dbstatus_t status;
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t siglevel;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,16 +83,15 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local);
|
|||
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2);
|
||||
int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **ret);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles);
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
|
||||
int level);
|
||||
alpm_siglevel_t level);
|
||||
void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
|
||||
/* be_*.c, backend specific calls */
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_prepare(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq);
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
|
||||
char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,4 +107,6 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
|
|||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_DB_H */
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPM_DB_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
350
lib/libalpm/delta.c
Normal file
350
lib/libalpm/delta.c
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* delta.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <regex.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "delta.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "graph.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *graph_init(alpm_list_t *deltas, int reverse)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
|
||||
/* create the vertices */
|
||||
for(i = deltas; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v = _alpm_graph_new();
|
||||
if(!v) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(vertices);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = i->data;
|
||||
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size;
|
||||
v->weight = LONG_MAX;
|
||||
v->data = vdelta;
|
||||
vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute the edges */
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
|
||||
/* loop a second time so we make all possible comparisons */
|
||||
for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v_j = j->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *d_j = v_j->data;
|
||||
/* We want to create a delta tree like the following:
|
||||
* 1_to_2
|
||||
* |
|
||||
* 1_to_3 2_to_3
|
||||
* \ /
|
||||
* 3_to_4
|
||||
* If J 'from' is equal to I 'to', then J is a child of I.
|
||||
* */
|
||||
if((!reverse && strcmp(d_j->from, d_i->to) == 0) ||
|
||||
(reverse && strcmp(d_j->to, d_i->from) == 0)) {
|
||||
v_i->children = alpm_list_add(v_i->children, v_j);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
v_i->childptr = v_i->children;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return vertices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void graph_init_size(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *vertices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
char *fpath, *md5sum;
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* determine whether the delta file already exists */
|
||||
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, vdelta->delta);
|
||||
if(fpath) {
|
||||
md5sum = alpm_compute_md5sum(fpath);
|
||||
if(md5sum && strcmp(md5sum, vdelta->delta_md5) == 0) {
|
||||
vdelta->download_size = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(md5sum);
|
||||
FREE(fpath);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
char *fnamepart;
|
||||
CALLOC(fnamepart, strlen(vdelta->delta) + 6, sizeof(char), return);
|
||||
sprintf(fnamepart, "%s.part", vdelta->delta);
|
||||
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, fnamepart);
|
||||
if(fpath) {
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
if(stat(fpath, &st) == 0) {
|
||||
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->delta_size - st.st_size;
|
||||
vdelta->download_size = vdelta->download_size < 0 ? 0 : vdelta->download_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(fpath);
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(fnamepart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* determine whether a base 'from' file exists */
|
||||
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, vdelta->from);
|
||||
if(fpath) {
|
||||
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(fpath);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void dijkstra(alpm_list_t *vertices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v;
|
||||
while(1) {
|
||||
v = NULL;
|
||||
/* find the smallest vertice not visited yet */
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(v_i->state == -1) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
|
||||
v = v_i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(v == NULL || v->weight == LONG_MAX) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
v->state = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
v->childptr = v->children;
|
||||
while(v->childptr) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v_c = v->childptr->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *d_c = v_c->data;
|
||||
if(v_c->weight > v->weight + d_c->download_size) {
|
||||
v_c->weight = v->weight + d_c->download_size;
|
||||
v_c->parent = v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
v->childptr = (v->childptr)->next;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static off_t shortest_path(alpm_list_t *vertices, const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v = NULL;
|
||||
off_t bestsize = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *rpath = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v_i = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *d_i = v_i->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(d_i->to, to) == 0) {
|
||||
if(v == NULL || v_i->weight < v->weight) {
|
||||
v = v_i;
|
||||
bestsize = v->weight;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while(v != NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
|
||||
rpath = alpm_list_add(rpath, vdelta);
|
||||
v = v->parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*path = alpm_list_reverse(rpath);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(rpath);
|
||||
|
||||
return bestsize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Calculates the shortest path from one version to another.
|
||||
* The shortest path is defined as the path with the smallest combined
|
||||
* size, not the length of the path.
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param deltas the list of alpm_delta_t * objects that a file has
|
||||
* @param to the file to start the search at
|
||||
* @param path the pointer to a list location where alpm_delta_t * objects that
|
||||
* have the smallest size are placed. NULL is set if there is no path
|
||||
* possible with the files available.
|
||||
* @return the size of the path stored, or LONG_MAX if path is unfindable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
|
||||
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *bestpath = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *vertices;
|
||||
off_t bestsize = LONG_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
if(deltas == NULL) {
|
||||
*path = NULL;
|
||||
return bestsize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started delta shortest-path search for '%s'\n", to);
|
||||
|
||||
vertices = graph_init(deltas, 0);
|
||||
graph_init_size(handle, vertices);
|
||||
dijkstra(vertices);
|
||||
bestsize = shortest_path(vertices, to, &bestpath);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "delta shortest-path search complete : '%jd'\n", (intmax_t)bestsize);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(vertices);
|
||||
|
||||
*path = bestpath;
|
||||
return bestsize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *find_unused(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *to, off_t quota)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *unused = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *vertices;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
vertices = graph_init(deltas, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
|
||||
if(strcmp(vdelta->to, to) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
v->weight = vdelta->download_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
dijkstra(vertices);
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *v = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *vdelta = v->data;
|
||||
if(v->weight > quota) {
|
||||
unused = alpm_list_add(unused, vdelta->delta);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(vertices);
|
||||
return unused;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** \addtogroup alpm_deltas Delta Functions
|
||||
* @brief Functions to manipulate libalpm deltas
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_unused_deltas(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return find_unused(pkg->deltas, pkg->filename, pkg->size * MAX_DELTA_RATIO);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Parses the string representation of a alpm_delta_t object.
|
||||
* This function assumes that the string is in the correct format.
|
||||
* This format is as follows:
|
||||
* $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile
|
||||
* @param line the string to parse
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the new alpm_delta_t object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* TODO this does not really belong here, but in a parsing lib */
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *delta;
|
||||
char *tmp = line, *tmp2;
|
||||
regex_t reg;
|
||||
|
||||
regcomp(®,
|
||||
"^[^[:space:]]* [[:xdigit:]]{32} [[:digit:]]*"
|
||||
" [^[:space:]]* [^[:space:]]*$",
|
||||
REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_NEWLINE);
|
||||
if(regexec(®, line, 0, 0, 0) != 0) {
|
||||
/* delta line is invalid, return NULL */
|
||||
regfree(®);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
regfree(®);
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(delta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
tmp2 = tmp;
|
||||
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
|
||||
*(tmp++) = '\0';
|
||||
STRDUP(delta->delta, tmp2, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
tmp2 = tmp;
|
||||
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
|
||||
*(tmp++) = '\0';
|
||||
STRDUP(delta->delta_md5, tmp2, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
tmp2 = tmp;
|
||||
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
|
||||
*(tmp++) = '\0';
|
||||
delta->delta_size = _alpm_strtoofft(tmp2);
|
||||
|
||||
tmp2 = tmp;
|
||||
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
|
||||
*(tmp++) = '\0';
|
||||
STRDUP(delta->from, tmp2, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
tmp2 = tmp;
|
||||
STRDUP(delta->to, tmp2, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FREE(delta->delta);
|
||||
FREE(delta->delta_md5);
|
||||
FREE(delta->from);
|
||||
FREE(delta->to);
|
||||
FREE(delta);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *newdelta;
|
||||
CALLOC(newdelta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(newdelta->delta, delta->delta, return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(newdelta->delta_md5, delta->delta_md5, return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(newdelta->from, delta->from, return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(newdelta->to, delta->to, return NULL);
|
||||
newdelta->delta_size = delta->delta_size;
|
||||
newdelta->download_size = delta->download_size;
|
||||
|
||||
return newdelta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
40
lib/libalpm/delta.h
Normal file
40
lib/libalpm/delta.h
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* delta.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef _ALPM_DELTA_H
|
||||
#define _ALPM_DELTA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h" /* ensure off_t is correct length */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line);
|
||||
void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta);
|
||||
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta);
|
||||
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
|
||||
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path);
|
||||
|
||||
/* max percent of package size to download deltas */
|
||||
#define MAX_DELTA_RATIO 0.7
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _ALPM_DELTA_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue